UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202023
OR
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to
                    
Commission File Number: 001-38879
bynd-20201231_g1.jpgBYNDNewLogo_2022 (1).gif
BEYOND MEAT, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Delaware26-4087597
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
119 Standard888 N. Douglas Street, Suite 100
El Segundo, CA 90245
(Address, including zip code, of principal executive offices)

(866) 756-4112
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class 
Trading
Symbol(s)
 Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.0001 par value BYND The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No       
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).         Yes    No      
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:Act.
Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes     No  
As of June 26, 2020,30, 2023, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing sales price of the registrant’s common stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on such date, was $8.3$0.8 billion.
As of February 26, 2021,28, 2024, the registrant had 62,940,33864,677,261 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 20212024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202023 are incorporated herein by reference in Part III where indicated.



TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
Page
Signatures




Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This report includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws that involve risks and uncertainties concerning the business, products and financial results of Beyond Meat, Inc. (including its subsidiaries unless the context otherwise requires, “Beyond Meat,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company”). We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions and projections about future events and financial trends affecting the operating results and financial condition of our business. Forward-looking statements should not be read as a guarantee of future performance or results, and will not necessarily be accurate indications of the times at, or by, which such performance or results will be achieved. Forward-looking statements are based on information available at the time those statements are made and/or management’s good faith belief as of that time with respect to future events, and are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual performance or results to differ materially from those expressed in or suggested by the forward-looking statements. Important factors that could cause such differences include, but are not limited to:
the effectsimpact of inflation and higher interest rates across the coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic on our business, financial conditioneconomy, including higher food, grocery, raw materials, transportation, energy, labor and results of operations, including on our supply chain,fuel costs;
a continued decrease in demand, and the underlying factors negatively impacting demand, for our products,in the plant-based meat category;
risks and in particular in our foodservice channel, our productuncertainties related to certain cost-reduction initiatives, cost structure improvements, workforce reductions and channel mix,executive leadership changes, and the timing and levelsuccess of retail purchasing,reducing operating expenses and achieving certain financial goals and cash flow positive objectives;
the timing and success of narrowing our manufacturing facilitiescommercial focus to certain growth opportunities; accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and operations,cash generation, including as part of our Global Operations Review (as defined below); changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels; and accelerated, cash-accretive inventory levels, reduction initiatives;
our ability to expandsuccessfully execute our Global Operations Review, including the exit or discontinuation of select product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky; the impact of non-cash charges such as provision for excess and produceobsolete inventory, accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs and disposals of fixed assets, and losses on sale and write-down of fixed assets; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; and the continued review of our operations in new geographic markets or the timing of such expansion efforts, the pace and success of new product introductions, the timing of new foodservice launches, and on overall economic conditions and consumer confidence and spending levels;China;
the impact of adverse and uncertain economic and political conditions in the U.S. and international markets;markets, including concerns about the likelihood of an economic recession, downturn or periods of rising or high inflation;
reduced consumer confidence and changes in consumer spending, including spending to purchase our products, and negative trends in consumer purchasing patterns due to levels of consumers’ disposable income, credit availability and debt levels, and economic conditions, including due to recessionary and inflationary pressures;
our inability to properly manage and ultimately sell our inventory in a timely manner, which could require us to sell our products through liquidation channels at lower prices, write-down or write-off obsolete inventory, or increase inventory provision;
any future impairment charges, including due to any future changes in estimates, judgments or assumptions, failure to achieve forecasted operating results, weakness in the economic environment, changes in market conditions and/or declines in our market capitalization;
the volatilitysufficiency of capital marketsour cash and other macroeconomic factors;
cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs, including estimates of our expenses, future revenues, capital expenditures, capital requirements and our needs for and ability to obtain additional financing;financing, if at all;
i


our ability to effectively manageaccurately predict consumer taste preferences, trends and demand and successfully innovate, introduce and commercialize new products and improve existing products such as our growth;new Beyond IV platform, including in new geographic markets;
the failure of acquisitions and other investments to be efficiently integrated and produce the results we anticipate;
the success of operations conducted by joint ventures, such as The PLANeT Partnership, LLC with PepsiCo, Inc., where we share ownership and management of a company with one or more parties who may not have the same goals, strategies or priorities as we do and where we do not receive all of the financial benefit;
the effects of increased competitioncompetitive activity from our market competitors and new market entrants;
disruption to, and the impact of uncertainty in, our domestic and international supply chain, including labor shortages and disruption, shipping delays and disruption, and the impact of cyber incidents at suppliers and vendors;
our ability to streamline operations and improve cost efficiencies, which could result in the contraction of our business and the implementation of significant cost cutting measures such as further downsizing and exiting certain operations, including product lines, domestically and/or abroad;
the impact of uncertainty as a result of doing business in China and Europe, including as a result of our continued review of our operations in China;
the volatility of or inability to access the capital markets, including due to macroeconomic factors, our loss of well-known seasoned issuer (“WKSI”) status, geopolitical tensions or the outbreak of hostilities or war—for example, the war in Ukraine and the conflict in Israel, Gaza and surrounding areas;
changes in the retail landscape, including our ability to maintain and expand our distribution footprint, the timing, success and level of trade and promotion discounts, our ability to maintain and grow market share and increase household penetration, repeat purchases, buying rates (amount spent per buyer) and purchase frequency, and our ability to maintain and increase sales velocity of our products;products, and the timing and success of the Beyond IV launch;
changes in the foodservice landscape, including the timing, success and level of marketing and other financial incentives to assist in the promotion of our products, our ability to maintain and grow market share and attract and retain new foodservice customers or retain existing foodservice customers, and our ability to introduce and sustain offering of our products on menus;
the timing and success of distribution expansion and new product introductions, including the timing and success of the Beyond IV launch, in increasing revenues and market share;
the timing and success of strategic Quick Service Restaurant (“QSR”) partnership launches and limited time offerings resulting in permanent menu items;
foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations;
our ability to identify and execute cost-down initiatives intended to improve our profitability;
the effectiveness of our business systems and processes;
our estimates of the size of our market opportunities;opportunities and ability to accurately forecast market growth;
our ability to effectively expandoptimize our manufacturing and production capacity;capacity, and real estate footprint, including consolidating manufacturing facilities and production lines, exiting co-manufacturing arrangements and effectively managing capacity for specific products with shifts in demand;
risks associated with underutilization of capacity which could give rise to increased costs per unit, underutilization fees, termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product lines, and/or the write-down or write-off of certain equipment and other fixed assets;
our ability to accurately forecast our future results of operations and financial goals or targets, including as a result of fluctuations in demand for our products and in the plant-based meat category generally and increased competition;
iii


our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products and manage our inventory;inventory, including the impact of customer orders ahead of holidays and shelf reset activities, customer and distributor changes and buying patterns, such as reductions in targeted inventory levels, and supply chain and labor disruptions, including due to the impact of cyber incidents at suppliers and vendors;
our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time;
variations in product selling prices and costs, the timing and success of changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels, and the mix of products sold;
our ability to successfully enter new geographic markets, manage our international expansionbusiness and comply with any applicable laws and regulations, including risks associated with doing business in foreign countries, substantial investments in our manufacturing operations in China and the Netherlands, and our ability to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) or other anti-corruption laws;
our ability to protect our brand against misinformation about our products and the plant-based meat category, real or perceived quality or health issues with our products, marketing campaigns aimed at generating negative publicity regarding our products and the plant-based meat category, including regarding the nutritional value of our products, and other issues that could adversely affect our brand and reputation;
the effects of global outbreaks of pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic), epidemics or contagious diseasesother public health crises, or fear of such outbreaks, such as COVID-19;crises;
the success of our marketing initiatives and the ability to maintain and grow our brand awareness, maintain, protect and enhance our brand, attract and retain new customers and maintain and grow our market share;share, particularly while we are seeking to reduce our operating expenses;
our ability to attract, maintain and effectively expand our relationships with key strategic foodservice partners;
our ability to attract and retain our suppliers, distributors, co-manufacturers and customers;
our ability to procure sufficient high-quality raw materials at competitive prices to manufacture our products;
the availability of pea and other proteinproteins and avocado oil that meetsmeet our standards;
our ability to diversify the protein sources used for our products;
our ability to differentiate and continuously create innovative products, respond to competitive innovation and achieve speed-to-market;speed-to-market, including the timing and success of the Beyond IV launch;
our ability to successfully execute our strategic initiatives;
the volatility associated with ingredient, packaging, transportation and other input costs;
real or perceived quality or health issues with our products or other issues that adversely affect our brand and reputation;
our ability to accurately predict consumer taste preferences, trends and demand and successfully innovate, introduce and commercialize newkeep pace with technological changes impacting the development of our products and improve existing products, including in new geographic markets;implementation of our business needs;
significant disruption in, or breach in security of our or our suppliers’ or vendors’ information technology systems, and resultant interruptions in service and any related impact on our reputation;reputation, including data privacy, and any potential impact on our supply chain, including on customer demand, order fulfillment and lost sales, and the resulting timing and/or amount of net revenues recognized;
the ability of our transportation providers to ship and deliver our products in a timely and cost effective manner;
senior management and key personnel changes, the attraction, training and retention of qualified employees and key personnel, and our ability to maintain our company cultureculture;
iii


the effects of organizational changes including reductions-in-force and realignment of reporting structures;
the success of operations conducted by joint ventures where we share ownership and management of a company with one or more parties who may not have the same goals, strategies or priorities as we continue to grow;do and where we do not receive all of the financial benefit;
the impact of the discontinuation of the Beyond Meat Jerky product line;
risks related to use of a professional employer organization to administer human resources, payroll and employee benefits functions for certain of our international employees, and use of certain third party service providers for the performance of several business operations including payroll and human capital management services;
the impact of potential workplace hazards;
the effects of natural or man-made catastrophic or severe weather events, including events brought on by climate change, particularly involving our or any of our co-manufacturers’ manufacturing facilities, or our suppliers’ facilities;facilities or any other vital aspects of our supply chain;
the impact of marketing campaigns aimed at generating negative publicity regarding our products, brand and the plant-based industry category;
the effectiveness of our internal controls;
accounting estimates based on judgment and assumptions that may differ from actual results;
the requirements of being a public company and effects of increased administrative costs related to compliance and reporting obligations;
risks related to our indebtedness and ability to pay such indebtedness, as well asdebt, including our ability to comply with covenantsrepay our indebtedness, limitations on our cash flow from operations and our ability to satisfy our obligations under the convertible senior notes; our credit agreement;ability to raise the funds necessary to repurchase the convertible senior notes for cash, under certain circumstances, or to pay any cash amounts due upon conversion; provisions in the indenture governing the convertible senior notes delaying or preventing an otherwise beneficial takeover of us; and any adverse impact on our reported financial condition and results from the accounting methods for the convertible senior notes;
ii


our ability to meet our obligations under our campus headquartersEl Segundo Campus and Innovation Center ("Campus Headquarters") lease (“Campus Lease”), the timing of occupancy and completion of the build-out of our space, cost overruns, anddelays, the impact of COVID-19workforce reductions or other cost-reduction initiatives on our space demands;demands, and the timing and success of subleasing, assigning or otherwise transferring excess space at our Campus Headquarters;
our ability to meet our obligations under leases for our corporate offices, manufacturing facilities and warehouses, or risks related to excess space capacity under our leases due to workforce reductions or other cost-reduction initiatives;
changes in laws and government regulation affecting our business, including the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) governmental regulation, and state, local and foreign regulation;
new or pending legislation, or changes in laws, regulations or policies of governmental agencies or regulators, both in the U.S. and abroad, affecting plant-based meat, the labeling or naming of our products, or our brand name or logo;
the failure of acquisitions and other investments to be efficiently integrated and produce the results we anticipate;
risks inherent in investment in real estate;
adverse developments affecting the financial services industry;
iv



the financial condition of, and our relationships with our suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors, retailers, and foodservice customers, and their future decisions regarding their relationships with us;
our ability and the ability of our suppliers and co-manufacturers to comply with food safety, environmental or other laws or regulations;
seasonality;
the sufficiency of our cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs and service our indebtedness;
economic conditionsregulations and the impact of any non-compliance on consumer spending;our operations, brand reputation and ability to fulfill customer orders in full and on time;
seasonality, including increased levels of grilling activity and higher levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers;
the impact of increased scrutiny from a variety of stakeholders, institutional investors and governmental bodies on environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices, including expanding mandatory and voluntary reporting, diligence and disclosure on ESG matters;
the outcomes of legal or administrative proceedings, or new legal or administrative proceedings filed against us;
our, our suppliers’ and our co-manufacturers’ ability to protect our proprietary technology, intellectual property and trade secrets adequately;
the impact of tariffs and trade wars;
foreign exchange rate fluctuations;the impact of changes in tax laws; and
the risks discussed in Part I, Item 1A, “RiskRisk Factors, and elsewhere in this report, and those discussed in other documents we file from time to time with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the use of wordsterms such as “believe,” “may,” “will,“should,“will continue,“expects,” “might,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “could,” “will likely result,“intends,“estimate,“target,“projects,” “contemplates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential,” “seek,” “would” or “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “expect,” “potential” and variations of these terms and similar expressions, or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. TheseWe have based these forward-looking statements are basedlargely on our current expectations and assumptionsprojections about future events and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which could causecannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results tocould differ materially from those anticipated or impliedprojected in the forward-looking statements.
This report also contains estimates and other statistical data obtained from independent parties and by us relating to market size and growth and other data about our industry and ultimate consumers. The number of retail and foodservice outlets where Beyond Meat branded products are available was derived from rolling 52- week data throughas of December 31, 2020.2023 and excludes outlets unique to Beyond Meat Jerky. As of December 2023, total U.S. retail outlets unique to Beyond Meat Jerky were approximately 44,000 on a rolling 52-week basis, or approximately 2,300 on a rolling 12-week basis. This data involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates and data. In 2023, we continued the process of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky and assumed distribution responsibilities for Beyond Meat Jerky in the fourth quarter of 2023. In 2023, as part of our Global Operations Review, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line.
All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements set forth above. Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this report. You should not put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. We assume no
v


obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements because of new information, future events, changes in assumptions or otherwise, except to the extent required by applicable laws. If we update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be drawn that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.
iii


“Beyond Meat,” “Beyond Burger,” “Beyond Beef,” “Beyond Sausage,” “Beyond Breakfast Sausage,” “Beyond Meatball,Meatballs,” “Beyond Chicken,” “Beyond Fried Chicken,” “Beyond Popcorn Chicken,” “Beyond Steak,” the Caped Steer Logo, “Go Beyond,” “Cookout Classic,” “The Future of Protein,” “The Future of Protein Beyond Meat” and design, and “Eat What You Love” and “The Cookout Classic,” are registered or pending trademarks of Beyond Meat, Inc. in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. All other brand names or trademarks appearing in this report are the property of their respective holders. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names contained herein are referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto.




iv
vi


PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
Overview
Beyond Meat is one of the fastest growing food companies in the United States,a leading plant-based meat company offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats. We build meat directly from plants, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating our plant-based meat products. Our brand commitment,promise, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based meat, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare. The success of our breakthrough innovation model and products has allowed us to appeal to a broad range of consumers, including those who typically eat animal-based meats, positioning us to compete directly in the $1.4 trillion global meat industry.
To capture this broad market opportunity, we have developed three core plant-based product platforms that align with the largest meat categories globally: beef, pork and poultry. The primary components of animal-based meat—amino acids, lipids, carbohydrates, trace minerals and water—are not exclusive to animals and are plentiful in plants. We create our plant-based products using proprietary scientific processes that determine the architecture of the animal-based meat we are seeking to replicate and then we assemble it using plant-derived amino acids, lipids, carbohydrates, trace minerals and water. We are focused on continuously improving our products so that eventually they are, to the human sensory system, indistinguishable from their animal-based counterparts.
Our flagship product is the Beyond Burger, the world’s first 100% plant-based burger merchandised in the meat case of grocery stores in the United States. The Beyond Burger is designed to look, cook and taste like a traditional beef burger. We also sell a range of other plant-based meat products, including Beyond Sausage, Beyond Beef, Beyond Meatballs, Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties, Beyond Breakfast Sausage Links, Beyond Beef Crumbles, and Beyond Italian Sausage Crumbles.Crumbles, Beyond Chicken Tenders, Beyond Steak, Beyond Popcorn Chicken, Beyond Chicken Nuggets and the recently announced Beyond IV generation of products scheduled for launch in the spring of 2024 in the U.S. retail channel. All of our products are made from simple ingredients without GMOs, bioengineered ingredients,no added hormones or antibiotics, or cholesterol. With the exceptionand 0 mg of certain Beyond Beef Crumbles which are not certified Kosher,cholesterol per serving. As of December 2023, all of our U.S. retail products are certified Kosher and Halal. We are focused on making our products nutritionally dense, with minimal negative attributes relative to their animal protein alternatives.
As of December 31, 2020, our2023, Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 122,000133,000 retail and foodservice outlets in more than 8065 countries worldwide, across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club convenience store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools. To make plant-based meat accessibleThe number of retail and foodservice outlets where Beyond Meat branded products are available was derived from rolling 52-week data as of December 2023 and excludes approximately 44,000 U.S. retail outlets unique to more consumers,Beyond Meat Jerky or 2,300 outlets on a rolling 12-week basis. In 2023, we continued the process of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky and assumed distribution responsibilities for Beyond Meat Jerky in August 2020,the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, we launched an e-commerce site and began offering our products directmade the decision to consumers in bulk packs, mixeddiscontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product bundles, limited-time offers and trial packs.line.
Research, development and innovation are core elements of our business strategy, and we believe they represent a critical competitive advantage for us. Through our Beyond Meat Rapid and Relentless Innovation Program, our team of scientists and engineers focuses on making continuous improvements to our existing product formulations and developing new products across our plant-based beef, pork and poultry platforms. Our state-of-the-art Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center in El Segundo, Californiawithin our Campus Headquarters brings together leading scientists from chemistry, biology, material science, food science and biophysics disciplines who work together with process engineers and culinary specialists to pursue our vision of perfectly building plant-based meat.
Net revenues increased to $406.8 million in 2020 from $297.9 million in 2019 and $87.9 million in 2018, representing a 115% compound annual growth rate. We have generated losses since inception. Net loss in 2020, 2019 and 2018 was $52.8 million, $12.4 million and $29.9 million, respectively, as we invested in innovation and growth of our business.
The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and we expect will continue to have certain negative impacts on our business. We have experienced a significant slowdown in our foodservice channel since the latter half of March
1


2020 as various regions around the world implemented stay-at-home orders, social distancing measures and various restrictions on commercial operations, resulting in the closure or limited operations of many of our foodservice customers. Such closures or scaled back operations have also resulted in delays in tests or launches of our products among our foodservice customers and negatively impacted the rate of our growth. We continue to partner with our quick service restaurant (“QSR”) and foodservice customers during this challenging environment by offering promotional programs to many of our foodservice partners to allow them to offer our products to consumers at reduced price points or on other promotional terms. For 2020, foodservice channel net revenues were $106.2 million as compared to $153.1 million in 2019.
This decline in foodservice channel net revenues was fully offset by the increase in retail channel net revenues in 2020 as consumers shifted toward more at-home consumption. In response to this increase in retail demand, we re-purposed and re-routed a portion of our foodservice inventory into retail SKUs and introduced Cookout Classic value packs. We also offered promotional and reduced pricing to certain of our retail customers and higher trade discounts to encourage greater consumer trial and adoption of our products. For 2020, retail channel net revenues were $300.6 million as compared to $144.8 million in 2019.
The change in mix of our distribution channels has been significant since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, which is likely to continue to cause fluctuation in our quarterly results pending its duration, magnitude and effects. It is challenging to estimate the extent of the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations, due to continued uncertainty regarding the duration, magnitude and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic (including any resurgences), impact of new COVID-19 variants, rollout of the COVID-19 vaccines and the public’s willingness to receive them, potential supply chain or manufacturing disruptions, and the magnitude of reduced customer traffic at our foodservice customers, or the extent to which this reduction may be offset by increased retail demand, or increasing consumer awareness of the benefits of plant-based meat products.
Our Mission
We are a mission-driven business with long-standing core values. We strive to operate in an honest,a transparent, socially responsible and environmentally sustainable manner and are committed to help solve the major health and global environmental issues which we believe are caused in part by an animal-based protein diet and existing industrial livestock production. We believe our authentic and long-standing commitment to these causes better positions us to build loyalty and trust with current consumers and helps to attract new ones. Our corporate culture embodies these values and, as a result, we enjoy a highly motivated and skilled work forceworkforce committed to our mission and our enterprise.
The Beyond Meat Strategic DifferenceCost Down Strategy
Unique ApproachA key component of achieving our long-term business strategy is to drive the Product
We employ a revolutionary and unique approach to createcost of our products with a goal of delivering the same satisfying taste, aroma and texture as the animal-based meats we seek to replicate. In our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center, our scientists and engineers work to continuously improve our products to replicate the sensory experience of animal-based meat. Through our investment in innovation, we continue to grow our product portfolio, including Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties, Cookout Classic value packs, Beyond Meatballs and Beyond Breakfast Sausage Links, which were introduced in 2020. In 2021, we plan to introduce two new versions of the Beyond Burger in the U.S. designed to meet consumers’ growing demand for plant-based proteins that deliver on both taste and nutrition, while offering more choices for consumers. Each product is designed to not only closely replicate the taste and sensory experience of its animal protein equivalent, but to also provide the nutritional and environmental benefits of plant-based meat.
We start by analyzing the composition and design of relevant animal-based meats at the molecular and structural level. The primary components, other than water, comprising animal-based meats are amino acids, lipids, carbohydrates and trace minerals, which are not exclusive to animals and are present in abundance in plants. The amino acids that form the proteins which represent the muscle of animal-based meat can be
2


sourced from plants. We use proteins primarily extracted from yellow peas, as well as mung beans, faba beans, brown rice and other plant stock, through a physical process to separate protein and fiber. We then apply heating, cooling and pressure at rapid and varied intervals to weave the protein into a fibrous structure to create woven protein. Once we have the woven protein, we then add the remaining ingredients, such as water, lipids, carbohydrates, flavor, color, trace minerals and vitamins.
We operate approximately 90,000 square feet of production space in two facilities in Columbia, Missouri where we produce our woven protein. This woven protein is then converted according to our formulas and specifications into a packaged product at our own facilities or by our network of co-manufacturers. Our proprietary blends of flavor systems and binding systems are also assembled in our facilities in Columbia, Missouri and shipped to our other facilities or to our co-manufacturers. In the second quarter of 2020, we acquired a manufacturing facility located in Enschede, the Netherlands, where we will produce our woven protein for shipment to local co-manufacturers, with commercial trial runs expected to begin in the second quarter of 2021. In addition, in 2020, we commenced improvements, with initial production expected to start in the first quarter of 2021, at a leased facility in China where we will produce our woven protein and house end-to-end production. This capital efficient production model, which relies primarily on co-manufacturers, allows us to scale more quickly to service the rapidly increasing demand for our products.
Unique Approach to the Market
Our breakthrough product innovations have enabled a paradigm shift in both marketing and target audience—tapping into the enthusiastic pull from mainstream consumers for delicious and satisfying, yet better-for-you plant-based meats. This approach is summed up in our brand promise—“Eat What You Love.” When we launched our flagship Beyond Burger in 2016, we approached the marketplace in an unprecedented way. Instead of marketing and merchandising the Beyond Burger to vegans and vegetarians, we requested that the product be sold in the meat case at grocery retailers where meat-loving consumers are accustomed to shopping for center-of-plate proteins. We believe merchandising in the meat case in the retail channel has helped drive greater brand awareness with our end consumers.
Reflecting the strength and value of the Beyond Meat brand to its partners, many of our foodservice customers choose to prominently feature our brand name on their menu and within item descriptions, in addition to displaying Beyond Meat branded signage throughout the venue. We believe that we have established our brand as one with “halo” benefits to our partners as evidenced by the speed of adoption by strategic partners. Our foodservice channel not only functions as a form of paid trial for our products, helping to drive additional retail demand, but also creates even greater brand awareness for Beyond Meat through the on-menu and in-store publicity we receive.
Unique Approach to Our Brand
Our mission is to create nutritious plant-based meats that taste delicious and deliver a consumer experience that is indistinguishable from that provided by animal-based meats. We believe our brand commitment, “Eat What You Love,” encourages consumers to eat more, not less, of the traditional dishes they enjoy by using our products, while feeling great about the health, sustainability and animal welfare benefits associated with consuming plant-based protein. Our approach of bringing to market the best innovations each year is a strategy that engages the consumer and provides feedback from which we iterate and improve. This approach is one of the reasons we worked for and obtained Non-GMO Project Verified certification for all of our current U.S. retail products.
Our brand awareness has been driven by strong social marketing. Consumers and the media are enthusiastic about the concept of authentically meaty tasting plant-based proteins. The viral nature of our marketing and brand-building has been enhanced by both the network of brand ambassadors we have developed throughout the United States and abroad, and our strong following by celebrities from the worlds of sports and entertainment who help promote the benefits of a plant-based diet and the Beyond Meat brand.
3


We launched the Go Beyond marketing campaign in February 2019, which seeks to mobilize our ambassadors to help raise brand awareness and make our products aspirational. In 2020, as part of this campaign, we launched our What if We all Go Beyond? brand anthem, inviting consumers to see howdown over time, through small changes, such as what we putwith the aspiration to eventually price at the center of our plates, there can be a meaningful collective impact on human health and the health of our planet. Additionally, inparity with animal-based protein. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in the second quarter of 2020 we undertook our Feed A Million+ campaign, where we, with the support of our brand ambassadorscurrent difficult environment and other partners, donated and distributed more than one million Beyond Burgers and nourishing meals at no cost to food banks, healthcare workers, frontline responders and communities in need across the country. We are focused on continuing to scale the Go Beyond campaign to new levels globally, using celebrity activation to welcome consumers to the brand, define the category and remain its leader.
Our Industry and Market Opportunity
We operate in the large and global meat industry, which is comprised of fresh and packaged animal-based meats for human consumption. According to data from Fitch Solutions Macro Research, the meat industry is the largest category in food and in 2017 generated estimated sales across retail and foodservice channels of approximately $270 billion in the United States and approximately $1.4 trillion globally. We believe our revenue growth will allow us to capture an increased share of the broader U.S. meat category, supported by a number of key drivers, including the authentic comparability and sensory experience of our products to their animal-based meat equivalents, continued mainstream acceptance of our products with the traditional animal-based meat consumer, heightened consumer awareness of the role that food and nutrition, particularly plant-based foods, play in long-term health and wellness, and growing concerns related to the negative environmentalimpact of certain factors on our business and animal-welfare impacts of animal-based meat consumption. As a market leader in the overall plant-based meat category, beginning in 2022 we believe we are well-positioned to take advantagepivoted our focus toward sustainable long-term growth supported by three pillars: (1) driving margin recovery and operating expense reduction through the implementation of and drive this category growth.
Our Competitive Strengths
We believe that the following strengths position us to generate growth and pursue our objective to become a leader in the global meat category.
Dedicated Focus on Innovation
We invest significant resources in our innovation capabilities to develop plant-based meat alternatives to popular animal-based meat products. Our innovation team, comprised of over 170 scientists, engineers, researchers, technicians and chefs, as of December 31, 2020, has delivered several unique plant-based meat breakthroughs, as well as continuous improvements to existing products. We are able to leverage what we learn about taste, texture, aroma and appearancelean value streams across our plant-based beef, pork and poultry platformsplatforms; (2) inventory reduction and apply this knowledgecash flow generation through more efficient inventory management; and (3) focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting strategic key long-term partners and opportunities. For clarity, lean value streams represent organizing our teams and operational approach in such a way that increases cross-functional collaboration, transparency and ownership of key business processes and initiatives, with an overarching objective of eliminating waste throughout our organization. We believe, if implemented effectively, the use of a lean value stream approach could drive faster speed-to-market of new product launches, which in turn could accelerate our sales growth, boost our cost of goods sold reduction and gross margin expansion efforts and enable further operating expense reductions, among others.
Based on cost reduction initiatives intended to eachreduce operating expenses, in August 2022 and October 2022, we implemented reductions in force affecting approximately 4% and 19%, respectively, of our global workforce. To further reduce operating expenses, in November 2023, we announced that we were initiating a review of our global operations (the “Global Operations Review”), narrowing our commercial focus to certain growth opportunities, and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts may include the discontinuation of select product offerings. lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels, including our current plan to increase the prices of certain of our products; accelerated, cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint and the continued review of our operations in China. As part of this review, in November 2023, we implemented a reduction in force affecting approximately 8% of our global workforce.
Our Long-Term Growth Strategy
In our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center,the long-term, we have a strong pipeline of products in development, and can more rapidly transition our research from benchtop to scaled production. As our knowledge and expertise deepens, our pace of innovation is accelerating, allowing for reduced time between new product launches. We expect this faster pace of product introductions and meaningful enhancements to existing productsintend to continue as we innovate within our core plant-based platforms of beef, pork and poultry.
Brand Mission Aligned with Consumer Trends
We believe our brand is uniquely positioned to capitalize on growing consumer interest in great-tasting, nutritious, convenient, higher protein content and plant-based foods. We have also tapped into growing public awareness of major issues connected to animal protein, including human health, climate change, resource conservation and animal welfare. Simply put, our products aim to enable consumers to “Eat What You Love” withoutdo the downsides of conventional animal protein.
We have built a powerful brand with broad demographic appeal and a passionate consumer base. Our brand awareness is driven by strong social marketing. Our audience continues to grow from the attention
4


generated by our large following of celebrities, influencers and brand ambassadors who identify with our mission.
Product Portfolio Generates Significant Demand Across Channels
Growing sales of our products have helped us foster strong relationships in a relatively short period of time. We provide our retailers with exciting new products in the meat case, where innovation rarely occurs. Many of our retail customers have experienced increasing levels of velocity of our products, measured by units sold per month per store, as well as repeat purchases.
Our foodservice customers are excited by the opportunity to differentiate their menu offering and attract new customers by partnering with Beyond Meat, and are seeking new ways to further promote our product, for example through mass media advertising campaigns inclusive of TV, radio, out of home and digital channels. We believe our customers’ choice to feature Beyond Meat demonstrates the marketing power of our brand and overall consumer excitement for our product. This type of demand for our products has been a driving force in building strong ties with customers who have been continually impressed by the impact our brand can make on their business.
Experienced and Passionate Executive Management Team
We are led by a proven and experienced executive management team. Prior to founding Beyond Meat, Ethan Brown, our President and Chief Executive Officer, spent over a decade in the clean energy industry working for hydrogen fuel cell leader, Ballard Power Systems, rising from an entry level manager to reporting directly to the Chief Executive Officer. Mr. Brown’s significant experience in clean tech, coupled with a natural appreciation for animal agriculture, led him to start a plant-based food company. Our executive management team plays an integral role in Beyond Meat’s success by instilling a culture committed to innovation, customer satisfaction and growth. Over time, we have grown our executive management team with carefully selected individuals who possess substantial industry experience and share our core values. The other members of our executive management team have broad industry experience, including at both consumer packaged goods companies and high growth businesses. We believe this blend of talent gives us tremendous insights and capabilities to create demand and fulfill it in a scalable, profitable and sustainable way.
Our Growth Strategyfollowing:
Pursue Top-line Growth Across our Distribution Channels
SubjectWe continue to the ultimate duration, magnitude and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, we believe that there is a significant opportunity over time to continue to expand Beyond Meat beyond our retail and foodservice footprint of approximately 122,000 outlets in more than 80 countries worldwide as of December 31, 2020 through distribution expansion, continued innovation and commercialization of new products, and increased penetration across channels.channels and into other areas of the retail footprint. We believe increased distribution with a global focus will lead to growing consumer awareness and demand for nutritious, convenient and high protein plant-based foods around the world, leading to an increase in the overall size of the plant-based proteinmeat category as more consumers shift their diets away from animal-based proteins.
We have developed a strategy to pursue growth within the following distribution channels:
Retail: We plan to continue to grow our sales within U.S. retail by focusing on increasing market share, household penetration, repeat buying rates and purchase frequency, sales velocity and new product introductions. In March 2019, we introduced Beyond Beef, which is designed to have the meaty taste and texture and replicate the versatility of ground beef. In May 2019, we began selling the Beyond Burger in retail stores across Canada. In June 2019, we introduced the new Beyond Burger and Beyond Beef at retailers across the U.S. In March 2020, we introduced Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties in classic and spicy flavors. In June 2020, we introduced Cookout Classic, our plant-based burger patties in value packs. In September 2020, we introduced Beyond Meatballs. In October 2020, we introduced Beyond Breakfast Sausage Links. As of December 31, 2020, our products were available in approximately 28,000 retail outlets in the United States and 34,000 retail outlets internationally.
5


Foodservice: We plan to continue to expand our network of foodservice partners, including large full service restaurant (“FSR”) and QSR customers in the United States and abroad, with increased penetration across this channel reflecting a desire by the foodservice establishments to add plant-based products to their menus and to highlight these offerings. Through enhanced marketing efforts we intend to continue to build our brand, amplify our value proposition around taste, health and sustainability, serve as a best-in-class partner to strategic and other QSR customers to support product development and category management, and drive consumer adoption of our products. As of December 31, 2020, our products were available in approximately 42,000 foodservice outlets in the United States and 18,000 foodservice outlets internationally.
International: We believe there is significant demand for our products globally in retail and foodservice channels and expect to increase production and expand third-party partnerships in 2021 to increase the availability and speed with which we can get our products to customers internationally. As of December 31, 2020, our products were available in approximately 52,000 international retail and foodservice outlets. We have established and seek to establish additional relationships with distributors across channels globally.
Invest in Infrastructure and Capabilities
We are committed to prioritizing investment in our infrastructure and capabilities in order to support our strategic expansion plans. As a fast-growing company, we are making significant investments in hiring the best people, maximizing our supply chain capabilities, investing in innovation, sales and marketing, and optimizing our systems in order to establish a sustainable market-leading position for the long-term future.
We continue to unlock additional capacity both domestically and internationally. In the second quarter of 2020, we acquired our first manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands. This facility completed operational testing of dry blend production in late 2020 and is expected to begin commercial trial runs in the second quarter of 2021. We also announced the official opening of a new co-manufacturing facility, built by our distributor in the Netherlands, to be used for Beyond Meat production. In the third quarter of 2020, we and our subsidiary, Beyond Meat (Jiaxing) Food Co., Ltd. (“BYND JX”) entered into an investment agreement and related factory leasing contract to design and develop manufacturing facilities in the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone to manufacture plant-based meat products under the Beyond Meat brand in China. Renovations in the leased facility commenced at the end of 2020 with trial production expected in the first quarter of 2021 and full-scale end-to-end production expected by the end of the second quarter of 2021. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we acquired certain assets including land, building, manufacturing equipment and assembled workforce from one of our former co-manufacturers primarily for finished goods manufacturing. We are using this manufacturing facility primarily for the production of our finished goods.
We are continually reviewing opportunities to increase and/or leverageoptimize our manufacturing capacity across our network, including identifying opportunities to increase overall equipment effectiveness, and identifying opportunities to leverage our internal


manufacturing and co-manufacturers for new products to give us flexibility. We are also investingco-manufacturer network, and invest in new technologyprocesses and business management systems to drive higher yield and/or flexibility to better adjust our capacity to our customer demands.increase automation, improve operating efficiency and enable greater scalability.
Expand Our Product Offerings
The successessuccess of our products have confirmedover the past several years supports our belief that, despite a softness in the plant-based meat category over the last two years, there iswill continue to be significant demand for additional plant-based meat products.products in the long-term. We intend to strengthen our product offerings by improving the formulations for our existing portfolio of products, including the new Beyond IV platform, and by creating new products that expand the portfolio. We are continually refining our products to improve their taste, texture, aroma, appearance and appearance.nutrition profile. In addition, we are committed to increasing our investmentinvesting in research and development to continue to innovate within our core plant-based platforms of beef, pork and poultry to create exciting new product lines and improve the formulations for our existing portfolio of products. New product launchesproducts from a taste and nutrition standpoint.
In the spring of 2024, we intend to launch the Beyond IV generation of products in 2020 includedthe U.S. retail channel. The Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties, Cookout Classic value packs, Beyond MeatballsBurger and Beyond Breakfast Sausage Links. We also announced that in 2021 weBeef IV generation of products will be debutingfeature a new Beyond Burger platform that will include twoprotein blend including pea, rice, faba, and lentil proteins as well as a new burger patties, one of which will provide 35%oil system featuring avocado oil. This revolutionary product is expected to feature 60% less saturated fat and 20% less sodium than 80/20 beef, while the other will represent our most nutritious patty yet with 55% less saturated fat than 80/20 beef. Both new burgerscurrent Beyond Burger 3.0. These products are expectedClean Label Project certified, the first plant-based meat product to have the same taste profile, have lower overall
6


fat and fewer calories than 80/20 beef, and have B vitamins and minerals comparable to the micronutrient profile of beef.receive this certification.
Continue to Grow Our Brand
We intend to continue to develop and preserve our brand and increase awareness of Beyond Meat.Meat including an increased focus on improving the health perception of Beyond Meat products with our core consumer groups. We planintend to accomplish this with an intentional focus on highlightingimproving our “Go Beyond” messageproducts, working with trusted leaders within nutrition and medicine, and partnering with organizations like the American Heart Association, American Cancer Society, and the global benefits that come with eating our products.American Diabetes Association. We also plan to continue to further drive awareness and relevance of Beyond Meat products with a large scale audience and create relevant content with our network of celebrities, influencers and brand ambassadors, who have successfully built significant brand awareness for us by supporting our mission and products and incorporating Beyond Meat into their daily lifestyle. Subject to the ultimate duration, magnitude and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, we also intend to expand our field marketing efforts to sample products directly with consumers in stores and at relevant events.
Our Products
We sell a range of plant-based meat products across theour three core platforms of beef, pork and poultry. TheyDepending on the product and channel, they are offered in ready-to-cook, ready-to-heat or shelf-stable formats. Our products cover an entire day’s menu planning, from breakfast to dinner and ready-to-heat formats. Allsnacking in between.
Our beef platform products contain protein primarily derived from one or a combination of our productspea protein, rice protein, faba bean protein, wheat gluten and mung bean protein. Our latest introductions—Beyond Burger IV and Beyond Beef IV—scheduled to be introduced nationwide in spring 2024, are made from simple ingredients without GMOs, bioengineered ingredients, hormones, antibiotics or cholesterol. With the exception of certain Beyond Beef Crumbles whichwith avocado oil and are not certified Kosher, all our products are certified Kosher and Halal. All of our products are also lower in saturated fats than their animal-based equivalents. We are focused on making them nutritionally dense, with minimal negative attributes.
Beyond Burger: The Beyond Burger, our flagship product, was our first product merchandised in the meat case of grocery stores in the United States. The Beyond Burger is designedexpected to look, cook and taste like an 80/20 ground beef burger. It is made from a blend of pea, mung bean and rice proteins. The Beyond Burger’s primary source of protein comes from peas, providing 20 grams of protein, and has no soy, gluten or GMOs. In 2021, we plan to introduce two new versions of the Beyond Burger in the U.S. designed to meet consumers’ growing demand for plant-based proteins that deliver on both taste and nutrition, while offering more choices for consumers. In June 2020, in response to COVID-19, we launched our Cookout Classic value packs, a limited edition offering with 10 plant-based burgers per carton available in the frozen meat aisle, made from a blend of pea and rice proteins, providing 18 gramshave 21g of protein per serving.
Beyond Beef: Beyond Beef is designed to have the meaty taste and texture of ground beef and replicate the versatility of ground beef. It has 35%serving, a simplified ingredient list, 60% less saturated fat than 80/20 beefand 20% less sodium compared to the current Beyond 3.0 and continue with the tradition of no cholesterol, no added antibiotics or five grams per four-ounce serving. Likehormones, and no GMOS.
Our pork platform consists of our line of products that are intended to mimic animal-based pork in its various merchandised forms, including dinner sausage links, breakfast sausage patties and links, and ground beef, Beyond Beef can be used in a variety of dishes, such as tacos and meatballs, and is sold topork, among others. Our primary products under our foodservice partners for use in menu items such as pizza toppings. It is made from a blend of pea, mung bean and rice proteins, and has no soy, gluten or GMOs.
Beyond Sausage:pork platform include Beyond Sausage, is designed to look, cook and taste like a pork sausage. Beyond Sausage is made from a blend of pea, rice and faba bean proteins. Beyond Sausage’s primary source of protein comes from peas, providing 16 grams of protein and three grams of fiber per serving, and has no soy, gluten or GMOs. Beyond Sausage currently comes in three flavors: Brat Original, Hot Italian and Sweet Italian.
Beyond Breakfast Sausage: Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties, and Beyond Breakfast Sausage Links, are designed to replicateand Beyond Sausage Crumbles. The protein content of our pork platform products is primarily derived from one or a classic pork breakfast sausage patty or link. Beyond Breakfast Sausage is made from a blendcombination of pea protein, rice protein and rice proteinssoy protein.
Our poultry platform consists of our line of products that are intended to mimic animal-based chicken in its various merchandised forms, including chicken tenders, chicken nuggets and seasoned with savory herbspopcorn chicken. Our primary products under our poultry platform include Beyond Chicken Tenders, Beyond Chicken Nuggets and spices. Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties provide 11 grams of plant-based protein per serving, while Beyond Breakfast Sausage Links provide 8 grams of plant-based protein per serving. Each has no soy, gluten or GMOs. Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties were available in our foodservice channel as of December 31, 2019, and were launched in U.S. retail in classic and spicy flavors in March 2020. Beyond Sausage Links were launched in U.S. retail in October 2020.
Beyond Meatballs: Beyond Meatballs are pre-formed and designed to replicate ground beef or pork meatballs. Beyond Meatballs are made from a blend of peas and brown rice. They provide 19 grams of protein per serving, and have no soy, gluten or GMOs. Beyond Meatballs were launched in U.S. retail in September 2020.
7


Beyond Beef Crumbles. Beyond Beef Crumbles are ready-to-heatPopcorn Chicken. The protein content for our poultry platform products designed to lookis primarily derived from faba bean protein and satisfy like minced or ground beef. Beyond Beef Crumbles’ primary source of protein comes from peas, providing 14 grams of protein per serving, and has no soy, gluten or GMOs. Beyond Beef Crumbles currently come in two flavors for retail: Beefy and Feisty. The four flavors available for foodservice are Plain, Beefy, Feisty and Italian Sausage.wheat gluten.
Customers and Distributors
Retail and Foodservice
Since the success of the Beyond Burger, we have created a strong presence at leading food retailers across the United States and abroad. As of December 31, 2020, our2023, Beyond Meat branded products were available in approximately 28,00032,000 retail outlets in the United States, excluding outlets unique to Beyond Meat Jerky, and 34,00036,000 retail outlets internationally. Retail channel net revenues in 2020 increased $155.8 million, or 107.6%, as compared to the prior year.
As of December 31, 2020, our products were available in approximately 42,000 foodservice outlets in the United States and 18,000 foodservice outlets internationally. We have experienced a significant slowdown in our foodservice channel since the latter half of March 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Nonetheless, we remain focused on expanding our partnerships with foodservice customers over time, including large FSRfull-service restaurant (“FSR”) and QSR customers in the United States and abroad. Foodservice channel net revenuesAs of December 2023, Beyond Meat branded products were available in 2020 decreased $46.9 million, or 30.6%, as compared toapproximately 43,000 foodservice outlets in the prior year primarily as a result of the decline inUnited States and 34,000 foodservice sales due to the COVID-19 pandemic.outlets internationally.
We sell to a variety of customers in the retail and foodservice channels throughout the United States and internationally primarily through distributors who purchase, store, sell and deliver our products. Because such distributors function in an intermediary role, we do not consider them to be direct customers. In addition, we sell directly to customers in the retail and foodservice channels who handle their own distribution.
In the third quartereach of 2020, we launched an e-commerce site to sell our products direct to consumers.
For 2020, Costco2023 and 2022, DOT Foods, Inc. (“DOT”) accounted for approximately 13%12% of our gross revenues. For 2019,In 2021, DOT Foods, Inc. (“DOT”), and United Natural Foods, Inc. (“UNFI”),Zandbergen WFM accounted for approximately 17%12% and 16% of our gross revenues, respectively. For 2018, UNFI, DOT and Sysco Merchandising and Supply Chain Services, Inc. accounted for approximately 32%, 21% and 13%11% of our gross revenues, respectively. No other distributor or customer accounted for more than 10% of our gross revenues in 2020, 20192023, 2022 or 2018.
International
We distribute our products internationally, using distributors. Our international net revenues, including net revenues from Canada, were approximately 20%, 33% and 20% of our net revenues in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.2021.
Our Supply Chain
Sourcing and Suppliers
The principal ingredient used to manufacture our products is pea protein. We procure the raw materials for our woven protein from a number of different suppliers. Although most of the raw materials we require are typically readily available from multiple sources, we currently have a limited number of suppliers for the pea protein used in our products.
Supply Agreements
We have a multi-year sales agreement with Roquette Frères (“Roquette”) for the supply of pea protein. The agreementprotein which expires on December 31, 2022; however it can be terminated after 18 months under2025. We are obligated to purchase certain circumstances. This agreement increases the amount of pea protein to be supplied by Roquette in each of 2020, 2021 and 2022 compared to the amount supplied 2019. The totalminimum annual amount that we purchase each year must be at least the minimum amountamounts as specified in the agreement, which totals in the aggregate $154.1 million over the term of the agreement.
8


We also have a three-year supply agreement with PURIS Proteins, LLC, or Puris, (the “Puris Agreement”) under which we may purchase domestically sourced pea protein. The Puris Agreement expires on December 31, 2021. We obtain protein under the Puris Agreement on a purchase order basis. We have the right to cancel purchase orders if we provide timely written notice; however, the total amount purchased in each year must be at least either the minimum volume specified for that year in the agreement or an amount based on a formula. We also have the right to be indemnified by Puris and must indemnify Puris in certain circumstances.
We continually seek additional sources of pea protein and other plant-based protein for our products that meet our criteria.
Flavors consist of product flavors that have been developed by our innovation team in collaboration with our supply partners exclusively for us.us or in collaboration with our foodservice partners. The formulas are then produced by our suppliers for use in our products. Ingredients in our flavors are qualified through trials to ensure manufacturability. Upon receipt of the ingredients, we receive Certificates of Analysis from our suppliers in our quality control process to confirm that our rigorous standards have been met. Flavors are extensively tested prior to introduction to ensure finished product attributes such as taste, texture, aroma and appearance are not negatively impacted.
We have multi-year supply agreements with these two suppliers of pea protein, as described above, we do not have long-term supply agreements with most of our other suppliers. However, we secure our supplies on a purchase order basis. As most of the raw materials we use in our flavors are readily available in the market from many suppliers, we believe that we can within a reasonable period of time make satisfactory alternative arrangements in the event of an interruption of supply from our vendors.
Manufacturing
As the first step in our manufacturing process a dry blend containing our plant protein is combined within our manufacturing facility.facilities. The dry blend then enters our extruder, where both water and steam are added. We


then use a combination of heating, cooling and variations of pressure to weave together the proteins.proteins into an architecture that mimics the texture and muscle structure of animal meat. The formed woven protein is used as the basis of all our products. Next, internally or through our co-manufacturers, we further process the woven protein by combining flavorings and other ingredients, after which the final packaged product is then shipped to distributors or direct to customers. In order to sustain the quality of our products, we have implemented a “define, measure, analyze, improve and control,” or DMAIC, approach to improve, optimize and stabilize our processes and design.
We depend on co-manufacturers for the manufacturing of some of our products. OurAs of December 31, 2023, our co-manufacturers are currently in various locations throughout the United States, as well as CanadaGermany, the Netherlands and the Netherlands.China. We continue to explore establishing morefurther optimization of our own internal production facilitiescapabilities domestically and abroad to produce our woven proteins, blends of flavor systems and binding systems, and finished goods, while pursuing additional relationships with co-manufacturers as the business grows to take advantage of more competitive pricing and availability of our products.goods.
Quality Control
In-process quality checks are performed throughout the manufacturing process, including temperature, physical dimensions and weight. We provide specific instructions to customers and consumers for storing and cooking our products. AllThe majority of our products are transported and stored frozen. Frozen products such as Beyond Beef Crumbles, and Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties, Beyond Steak and Beyond Chicken products are intended to be prepared from their frozen state, with cooking instructions enclosedprinted on all packaging.
Retail products sold in the meat case, such as the Beyond Burger, Beyond Sausage, Beyond Beef, Beyond Meatballs and Beyond Sausage Links, are shipped to the customer frozen. The customer is provided instructions on ‘slacking,’ which is typically done by moving frozen food to a refrigerator to allow it to slowly and safely thaw before cooking. For this step, retailers must apply a “use by date” sticker to the packaging prior to sale.
9


Distribution
From our internal manufacturing or co-manufacturing facilities, products are transferred by third-partythird party logistics providers to cold storage facilities or are directly shipped to the customer. International shipments are also handled by third-partythird party logistics providers and in some instances are organized directly by the customer.
At present, we do not utilize internal softwaremanage shipments through Manhattan Active Transportation Management System (TMS) and FourKites for real-time shipment tracking and visibility to track loads but we leverage the logistics systems of our transportation partners to managecoordinate our supply chain through retailto final distribution.
Order Fulfillment
Our customer service and logistics functions are responsible for customer-facing activities, order management, customer logistics, 3PL leadership and intra-company distribution. We utilize Oracle NetSuite (ERP), MS ApplicationsERP, Palantir and integration with our 3PL Cloud interface platforms for these processes. Customer orders are principally transmitted via electronic data interface, or EDI, but may be processed manually if necessary. Orders are accepted in NetSuite, reviewed for accuracy and fulfillment plans are developed. When fulfillment plans are ready, orders are downloaded and emailedtendered to our transportation partners for tendering.third party carriers via Manhattan TMS. Metrics for the Customer Service and Logistics team include order fill rates, on-time shipping,delivery, customer scorecards as needed and cost leadership. We have agreements with third-partythird party service providers for all of our shipping needs.
Sales and Marketing and Consumer OutreachIn-Store Activation
Sales
As of December 31, 2020,2023, our 36-person sales and commercial team is organized into four divisions,divisions: retail, foodservice, international and strategic partnerships. Additionally, we have strong support functions with Category Management, Consumer Insights and Analytics, Customer Service and Marketing. The sales team has an extensive range of experience from leading CPG, natural food, meat and plant-based proteinmeat companies. They workIt works in close


coordination with a national network of global broker and distributor sales teamspartners that gives us the expertise and access to accounts and markets across the United Stateskey global markets in an efficient and internationally,scalable fashion as well as directly with the purchasing teams of large retailwe continue to seek to grow our footprint and foodservice customers. We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to our customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on shelf price reductions, buy-one-get-one-free programs, off invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities.globally.
FieldBrand Marketing Representatives
We have an active field marketing team that samples our products directly with consumers in stores and at relevant events. Our Beyond Meat food trucks support consumer sampling, content creation, as well as media, influencer and customer activation. In 2020, in light of the COVID-19 pandemic, our field marketing team fed frontline workers through our Feed A Million+ campaign and through food banks across the U.S.
Digital Marketing and Social Media
The primary means by which we drivehave driven consumer awareness and interest inof our products is via (i) social and digital media, (ii) PR, (iii)retail and foodservice shopper marketing, ambassador and influencer activations, (iv) customerpaid media and (iv) strategic partnerships. Our marketing strategy focuses on driving awareness all the way through to purchase and loyalty.
We maintain active social media platforms such as Facebook, Instagram, LinkedIn, Threads, TikTok, X (formerly Twitter) and YouTube to build awareness, share news, reach new audiences and engage with our consumers. These platforms allow us to engage with our consumers and directly reach target demographics such as millennials and “Generation Z.” We also leverage our first party data to distribute brand information and news, foster loyalty through unique offers and share recipe content to drive everyday consumption.
We also maintain a registered domain website at www.beyondmeat.com, which serves as the primary source of information regarding our products, as well as foreign domains in certain countries. Our website is used as a platform to promote our products, provide news, share recipes, highlight nutritional facts and provide general information on where to purchase our products.
We are fortunate to have partnered with a network of brand ambassadors and developed a strong following by celebrities from the worlds of sports and entertainment who share our core values. Their organic involvement and interest are helpful to promote our overall mission.mission and strategic partnerships.
WhileIn 2023, we enjoy upward growth in ourcontinued to deploy targeted brand campaigns to build awareness, reach new users and drive conversion. Our paid digital initiatives included social, programmatic, podcasts, out-of-home, online marketing activities, we have historically done a relatively modest amount of paid targeting. We maintain a registered domain website at www.beyondmeat.com, which serves as the primary source of information regarding our products, as wells as foreign domains in certain countries. Our website is used as a platform to promote our products, provide news, share recipes, highlight nutritional factsvideo, connected TV, and provide general information on where to purchase our products, whether retail or as served in an establishment.
We extensively use social media platforms such as Facebook, Instagramdigital offers and Twitter for online collaboration. These platforms are fundamentally changing the way we engage with our consumers and allow
10


us to directly reach desirable target demographics such as millennials and “Generation Z.” A few examples of how we use social media to connect with our consumers and promote healthy lifestyles are summarized below.
• Facebook: We maintain a company Facebook page, which we use to facilitate consumer services, distribute brand information and news and publish videos and pictures promoting the brand. We also conduct regular contests and giveaways. As of December 31, 2020, we had over 440,000 Facebook followers.
• Instagram: We maintain an active company Instagram account, @beyondmeat, which we use to publish content related to our products and company in order to better connect with potential and existing consumers. We frequently publish news, celebrity promotion and content related to our activities. As of December 31, 2020, we had over 970,000 Instagram followers.
• Twitter: We maintain an active company Twitter account, @BeyondMeat, which we use to disseminate trending news and information, as well as to publish short format tips, tricks and shortcuts. We also regularly interact with our consumers. As of December 31, 2020, we had over 118,000 Twitter followers.
• LinkedIn: We maintain an active company LinkedIn account, which we use to disseminate news related to Beyond Meat and industry-related media and information. We use our LinkedIn account as a job board for individuals interested in working with us. As of December 31, 2020, we had more than 93,000 LinkedIn followers.rewards.
Competition
We operate in a highly competitive environment. We believe that we compete with both conventional animal-protein companies, such as Cargill, Hormel, JBS, Perdue Foods Tyson and WH Group,Tyson, and also plant-based proteinmeat brands, including brands affiliated with conventional animal-protein companies and other large food operators, such as Alpha Foods, Boca Foods (Kraft Heinz), Lightlife and Field Roast Grain Meat Co. (Maple Leaf Foods), Gardein (Conagra), Hungry Planet, Inc., Impossible Foods, Incogmeato/Morningstar Farms (Kellogg)(Kellanova), Moving Mountains, Omn!porkOmnipork (OmniFoods), Tofurky, Sweet Earth and Awesome Burger (Nestle’(Nestlé S.A.), Pure Farmland by Smithfield Foods (WH Group), Raised & Rooted (Tyson), Happy Little Plants (Hormel), Sysco’s Simply Plant-Based Meatless Burger, Tattooed Chef, The Not Company OZO (Planterra Foods/JBS) and Vegetarian Butcher (Unilever). Additionally, a number of U.S. and international companies are working on developing lab-grown or “clean meat,” an animal-protein product cultivated from cells taken from animals, which could have a similar appeal to consumers as plant-based products.
We believe the principal competitive factors in our industry are:
• taste;
price and promotion tactics;
nutritional profile;
• ingredients;
• texture;
• ease of integration into the consumer diet;


• low-carbohydrate, low-sugar, high fiber and protein;
• lack of soy, glutencholesterol and GMOs;
• convenience;
cost;versatility;
• brand awareness and loyalty among consumers;
• media spending;
11


• product variety and packaging;
• access to major retailer shelf space and retail locations;
• access to major foodservice outlets and integration into menus;
• innovation; and
• intellectual property protection on products.protection.
We believe we compete effectively with respect to each of these factors. However, many companies in our industry have substantially greater financial resources, more comprehensive product lines, broader market presence, longer standing relationships with distributors and suppliers, longer operating histories, greater production, commercialization and distribution capabilities, stronger brand recognition and greater marketing resources than we have.
Research and Development
Our researchAt Beyond Meat, the Research and Development (R&D) team is the driving force behind the development team creates, tests and refinesof our products at our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center. We employ in-house scientists, engineers, researchers and testers to help create the next iterations togroundbreaking plant-based meat products. OurOperating from our Innovation Center located at our Campus Headquarters, our in-house R&D team has delivered a number of first-to-market breakthroughs focused on plant-based meat and we are also focused on continuous improvement of existing products. We have and will continue to protect any intellectual property created by us.
As of December 31, 2020, we employed over 170includes scientists, engineers, researchers, technicians and chefschefs. In every project they undertake, our R&D team is deeply committed to help createpioneering the next generationfuture of food, forwith a goal of producing plant-based meat alternatives indistinguishable from their animal-based counterparts in taste, texture, and nutrition.
Our R&D efforts have resulted in several industry-first innovations that have not only established new benchmarks in the plant-based meat sector but also significantly contributed to our consumers.brand's reputation as an industry leader. To ensure we maintain our competitive advantage, we implement rigorous measures to protect our intellectual property, which forms the cornerstone of our innovative edge.
OurThe Beyond Meat Rapid and Relentless Innovation Program defines our systematic and strategic approach to product development. It is a comprehensive framework that integrates the detailsvarious stages of the product innovation process fromlifecycle – ideation, and prototype development, throughtesting, refinement and commercialization. This process assigns responsibility and accountability ofWithin this framework, each functional team throughout theis assigned specific responsibilities and held accountable for their contributions. This structured process and definesensures that there are clear deliverables at each step.stage, facilitating a seamless flow from conception to market launch.
Our R&D endeavors are not limited to product innovation alone. We are equally focused on improving our manufacturing processes and quality control measures. We continuously explore new technologies and methodologies that can improve the efficiency and sustainability of our production lines, with a goal of reducing waste, cost and speed-to-market.


Product Innovation
Innovation is a core competency of ours and an important part of our growth strategy. Our goal is to identify large, animal-based meat product categories across our core plant-based platforms of beef, pork and poultry that exhibit long-term consumer trends. We then dedicate significant research and development resources to create authentic plant-based versions of these products that replicate the taste, texture, aroma and appearance of their animal-based equivalents. We have been able to leverage the success of our existing products and resulting brand equity to launch improved versions of our existing products and create new products. We have
The success and brand equity of our existing product lineup serves as a rangestrong foundation, enabling us to continuously introduce improved versions of our current offerings and launch new, groundbreaking products. In the spring of 2024, we intend to launch the Beyond IV generation of products in the U.S. retail channel. The Beyond Burger and Beef IV generation of products will feature a new protein blend including pea, rice, faba and lentil proteins as well as a new oil system featuring avocado oil. This revolutionary product is expected to feature 60% less saturated fat and 20% less sodium than the current Beyond Burger 3.0. These products are Clean Label Project certified, the first plant-based meat products to receive this certification. Whether new innovation or renovation, all of our pipeline and our goal is to develop at least one new product development efforts are driven by a year.
The innovation team undertakes extensive research projects to increase our fundamentalpursuit of excellence, a deep understanding of animal-based meatevolving consumer preferences, and plant-based equivalents. A few examples of where we are focusing on continued refinements of our products include:a strong commitment to health.
• Better fat adipose tissue and saturated fat mimics: We are researching new materials and technologies capable of mimicking saturated fat in terms of texture and appearance, but without the nutritional drawbacks of saturated fat.
• Alternative functional proteins: We pursue new non-animal proteins that add function to our food products, including native proteins that can denature during cooking, protein binders and protein emulsifying agents and proteins.
• Additional connective tissue equivalents: We are seeking materials and methods to introduce additional cartilaginous-like materials and heterogeneity in the form of both texture and appearance in our food products.
12


• Encapsulation materials and technology: We are seeking new materials and technologies to expand the scope of controlled-release delivery systems in our food products as it relates to delivering flavor, color and texturizing agents.
• Materials and technologies to support flavor and texture development: We are seeking non-GMO enzymes that can assist with protein enzymolysis as it relates to flavor reactions.
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, onOn January 25, 2021, we entered into The PLANeTthe Planet Partnership LLC,(“TPP”), a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack and beverage products made from plant-based protein. We believeIn 2023, we continued the joint venture will allow usprocess of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to reach more consumers by entering newBeyond Meat Jerky and assumed the distribution responsibilities for Beyond Meat Jerky in the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product categories and distribution channels, increasing accessibility to plant-based protein around the world.line.
Seasonality
Generally, we expect to experience greater demand for certain of our products during the U.S. summer grilling season. In 20202023, 2022 and 2021, U.S. retail channel net revenues during the impact ofsecond quarter were 10%, 16% and 21% higher than the COVID-19 pandemic prevented us from identifying any seasonal impact. In each of 2019 and 2018,first quarter, respectively. While we experienced strong net revenue growth comparedexpected to the previous year, which masked this seasonal impact. As our business continues to grow, we expectcontinue to see additional seasonality effects especiallyin 2023, as compared to 2022 and 2021, we saw more muted effects from seasonality in the third and fourth quarters of 2023 as compared to the prior-year period and the second quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting weak category demand and pricing actions. In general, any historical effects of seasonality have been more pronounced within our U.S. retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel generally tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year.year, driven by increased levels of grilling activity, higher levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, the impact of customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers. In an environment of heightened uncertainty from recessionary and inflationary pressures, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, competition and other factors impacting our business, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.
Environmental, Social and Governance
As a disruptive leader in the food industry, we have established ourselves as a leading producer of plant-based meat products that we believe deliver a reduced environmental footprint and mitigate the social and welfare issues associated with the conventional production and consumption of animal protein. In order to continue that work and position us as a leader in the integration of environmental and social change, we have committed to developing a comprehensive ESG program.
As part of the development of our ESG program, we have conducted a materiality analysis to determine which ESG issues are relevant to our business (the “ESG Materiality Analysis”). The term “materiality analysis” is common in the discussion of such assessments; however, the ESG Materiality Analysis was not designed to identify “material” issues for the purposes of financial reporting, or as defined by the securities laws of the United States. While the environmental impacts of our products, climate change management, the safety and quality of the products we produce and how we manage our supply chain were all identified as priority topics in


our ESG Materiality Analysis, our discussion of these and other ESG matters herein or elsewhere may include information that is not necessarily “material” for SEC reporting purposes, and is informed by various ESG standards and frameworks (including standards for the measurement of underlying data), and the interests of various stakeholders. Much of this information is subject to assumptions, estimates or third party information that is still evolving and subject to change. For example, our disclosures based on any standards may change due to revisions in framework requirements, availability of information, changes in our business or applicable government policies or other factors, some of which may be beyond our control. We continue to work on leveraging the ESG Materiality Analysis to inform our strategy and actions under our commitment to promoting responsible and sustainable business practices within our organization.
Our focus areas for impact include:
human health;
climate change;
natural resource conservation; and
animal welfare

In 2023, we released Beyond Meat’s 2022 ESG Report (the “2022 ESG Report”) and, under a study we commissioned, an updated panel-reviewed life cycle assessment to estimate the environmental impact from cradle-to-distribution of our Beyond Burger 3.0 (the “LCA”). The 2022 ESG Report discusses our approach to ESG, our products, environment, supply chain responsibility, our people and governance. The LCA updates a previous life cycle assessment of the original Beyond Burger 1.0 and estimates that the Beyond Burger 3.0 generates 90% less greenhouse gases, requires 37% less non-renewable energy, requires 97% less land use and consumes 97% less water than a ¼ pound industry average beef patty produced in the United States. The information in the 2022 ESG Report or the LCA is not incorporated by reference into this report or any other report or document we file with the SEC.
Human Capital Resources
Employees
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had 700686 full-time employees. Approximately 676 were employed in the U.S.employees and 24 were employed in foreign countries.63 contract workers. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We have never experienced a labor-related work stoppage.
Employee Health and Safety during COVID-19
The health and safety of our employees is a top priority for us. As a result, during COVID-19, we established a COVID-19 cross-functional task force that meets regularly and continually monitors and tracks relevant data including guidance from local, national and international health agencies. This task force works closely with our senior leadership team and is instrumental in making critical, timely decisions. In response to COVID-19, we have taken, and continue to take, the following safety measures to ensure the health and safety of our employees as well as the communities in which we operate:
Allow employees to work remotely where feasible;
• Engaged an epidemiologist advisor to establish appropriate safety standards across all of our locations;
• Engaged an industrial hygienist to check the air quality and overall safety practices at our El Segundo offices;
• Implemented enhanced safety measures including mandatory face coverings, physical distance requirements, temperature checks, deep cleaning and disinfectant protocols, and hand sanitizing stations for employees continuing critical on-site work at all locations;
• Provide employee-wide training on COVID-19 safety measures;
• Reorganized the lay-out of our innovation lab in El Segundo to allow for increased social distancing;
• Implemented staggered shifts for employees continuing critical on-site work at all locations to allow for increased social distancing;
• Restrict company travel to essential business travel that requires prior multi-level approvals; and
• Provide free onsite weekly COVID-19 testing for all employees located at our El Segundo offices.
13


The task force is committed to continuing to communicate to our employees as more information is available to share and also continues to evaluate our operations in light of federal, state and local guidance, evolving data concerning COVID-19 and the best interests of our employees.
Diversity and Inclusion
We are committedvalue the unique talent and merit that derive from diverse backgrounds and experience. We aspire to diversityengender and affirm equity and inclusion across all aspectsthrough a purposeful investment in qualified individuals from an array of different communities. We believe our company.company culture thrives when different perspectives and ideas inform our strategic goals to innovate and deliver to customers of every socio-economic background. We recognize that representation and collaboration are vital components to address the challenges that face our planet. We have developed a diversityframework of guiding principles that set the foundation for sustainable Diversity, Equity and inclusion framework that is centered on minimizingInclusion practices by reducing subjectivity and biases via data-driven decisions to reduce the risk of bias and ensure that everyone owns responsibilitypromoting shared ownership for inclusive behaviors and actions across the organization. We have established hiring principles that focus on our mission to hire people from diverse backgrounds who will add to our culture. We also provide diversity and inclusion education and training to all of our employees, in addition to providing our management with additional diversity training. In addition, we are actively working on our diversity and inclusion roadmap, which we plan to implement in 2021, that will be focusedfocuses on 4four pillars: workplace inclusion, employee experience, inclusive brandWorkplace Inclusion, Employee Experience, Equitable Brand and community.Community.


Mission, Culture and Engagement
Everything we do is powered by our mission and core values and our corporate culture reflects that. As a result, we enjoy a highly motivated and skilled work forceworkforce committed to our mission and our company. We believe we have a very unique culture which promotes employee engagement. Our employees are driven by our mission which promotes collaboration and innovation. We promote employee engagement by organizing various employee activities that are aligned with our mission, such as promoting employee participation inincluding our partnership with the Gentle Barn to rescue farm animals and enhance our commitment to buildingweekly “Coffee Talk,” a healthier planet, as well as our Feed A Million+ campaign where our ambassadors and employees were given the opportunity to nominate frontline workers they wanted to support with free meals provided by Beyond Meat. We continue to promoteforum for employee engagement during COVID-19 by organizing various virtual employee activities. We also conduct periodic employee engagement surveys to allow us to assess and improve employee retention and engagement.with leadership.
Total Rewards and Pay EquityPhilosophy
We strive to attract and retain diverse, high caliberhigh-caliber employees who raise the talent bar by offering competitive compensation and benefit packages, regardless of their gender identity, race, age, perspective or other personal characteristics. We regularly review and survey our compensation and benefit programs against the market to ensure we remain competitive in our hiring practices.strive to provide fair and equitable pay. We provide employee salaries that we believe are competitive and consider factors such as an employee’s role and experience, the location of their job and their performance.
We also review our compensation practices, both in terms of our overall workforce and individual employees, in furtherance of our commitment to ensure our pay isprovide fair and equitable.equitable pay. In addition to our competitive salaries, in an effort to enhance our employees’ sense of participation in the company and to further align their interests with those of our stockholders, we offer equity packages to all of our salaried employees.
We also offer a variety of comprehensive medical benefits to our employees. In addition to medical benefits, we offer our employees dental and vision coverage, health savings and flexible spending accounts, paid time off, 18 paid company holidays, 16-week paid parental leave, at 100% pay, bereavement leave, pet bereavement leave, employee assistance programs, a 401(k) retirement savings plan with company matching contributions, voluntary short-term and long-term disability insurance, and life insurance.
14


Development and Retention
We strive to hire, develop and retain outstanding talent that is passionate about changing the world and that continuously raises the performance bar. We encourage, support and compensate our employees based on our philosophy of recognizing and rewarding exceptional performance. We achieve this by focusing on development, performance, goalsgoal setting, accomplishments and accomplishments in ongoing conversationsfeedback that aligns with our employees.short- and long-term company strategy. We believe that performancedevelopment is foundational to future success and development isshould be an ongoing process in which all employees should be active participants. We recently rolled out a new performance acceleration program that focuses on setting quarterly goals that are aligned with the Company’s goals, giving and receiving feedback focused on goal progress, accomplishments and development, and the modification of individual actions to drive business results. This program is designed to incentivize and reward employee accountability and achievement of performance goals, while recognizing exceptional performance.
Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property
We own domestic and international trademarks and other proprietary rights that are important to our business. Depending upon the jurisdiction, trademarks are valid as long as they are used in the regular course of trade and/or their registrations are properly maintained. Our primary trademarks include Beyond Meat, Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef, Beyond Sausage, Beyond Breakfast Sausage, Beyond Chicken, Beyond Fried Chicken, Beyond Meatball, the Caped Steer Logo, Go Beyond, Eat What You Love, The Cookout Classic, The Future of Protein, and The Future of Protein Beyond Meat and design, and are registered or pending trademarks of Beyond Meat, Inc. in the United States and, in some cases, in certain other countries. Our trademarks are valuable assets that reinforce the distinctiveness of our brand to our consumers. We have applied for or have trademark registrations internationally as well. We believe the protection of our trademarks, copyrights, patents, domain names, trade dress and trade secrets are important to our success.
We aggressively protect our intellectual property rights by relying on trademark, copyright, patent, trade dress and trade secret laws and through the domain name dispute resolution system. OurWe maintain a registered domain name is www.beyondmeat.com.website at www.beyondmeat.com, as well as foreign domains in certain countries.
We believe our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to our business. AtAs of December 31, 2020,2023, we had onethree issued patentpatents in the United States, ten issued patents outside the United States (U.K., Indonesia, Canada, China, Chile, Israel (two), Brazil, Japan and one issued patent in the U.K.Australia), fiveone pending patent applicationsapplication in the United States, and 13five pending international patent applications and two provisional patent applications.


We consider the specifics of our marketing, promotions and products as a trade secret, and information we wish to keep confidential. In addition, we consider proprietary information related to formulas, processes, know-how and methods used in our production and manufacturing as trade secrets, and information we wish to keep confidential. We have taken reasonable measures to keep the above-mentioned items, as well as our business and marketing plans, customer lists and contracts reasonably protected, and they are accordingly not readily ascertainable by the public.
Segments
Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by its chief operating decision maker (“CODM”), in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. Our CODM is our Chief Executive Officer. We have determined that we operate in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as our CODM reviews financial information presented on an aggregate basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.
Government Regulation
Along with our co-manufacturers, brokers, distributors and ingredients and packaging suppliers, we are subject to extensive laws and regulations in the United States by federal, state and local government authorities and in Canada, the European Union, the United Kingdom, China and other jurisdictions by foreign authorities. In the United States, the primary federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution, labeling and advertising of our products are the FDA and the FTC, and foreign regulatory authorities include Health
15


Canada or the Canadian Food Inspection Agency (“CFIA”) and the authorities of the EU or the EU member states. Under various federal statutes and implementing regulations and foreign requirements, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for quality and safety and regulate our product composition, ingredients, manufacturing, labeling and other marketing and advertising to consumers. Among other things, the facilities in which our products and ingredients are manufactured must register with the FDA and any other relevant authorities based on location, comply with current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, and comply with a range of food safety requirements established by and implemented under the Food Safety Modernization Act of 2011 and applicable foreign food safety and manufacturing requirements. Federal, state, and foreign regulators have the authority to inspect our facilities to evaluate compliance with applicable requirements. Federal, state, and foreign regulatory authorities also require that certain nutrition and product information appear on our product labels and, more generally, that our labels and labeling be truthful and non-misleading and that our marketing and advertising be truthful, non-misleading and not deceptive to consumers. We are also restricted from making certain types of claims about our products, including for example, in the United States, nutrient content claims, health claims, and claims regarding the effects of our products on any structure or function of the body, whether express or implied, unless we satisfy certain regulatory requirements.
In addition, the U.S. Department of Agriculture, or USDA, regulates certain categories of food products, including meat and poultry products. Although our plant-based products are not currently regulated by the USDA, in February 2018, the agency received a petition from industry requesting that it exclude products not derived from the tissue or flesh of animals that have been harvested in the traditional manner from being labeled and marketed as “meat,” and exclude products not derived from cattle born, raised and harvested in the traditional manner from being labeled and marketed as “beef.” The USDA has not yet responded substantively to this petition, but has indicated that the petition is being considered as a petition for a policy change under the USDA’s regulations. The United States Congress recently considered (but did not pass) federal legislation, called the Real MEAT Act, that could require changes to our product labeling and marketing, including identifying products as “imitation” meat products.
In addition to federal regulatory requirements in the United States, certain states impose their own manufacturing and labeling requirements. For example, every state in which our products are manufactured requires facility registration with the relevant state food safety agency, and those facilities are subject to state inspection as well as federal inspection. Further, states can impose state-specific labeling requirements. For example, in 2018, the state of Missouri passed a law that prohibits any person engaged in advertising, offering for sale, or sale of food products from misrepresenting products as meat that are not derived from harvested production livestock or poultry. The state of Missouri Department of Agriculture has clarified its interpretation that products which include prominent disclosure that the product is “made from plants,” or comparable disclosure such as through the use of the phrase “plant-based,” are not misrepresented under Missouri law. Additional states, including Arkansas, Georgia, Mississippi, Louisiana, Oklahoma, South Dakota and Oklahoma,Wyoming, have subsequently passed similar laws, and legislation that would impose additionalspecific requirements on the naming


of plant-based meat products is currently pending in a number of other states.states, including Arizona. We believe that our products are manufactured and labeled in material compliance with all relevantexisting state requirements, including the recent2018 Missouri law, and pay close attention to any developments at the state or federal level that could apply to our products and our labeling claims.
We are also subject to the laws of Australia, Canada, Hong Kong, Israel, China, the European Union (and individual member countries) and the United Kingdom, among others, and requirements specific to those jurisdictions could impose additional manufacturing or labeling requirements or restrictions. For example, in Europe, the Agriculture Committee of the European Parliament proposed in May 2019 to reserve the use of “meat” and meat-related terms and names for products that are manufactured from the edible parts of animals. In October 2020, the European Parliament rejected the adoption of this provision. In the absence of European Union legislation, Member States remain free to establish national restrictions on meat-related names. In October 2021, France published a draft implementing decree (the “Decree”), to define, for example, the sanctions in case of non-compliance with the new law. The Decree was published on June 2020,29, 2022, and entered into force on October 1, 2022. We do not believe that the Decree complied with the laws of the European Union, in particular the principle of free movement of goods. On July 27, 2022, at the request of a trade association, the French High Administrative Court partially suspended the execution of the Decree. This signals that there are indeed serious doubts as to the lawfulness of the Decree, though the suspension is only partial and temporary until the Court rules on the merits of the case. We also note that this prohibition had not been appropriately notified to the European Commission, and that as a result, the prohibition was, in principle, non-enforceable. On July 12, 2023, the French High Administrative Court issued an intermediate judgment in the proceedings against the French meaty names ban. The Court held that there are a number of difficulties interpreting EU law which will be decisive for the resolution of the case. For that reason, the French High Administrative Court referred the case to the CJEU, which is the highest court in the EU and can issue a legally binding interpretation of EU law valid in all 27 EU member states, including France. The French High Administrative Court is bound to follow judgments of the CJEU. The procedure before the CJEU started on August 22, 2023, and the Company filed its submission on October 31, 2023. On January 15, 2024, the Court closed the written procedure. The period to request an oral hearing closed on February 5, 2024, and the CJEU must now decide whether an oral hearing is necessary in these proceedings. However, the procedure has become without object following the adoption of a new decree (the “New Decree”) on February 26, 2024, which repealed the Decree. The judgment of the CJEU would have been determinative as to whether the Decree’s ban on meat names for plant-based foods was lawful, or not, under EU law. The judgment of the CJEU would have also set a precedent on the naming of plant-based foods for all other EU member states, which would have significantly disrupted or facilitated the operations of the Company and the entire plant-based protein industry in France and across the EU. The New Decree essentially maintains the prohibition of meaty names for plant-based protein products. Now that the Decree has been repealed, the Company or the plant-based protein trade associations may need to initiate new proceedings against the New Decree. Separately, in October 2021, the Turkish authorities challenged the use of the Caped Longhorn superhero logo, as well as the name “Beyond Meat,” alleging that the consumer is misled as to the characteristics of our products. The local distributor has made a submission that this is an unlawful restriction under the EU-Turkey Free Trade Agreement. In December 2021, the Turkish authorities rejected this submission, and held that references to “plant-based” in combination with “meat” would mislead the consumer. In December 2023, Italy adopted a prohibition on usinglaw prohibiting names to indicate foodstuffs of animal origin to describe, market or promote foodstuffs containing vegetable proteins. An implementingproteins, following the French example. Also in December 2023, Poland published a draft decree will likely enter into force on July 1, 2021banning the use of meaty names to define e.g. the sanctions in case of non-compliance. We do not believe that the new French bill complies with the laws of the European Union, in particular the principle of free movement of
16


goods. We also note that this prohibition has not been appropriately notified to the European Commission, and that as a result the prohibition is in principle non-enforceable.designate plant-based products. Beyond Meat is actively monitoring these developments, but if adopted, they may require it to change its labeling and advertising.
We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, anti-corruption laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise. Our operations, and those of our co-manufacturers, distributors and suppliers, are subject to various laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety matters. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with


applicable laws. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving, and it is challenging to predict accurately the effect they may have upon the capital expenditures, earnings and our competitive position in the future.
Corporate Information
Beyond Meat, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware on April 8, 2011 originally under the name “J Green Natural Foods Co.” On October 5, 2011, we changed our corporate name to “Savage River, Inc.,” with “Beyond Meat” being our “doing business as” name. On September 7, 2018, we changed our corporate name to “Beyond Meat, Inc.”
On May 6, 2019, we completed our initial public offering (“IPO”) of 11,068,750 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $25.00 per share. We received net proceeds of approximately $252.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and issuance costs. On August 5, 2019, we completed a secondary public offering (“Secondary Offering”) of common stock, in which we sold 250,000 shares. The shares were sold at a public offering price of $160.00 per share for net proceeds to the Company of approximately $37.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $1.5 million and issuance costs of approximately $1.1 million payable by us. Total Secondary Offering costs paid in 2019 were approximately $2.2 million, of which approximately $1.1 million was capitalized to reflect the costs associated with the issuance of new shares and offset against proceeds from the Secondary Offering. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders in the Secondary Offering. Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “BYND.”
On January 14, 2020, we registered Beyond Meat EU B.V., in the Netherlands. On April 28, 2020, we registered Beyond Meat (Jiaxing) Food Co., Ltd. in the Zhejiang Province in China.
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, on January 25, 2021, we entered into The PLANeT Partnership, LLC, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack and beverage products made from plant-based protein.
Emerging Growth Company Status
Upon the completion of our IPO, we elected to be an Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). An EGC is defined as a company with total annual gross revenues of less than $1.07 billion during its most recently completed fiscal year. A company will retain its EGC status until the earlier of: (1) the last day of the fiscal year in which it exceeds $1.07 billion in annual gross revenues; (2) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date it first sold securities pursuant to an initial public offering registration statement; (3) the date on which the EGC has, within the previous three years, issued $1 billion of nonconvertible debt; or (4) the date it is deemed to be a large accelerated filer (an SEC registered company with a public float of at least $700 million).
Effective December 31, 2020, we lost our EGC status and are now categorized as a Large Accelerated Filer based upon the current market capitalization of the Company according to Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we must comply with all financial disclosure and governance requirements applicable to Large Accelerated Filers.
17


Our Website and Availability of SEC Reports and Other Information
The Company maintains a website at the following address: www.beyondmeat.com. The information on the Company's website is not incorporated by reference in this report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website are intended to be inactive textual references only.
We make available on or through our website certain reports and amendments to those reports we file with or furnish to the SEC pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These include our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and our current reports on Form 8-K. We make this information available on our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file the information with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.
Investors and others should note that Beyond Meat routinely announces material information to investors and the marketplace using SEC filings, press releases, public conference calls, webcasts and the Beyond Meat Investor Relations website. We also intend to use certain social media channels as a means of disclosing information about us and our products to consumers, our customers, investors and the public (e.g., @BeyondMeat, #BeyondBurger and #GoBeyond on Facebook, Instagram, Threads and X (formerly, Twitter), and @BeyondMeatOfficial on TikTok). The information posted on social media channels is not incorporated by reference in this report or in any other report or document we file with the SEC. While not all of the information that the Company posts to the Beyond Meat Investor Relations website or to social media accounts is of a material nature, some information could be deemed to be material. Accordingly, the Company encourages investors, the media, and others interested in Beyond Meat to review the information that it shares at the “Investors” link located at the bottom of our webpage at https://investors.beyondmeat.com/investor-relations and to sign up for and regularly follow our social media accounts. Users may automatically receive email alerts and other information about the Company when enrolling an email address by visiting "Request Email Alerts" in the "Investors" section of Beyond Meat’s website at www.investors.beyondmeat.com/investor-relations.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
Risk Factor Summary

We are providing the following summary of the risk factors contained in this report to enhance the readability and accessibility of our risk factor disclosures. We encourage you to carefully review the full risk factors immediately following this summary as well as the other information in this report, including the section titled “Management’s“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Operations,” “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described in this report may not be the only ones we face. If any of the risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In this case, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline and you might lose part or all of your investment in our common stock. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:


Risks Related to Our Business, such as, adverse and uncertain economic and political conditions in the U.S. and international markets, including concerns about the likelihood of an economic recession, downturn, periods of rising or high inflation or economic uncertainty; risks associated with inflationary price pressures including the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business;higher interest rates; reduced consumer confidence and changes in consumer spending and negative trends in consumer purchasing patterns; our history of losses and ability to achieve or sustain profitability; a continued decrease in demand, and the underlying factors negatively impacting demand in the plant-based meat category; our cost-reduction initiatives, cost structure improvements, workforce reductions and executive leadership changes, and the timing and success of reducing operating expenses and achieving certain financial goals and cash flow positive objectives; the timing and success of narrowing our commercial focus to certain growth opportunities; accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation, including as part of our Global Operations Review; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels; and accelerated, cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; our ability to effectively expandsuccessfully execute our Global Operations Review, including the exit or discontinuation of select product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky, further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint, and the continued review of our operations andin China; the substantial non-cash impacts resulting from our Global Operations Review; our ability to accurately forecast demand for our products; our ability to utilize our capacity efficiently or accurately plan our capacity requirements; our ability to sell our inventory in a timely manner which may require us to sell our products through liquidation channels at lower prices, write-down or write-off obsolete inventory, or increase inventory provision; our ability to forecast future results of operations and financial goals or targets; our reliance on a limited number of third-partythird party suppliers and our ability to procure sufficient high quality raw materials; disruptions to our supply chain; limited availability of pea protein that meets our standards; our limited number of distributors; consolidation of customers, loss of a significant customer or our inability to acquire new customers; loss of one or more of our co-manufacturers; damage or disruption at our manufacturing facilities and operational delays at our new manufacturinginternal or co-manufacturing facilities; delays with the build out of our new corporate headquarters; failure to effectively manage our growth; difficulties expanding into new markets; slow, declining or negative revenue growth rates; revenue and earnings fluctuations; seasonal fluctuations; delays in product delivery by third-partythird party transportation providers; failure to retain our senior management and attract and retain employees; use of professional employer organizations to employ
18


certain of our international employees; disruptions in the worldwide economy; failure of recent and future acquisitions or investments to be efficiently integrated; our ESG practices and scrutinyreporting of such matters; accounting estimate risks; risks from changes in estimating judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP or any future impairment charges; technological changes that might impact our stakeholdersproducts and/or business; and institutional investors on our environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices.risks stemming from workplace accidents or safety incidents.
Risks Related to Our Products, such as, limited availability of pea protein that meets our standards; incidents of food safety and food-borne illnesses or advertising or product misbranding; reduction in sales of the Beyond Burger; changing consumer preferences; failure to introduce new products or successfully improve existing products; our ability to accurately predict consumer taste preferences and respond quickly to new trends; risks related to planned price increases of our products and volatility of ingredient and packaging costs volatility.costs.
Risks Related to Our Industry and Brand, such as, increased competition in our market;market and new market entrants; general softness in the plant-based meat category; harm to our brand or reputation due to real or perceived quality or health issues with our products; and failure to develop and maintain our brand.
Risks Related to Our International Operations,, such as, business, regulatory, political, financial and economic risks of doing business in China and Europe, including as a result of the continued review of our operations in China; foreign exchange rate fluctuations; and potential violations of the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws.
Risks Related to Our Investments, such as, our manufacturing operations in China and the Netherlands; our ownership of real property; and the operations of and participation in joint ventures.ventures, including the discontinuation of the Beyond Meat Jerky product line.


Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property, Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy, such as, our ability to adequately protect our proprietary technology and intellectual property; our reliance on information technology systems; the occurrence of a cybersecurity incident or other technology disruptions or failure to comply with the laws and regulations relating to privacy and the protection of individual data.
Risks Related to Our Lease Obligations, Indebtedness, Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital, such as, delays or cost overruns associated with the build out of our new Campus Headquarters and the impact of workforce reductions or other cost-reduction initiatives on our space demands; our ability to sublease, assign or otherwise transfer excess space; failure to meet our significant lease obligations; restrictions onobligations or risks related to excess space capacity under our operationsleases due to workforce reductions or other cost-reduction initiatives; risks related to our covenants inconvertible senior notes; inability to access restricted cash that collateralizes letters of credit; sufficiency of our revolving credit agreement;cash and cash equivalents to meet our liquidity needs; and failure to obtain additional financing or access capital markets to achieve our goals.
Risks Related to the Environment, Climate and Weather, such as, a major natural disaster or severe weather event in areas where our internal or co-manufacturing facilities are located; and negative effects from climate change.changes.
Risks Related to Being a Public Company, such as, the effectiveness of our internal controls; limitations in our internal control system resulting in undetected errors or fraud; and the increased costs associated with complying with the requirements applicable to public companies.
Risks Related to OwnershipRegulatory and Legal Compliance Matters, Litigation and Legal Proceedings, such as, FDA compliance; legal claims, government investigations and other regulatory enforcement actions; compliance with international regulations; changes in existing laws or regulations or the adoption of Our Common Stocknew laws or regulations; failure by our suppliers of raw materials or co-manufacturers to comply with food safety, environmental or other laws or with the specifications and requirements of our products; and ongoing litigation or legal proceedings.
General Risk Factors, such as, high volatility in our share price; reduction in our share price due to a substantial number of sales; decline in our share price and trading volume due to adverse or misleading opinions by securities or industry analysts regarding our business; no history of paying dividends or plans to pay dividends to our stockholders in the foreseeable future; provisions included in our charter documents to delay or prevent a change in control of our company; limitation of stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes due to the exclusive forum provision in our restated certificate of incorporation;incorporation and forum selection provision in our amended and restated bylaws; and limitation of our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards.
Risks Related to Regulatory and Legal Compliance Matters, Litigation and Legal Proceedings, such as, FDA compliance; legal claims, government investigations and other regulatory enforcement actions; compliance with international regulations; changes in existing laws or regulations or the adoption of new laws or regulations; failure by our suppliers of raw materials or co-manufacturers to comply with food safety, environmental or other laws or with the specifications and requirements of our products; and ongoing litigation or legal proceedings.
19


Risk Factors
Risks Related to Our Business
The COVID-19 pandemic has had,Disruptions in the worldwide economy, including an economic recession, downturn, periods of rising or high inflation or economic uncertainty, have adversely affected and we expect willmay continue to have, a material adverse impact onadversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and cash flows.condition.
The global economy can be negatively impacted by a variety of factors such as the spread or fear of spread of contagious diseases (such as the COVID-19 pandemic, other pandemics, epidemics or other public health crises) in locations where our products are sold, man-made or natural disasters, severe weather, actual or threatened hostilities or war, terrorist activity, political unrest or uncertainties (including those resulting from a presidential election year), civil strife and unprecedentedother geopolitical uncertainty. Such adverse and uncertain economic conditions may impact of COVID-19 continues to create significant volatility, uncertaintydistributor, retailer, foodservice and consumer demand for our products. For example, in connection with the war in Ukraine, governments in the U.S., U.K. and the EU have each imposed export


controls on certain products and financial and economic disruption. COVID-19 has led governmentssanctions on certain industry sectors and other authorities aroundparties in Russia. In addition, the world to implement significant measures intended to control the spreadintensity, duration and economic effects of the virus, including social distancing measures, business closuresconflict in Israel, Gaza and surrounding areas are difficult to predict. The uncertainty resulting from the military conflicts in Europe and the Middle East have given rise and may continue to give rise to increases in costs of goods and services, scarcity of certain ingredients, increased trade barriers or restrictions on operations, quarantinesglobal trade and travel bans. While somemay increase volatility in financial and capital markets, which may make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital. Further escalation of these restrictionsgeopolitical tensions could have been lifted a broader impact that expands into other markets where we do business, which could adversely affect our business and/or easedour supply chain, our international subsidiaries, business partners or customers in many jurisdictions as the rates of COVID-19 infections have decreasedbroader region, including potential destabilizing effects that such conflicts may pose for the European continent, the Middle East or stabilized, a resurgence of COVID-19the global oil and the discovery of various new COVID-19 variants in some markets has slowed, halted or reversed the reopening process altogether.
On December 11, 2020, the FDA issued the first Emergency Use Authorization (“EUA”) for distribution of the COVID-19 vaccine developed by Pfizer. On December 18, 2020, the FDA issued another EUA for distribution of a second COVID-19 vaccine developed by Moderna.natural gas markets. In addition, other COVID-19 vaccines have been approved for emergency useour ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors, retailers, foodservice customers, consumers and creditors may suffer. The political environment, especially in other countries or are pending approvalan election year in the United States. While the rollout of vaccines is currently underwayU.S. and globally, may create uncertainty with respect to, and could result in the United States, we expect that it will take significant time before the vaccines are widely available on a significant scale. If there are delaysadditional changes in, the rolloutlegislation, regulation, international relations and government policy, or administration of the COVID-19 vaccines, declinescould result in the public's perception of the safety of the vaccines and their willingness to take the vaccines,possible civil unrest or if COVID-19 and the new COVID-19 variant infection rates continue to increase, the negative impacts on our business, particularly on our foodservice channel net revenues, cash flows, operating expenses, gross profit and gross margin, and our sales could be more prolonged and may become more severe.other disturbances.
Even if not required by governments and other authorities, companies are also taking precautions, such as requiring employees to work remotely, imposing travel restrictions, reducing operating hours, imposing operating restrictions and temporarily closing businesses. These continuing restrictions, and future prevention and mitigation measures, imposed by governments and companies, are likely to continue to have an adverse impact onAs global economic conditions continue to be volatile or uncertain and recessionary or inflationary pressures exist, trends in consumer confidencediscretionary spending also remain unpredictable and spending (includingsubject to changes. We have seen consumers shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns as a result of various factors, including job losses, inflation, higher taxes, reduced access to credit, change in federal economic policy and recent international trade disputes. In particular, consumers have reduced the amount of plant-based food products that they purchase where there are conventional animal-based protein offerings, which generally have lower retail prices. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private label products rather than branded products because they are generally less expensive. A decrease in consumer discretionary income due to unemployment or reduced or limited work as aspending may also result of measures takenin consumers reducing the frequency and amount spent on food prepared away from home. Distributors, retailers and foodservice customers have become more conservative in response to these conditions and have sought to reduce their inventories. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our existing distributors, retailers and foodservice customers, our ability to attract new consumers, the pandemic), which has had,financial condition of our consumers and is expectedour ability to continueprovide products that appeal to have, a material adverse impact onconsumers at the right price. Decreases in demand for our products particularlywithout a corresponding decrease in our foodservice channel,costs has put downward pressure on gross margin and could materially adversely affect the supply of our products. Sustained market turmoil and business disruption due to COVID-19 havehas negatively impacted, and are expectedmay continue to negatively impact, our financial results. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions or uncertainty would likely have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
Inflationary price pressures of raw materials, labor, transportation, fuel or other inputs used by us and our suppliers, including the effects of higher interest rates, has negatively impacted, and could continue to negatively impact, our business and results of operations, financial conditionoperations.
Our operating environment has been impacted by inflation and cash flows.
Impacthigher interest rates. Increases in the price of COVID-19 onraw materials, labor, wages, energy or other inputs that we or our foodservice channel

COVID-19suppliers use in manufacturing and supplying products, along with logistics, transportation, shipping, fuel and other related costs, has impacted business operationsled to higher production and customer and consumer demandshipping costs for our products. Increases in the cost of inputs to our production has led to higher costs for our products in our foodservice channeland retail channels and has negatively impacted and may continue to negatively impact our operating results and future profitability. General inflation, including rising energy prices, interest rates and wages, currency volatility and monetary, fiscal and policy interventions by national or regional governments in reaction to such events could continue to have negative impacts on our business by increasing our operating costs and our borrowing costs as restaurants and bars have been required to temporarily close or restrict indoor dining to limitwell as decreasing the spread of COVID-19. Although certain of these restrictions have been lifted pursuant to multi-step reopening plans and exceptions to allowcapital available for carry-out and delivery have enabled certain of our customers to purchase our products. The United States Federal Reserve and other central banks, including the European Central Bank, have raised its benchmark interest rate multiple times. Increased borrowing costs faced by our customers could result in decreased demand for our products. The impact of inflation could also continue to generate business, we experienced a significant deterioration in sales to foodservice customers in 2020 due to the impacts of COVID-19. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2020, foodservice channel net revenues were $106.2 million compared to $153.1 million in the prior year. Closures or scaled back operations have also resulted in delays in tests or launches of our products among our foodservice customers and negatively impacted our growth rate. Even after these COVID-19 restrictions are lifted, demand from our foodservice customers may continue to be negatively impacted due to continuing consumer concerns regarding the risk of transmission of COVID-19 and the various COVID-19 variants, decreasedreduce consumer confidence and decrease consumer discretionary spending, including spending to purchase our products, and negatively affect trends in consumer purchasing patterns due to changes in consumer habits, among other things.consumers’ disposable income, credit availability and debt levels. The environment remains highly uncertainimpact of high inflation and it is unclear how long it will take for foodservice demand to return to pre-pandemic levels, if at all. We expect revenues in our foodservice channel will continue to be negatively impacted in 2021.
20


Impact of COVID-19 on our retail channel

While we initially experienced an increase in retail demand during the second quarter of 2020 as consumers shifted toward more at-home consumption, the level of retail demand meaningfully slowed during the thirdplant-based meat sector’s premium pricing relative to animal protein have caused and fourth quarters of 2020. For example, for the three months ended June 27, 2020, we generated retail channel net revenues of $99.6 million, compared to $70.0 million in the three months ended September 26, 2020, and $75.1 million in the three months ended December 31, 2020. As COVID-19 and the new COVID-19 variant ratescould continue to increase in numerous regionscause consumers to trade down into cheaper forms of the world, the continuing impact of COVID-19 remains highly uncertain. It is, therefore, difficult to predict retail demand levels going forward. Additionally, we could suffer product inventory losses or markdowns and lost revenue in the event of the loss or a shutdown of a major supplier, co-manufacturer or distributor, disruption of our distribution network, or decreased consumer confidence and spending. We also have been providing heavier discounting on some of our products in response to COVID-19. Although these actions are intended to build brand awareness and increase consumer trials of our products, they have and are likely to continue to have a negative impact on our gross profit and gross margin.
Impact of COVID-19 on our suppliers, co-manufacturers and distributors

We source ingredients from multiple suppliers around the world. Currently, the principal ingredient in most of our products is pea protein. Given that we scaled back our production in response to COVID-19 and to reduce our existing finished goods and work in process inventory levels, we have seen an increase in our pea protein, stocks. However, in light of the expected shelf life of our pea protein raw materials, we do not believe there is a risk of inventory obsolescence of these raw materials at this time. The impact of COVID-19 on any of our suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors or transportation or logistics providers, including problems with their respective businesses, finances, labor matters (including illness or absenteeism in workforce), ability to import raw materials, product quality issues, costs, production, insurance and reputation, may negatively affect the price and availability of our ingredients and/or packaging materials and impact our supply chain. If the disruptions caused by COVID-19 continue for an extended period of time, or there are additional resurgences of COVID-19 or COVID-19 variants, our ability to meet the demands of our customers may be materially impacted.
Impact of COVID-19 on our manufacturing operations and workforce

We have implemented and continue to practice a series of physical distancing and hygienic practices at our manufacturinganimal meat, beans and other facilities. If we are forced to make further modifications, scale back hours of production or close these facilities in response to the pandemic, we expect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows would be materially adversely affected. Moreover, we have transitioned a significant subset of our office-based employee population to a remote work environment in an effort to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, which may exacerbate certain risks to our business, including cybersecurity attacks and risk of phishing due to an increase in the number of points of potential attack, such as laptops and mobile devices (both of which are now being used in increased numbers). In the event that an employee tests positive for COVID-19, we may have to temporarily close one or more of our facilities for cleaning and/or quarantine one or more employees, which could negatively impact our financial results.
Impact of COVID-19 on our international expansion and access to capital

Part of our growth strategy includes increasing the number of international customers and expanding into additional geographies. The timing and success of our international expansion with respect to customers, production facilities and/or co-manufacturing partners, especially in China and other parts of Asia, may be negatively impacted by COVID-19, which could impede our anticipated growth.
Additionally, COVID-19 has created significant disruptions in the credit and financial markets, which could adversely affect our ability to access capital on favorable terms or at all.
The extent of COVID-19’s effect on our operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensity of the pandemic (including any additional resurgences), impact of the new COVID-19 variants and the rollout of COVID-19 vaccines, and the level of
21


social and economic restrictions imposed in the United States and abroad in an effort to curb the spread of the virus, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. Furthermore, the uncertainty created by COVID-19 significantly increases the difficulty in forecasting operating results and strategic planning. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the ultimate impact of COVID-19 on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. However, COVID-19 has had and may continue to have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and may adversely impact the trading price of our common stock. While the ultimate economic impact of COVID-19 is highly uncertain, we expect that the adverse impact of COVID-19 on our business operations and results of operations, including our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows, will continue into 2021. Future events and effects related to COVID-19 cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates or forecasts. The impact of COVID-19 may also heighten other risks discussed in this report.non-animal meat protein sources.
We have a history of losses, and we may be unable to achieve or sustain profitability.
Although we achieved cash flow positive operations during the three months ended September 30, 2023, this outcome included the benefit of certain transitory factors that did not have a similar impact in the fourth quarter of 2023 and we may not be able to achieve or sustain cash flow positive operations in other future periods or be profitable in the future. We have experienced net losses in almost every period since our inception. In 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, we incurred net losses of $52.8$338.1 million, $12.4$366.1 million and $29.9$182.1 million, respectively. We anticipate thatAlthough we decreased our operating expenses in 2023 compared to 2022, over time our operating expenses and capital expenditures willmay increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to expand our production capacity through our own internal production facilities, domestically and abroad; build out our campus headquarters and manufacturing facilities; increase our customer base, supplier network and co-manufacturing partners;hire additional employees; support our strategic and other QSR customer relationships; innovate and commercialize products; scale production across distribution channels; build our brand, expand our marketing channels and drive consumer adoption of our products; optimize our production capacity through our own internal production facilities, domestically and abroad; continue building out our Campus Headquarters, including the timing and success of subleasing, assigning or otherwise transferring excess space; increase our customer base, supplier network and co-manufacturing partners; scale production across distribution channels; pursue geographic expansion; hire additional employees; and enhance our technology and production capabilities. These efforts may prove more expensive than we anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenues and margins sufficiently to offset the anticipated higher expenses.expenses, particularly in light of some of the other challenges we face, for example prolonged, weakened demand within the plant-based meat category and broad macroeconomic headwinds. We incur significant expenses in developing our innovative products, building out our facilities, securing an adequate supply of raw materials, obtaining and storing ingredients and other products, and marketing the products we offer. In addition, many of our expenses, including some of the costs associated with our existing and any future manufacturing facilities, are fixed. Accordingly, we may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy or achieve or sustain profitability, and we may incur significant losses for the foreseeable future.
Weakness in the plant-based meat category, combined with our volume losses, has had a negative impact on our sales and profits.
Our operating environment continues to be negatively affected by several challenges, including, but not limited to, prolonged, weakened demand in the plant-based meat category overall, particularly in the refrigerated subsegment, among others, adverse changes in consumer taste and perceptions about plant-based meat, broad macroeconomic headwinds including elevated levels of inflation, higher interest rates, waning consumer confidence and recessionary concerns, and competitive activity in the plant-based meat category. Consumer demand for plant-based meat products has continued to decline. For example, in 2023, all of our markets and channels other than international retail and foodservice were negatively impacted by weakness in demand in the category.
Partly as a result of this weak demand, we have experienced volume losses and declines from historical levels, which has negatively impacted our sales and profitability. In the year ended December 31, 2023, volume of products sold decreased by 8.1%, primarily reflecting weak category demand, especially in U.S. retail and U.S. foodservice channels. We expect that demand-related challenges will continue to have a negative impact on our sales and profitability and, as a result, our results of operations and financial condition, in the future, particularly if we are not able to reduce our costs quickly and significantly enough to offset the lost volume and attain and maintain a profitable customer and product sales mix. A continued decrease in consumer demand for plant-based meat, or a further prolonged decrease, would likely have a material adverse effect on our profits, business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our strategic initiatives to improve our cost structure could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and we may not realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions, including achieving and/or sustaining cash flow positive operations.


On November 2, 2023, we announced that we were initiating our Global Operations Review, which involves narrowing our commercial focus to certain growth opportunities, and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. Among other things, we have and will continue to evaluate the exit or discontinuation of select product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky, changes to our pricing architecture (including our current plan to increase the prices of certain of our products), accelerated cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives, further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint, and the continued review of our operations in China. In addition, on November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce). This decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2023, we incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $1.8 million in connection with the reduction-in-force, primarily consisting of notice period and severance payments, employee benefits and related costs. These charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023, and the reduction-in-force was substantially complete by the end of 2023.
Our Global Operations Review, cost structure improvement measures, cost-reduction initiatives, workforce reductions, and the timing and success of our goal of achieving and/or sustaining cash flow positive operations are subject to many risks and uncertainties. For example, the charges associated with the reductions-in-force may be greater than anticipated; we may be unable to realize the contemplated benefits in connection with the workforce reductions, Global Operations Review, cost structure improvement measures and other potential cost-reduction initiatives; and the workforce reductions, Global Operations Review, cost structure improvement measures and other potential cost-reduction initiatives may have an adverse impact on our performance. Additionally, our ability to make progress toward our goal of achieving and/or sustaining cash flow positive operations is dependent on a number of assumptions and uncertainties, including, without limitation, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, which has declined in recent years; our ability to reduce costs and achieve and/or sustain positive gross margins; our ability to grow revenues and meet operating expense reduction targets, which may be subject to factors beyond our control; timing of capital expenditures; and our ability to monetize inventory and manage working capital. The other risks described in this report may also hinder our ability to implement our strategic initiatives. As a result, we cannot guarantee that we will achieve and/or sustain cash flow positive operations in the future, whether on our expected timelines, or at all.
We may also be subject to additional unexpected costs, negative impacts on our cash flows from operations, employee attrition and adverse effects on employee morale and potential failure to meet operational and growth targets due to the loss of employees, any of which may impair our ability to achieve anticipated results from our operations or otherwise adversely affect our business. Additionally, as we are operating our business with fewer employees, we face additional risk that we might not be able to execute on our strategic plans and product roadmap, which may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.
As we continue to identify areas of cost savings and operating efficiencies, we may consider implementing further measures to help streamline operations and improve cost efficiencies, which could result in the contraction of our business and the implementation of significant cost cutting measures such as further downsizing and exiting certain operations, including product lines, domestically and/or abroad. Any resource realignment, or decision to limit investment in or dispose of or otherwise exit or discontinue product lines or businesses, may result in loss of significant revenues and investments and/or the recording of charges, such as write-offs, further workforce reduction or restructuring costs, charges relating to consolidation of excess facilities or capacity underutilization, exit of co-manufacturing or other arrangements including risk of commercial disputes and other termination and exit costs, lease exit or other related costs, contract termination charges, or claims from third parties. Underutilization or cessation of our manufacturing facilities could adversely affect our gross margin and other operating results and we may be required to terminate or make penalty payments under certain supply chain arrangements, close or idle facilities and write down our long-lived assets or shorten the useful lives of underutilized assets and accelerate depreciation, which would increase our expenses. In addition, our strategic initiatives may not be adequate to support the long-term operations of our business, particularly under adverse circumstances. Furthermore, we may not be successful in implementing these initiatives or realizing our anticipated savings and efficiencies, including as a result of factors beyond our control. For


example, in the event we have excess capacity or vacancy in any of our facilities or office spaces, we may sublease, assign or otherwise transfer portions of the excess space to third parties and may be unable to sublease, assign or otherwise transfer our excess space on favorable terms, or at all, or if we are able to sublease space but our subtenants fail to make lease payments to us or otherwise default on their obligations to us, we could incur substantial payment obligations to our landlords.
If we are unable to realize the anticipated savings and efficiencies of our cost reduction initiatives and related strategic initiatives, our operating and financial results would be adversely affected and could differ materially from our expectations.
If we fail to effectively expandoptimize our manufacturing and production capacity, accurately forecast demand for our products or quickly respond to forecast changes, our business and operating results and our brand reputation could be harmed.
If we do not have sufficient capacity to meet our customers’ demands and to satisfy increased demand, or are not able to streamline and optimize manufacturing capacity for specific products, we will need to expand our operations, supply and manufacturing capabilities. However, there is risk in our ability to effectively scale production processes, optimize manufacturing capacity for specific products and effectively manage our supply chain requirements. We must accurately forecast demand for each of our products and inventory needs in order to ensure we have adequate available manufacturing capacity for each such product and to ensure we are effectively managing our inventory. Our forecasts are based on multiple assumptions which may cause our estimates to be inaccurate and affect our ability to obtain adequate manufacturing capacity (whether our own manufacturing capacity or co-manufacturing capacity) and adequate inventory supply in order to meet the demand for our products, which could prevent us from meeting increased customer demand and harm our brand and our business and in some cases may result in fines or indemnification obligations we must pay customers or distributors if we are unable to fulfill orders placed by them in a timely manner or at all.
However,Consumer demand for plant-based meat products has continued to decline. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2023, our U.S. market and channels were negatively impacted by softness in demand in the category and for our products. If consumer demand for plant-based meats continues to decrease, or if we overestimateany such decrease is further prolonged, demand for our demandproducts by our customers may also continue to decrease. Weakness in the category has had a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and overbuild our capacityresults of operations, and continued or inventory, we mayworsening weakness would likely have significantly underutilized assets, experience reduced margins,a similar or greater effect, which would in turn make it difficult to accurately predict and have excess inventory which we may be required to write-down or write-off. Ifforecast demand.
Furthermore, if we do not accurately align our manufacturing capabilities and inventory supply with demand, if we experience disruptions or delays in our supply chain, or if we cannot obtain raw materials of sufficient quantity and quality at reasonable prices and in a timely manner, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected.
We may not be able to utilize our capacity efficiently or accurately plan our capacity requirements, which may adversely affect our gross margin, business and operating results.
If we overestimate our demand and overbuild our capacity or inventory, as we have done in certain periods in the past, we may have significantly underutilized assets. Underutilization of our manufacturing and/or co-manufacturing facilities can adversely affect our gross margin and other operating results. If demand for our products experiences a prolonged decrease, we may be required to terminate or make penalty payments under certain supply chain arrangements, close or idle facilities and write down our long-lived assets or shorten the useful lives of underutilized assets and accelerate depreciation, which would increase our expenses. For example, in 2023 and 2022, lower than anticipated revenues negatively impacted our capacity utilization, which resulted in the Company incurring underutilization fees and termination fees that were required in order to exit certain of our supply chain arrangements.
If demand does not materialize at the rate forecasted, we may not be able to scale back our manufacturing expenses or overhead costs quickly enough to correspond to the lower than expected demand. This could
22


result in lower margins and adversely impact our business and results of operations. Additionally, if product demand continues to decrease or stays flat or we fail to forecast demand accurately, our results may be adversely impacted due to higher costs resulting from lower manufacturing utilization, causing higher fixed costs per unit produced. Further we may be required to recognize excess or obsolete inventory write-off charges, or excess capacity charges. We routinely monitor and recognize excess or obsolete inventory write-off charges when appropriate, which has negatively impacted our results of operations. For example, in the fourth quarter of 2023, we recorded incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory in the amount of $38.0 million primarily arising from our Global Operations Review.
If we are unable to sell our inventory in a timely manner, it could become obsolete, which could require us to write-down or write-off obsolete inventory, which could harm our operating results.
There is a risk that we may be unable to sell our inventory in a timely manner to avoid it becoming obsolete. If we are required to substantially discount our inventory or are unable to sell our inventory in a timely manner, we would be required to increase our inventory provision or write-off obsolete inventory and our operating results could be substantially harmed. Alternatively, we may be required to mark down certain products to sell any excess inventory or to sell such inventory through liquidation channels at significantly lower prices, which would negatively impact our business and operating results. In the year ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, our net revenues were negatively impacted by strategic promotional discounts and our gross profit was negatively impacted by write-down of inventory, among other factors, which increased costs per pound.
Our ability to accurately forecast our future results of operations is subject to many risks and uncertainties and our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations.
Our ability to accurately forecast our future results of operations is limited by and dependent on a number of risks and uncertainties, including those described in this report. Our historical revenue growth should not be considered indicative of our future performance. Our revenue growth has declined and could continue to decline or slow for a number of reasons, including but not limited to weak demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products, other macroeconomic factors such as high inflation, higher interest rates and concerns about the likelihood of an economic recession, reduced consumer confidence and changes in consumer preferences or spending and competitive activity from our market competitors and new market entrants. In fact, net revenues decreased to $343.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2023 from $418.9 million in the prior year, representing an 18.0% decrease. If we are unable to execute our cost-down initiatives, we may not be able to compete effectively in our market and demand for our products may continue to slow, either of which could continue to adversely affect our revenues and margins. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties and our future revenue growth are incorrect or change, or if we do not address these risks successfully, our operating and financial results could differ materially from our expectations, and our business could suffer.
From time to time, we may release earnings guidance, financial goals or other forward-looking statements in our earnings releases, earnings conference calls or otherwise regarding our future performance that represent our management’s estimates as of the date of the release. Some or all of the assumptions of any future guidance or financial goals that we furnish may not materialize or may vary significantly from actual future results. For example, our ability to make progress toward our goal of achieving and/or sustaining cash flow positive operations is dependent on a number of assumptions and uncertainties, including, without limitation, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products; our ability to reduce costs and achieve positive gross margins; our ability to grow revenues and meet operating expense reduction targets, which may be subject to factors beyond our control; timing of capital expenditures; and our ability to monetize inventory and manage working capital. The other risks described in this report may also cause our actual future results to differ.


We estimate market opportunity and forecast market growth that may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.
Our estimates of market opportunity and growth forecasts are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may prove to be inaccurate. The factors that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time and may be variable or inaccurate and may be affected by increasing competition from our market competitors and new market entrants. Any expansion in our market depends on a number of factors, including the cost and perceived value associated with our products and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecast, our business could fail to grow at the rate we anticipate, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties.
Because we rely on a limited number of third-partythird party suppliers, we may not be able to obtain raw materials on a timely basis or in sufficient quantities at competitive prices to produce our products or meet the demand for our products.
We rely on a limited number of vendors, a portion of whom are located internationally, to supply us with raw materials. Our financial performance depends in large part on our ability to arrange for the purchase of raw materials in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We have entered into a multi-year sales agreement for plant-based protein with one of our pea protein suppliers pursuant to which we are required to purchase specified minimum monthly and semi-annual quantities through the term. Other than pursuant toAside from this agreement and a few select others, we are not assured of continued supply or pricing of raw materials. Any of our other suppliers could discontinue or seek to alter their relationship with us. We have in the past experienced interruptions in the supply of pea protein from one supplier that resulted in delays in delivery to us. We could experience similar delays in the future from any of our suppliers. Any disruption in the supply of pea protein or other raw materials, wouldsuch as avocado oil, may have a material adverse effect on our business if we do not have sufficient stocks on hand or if we cannot replace these suppliers in a timely manner, on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.
In addition, our pea protein suppliers manufacture their products at a limited number of facilities. A natural disaster, severe weather, fire, power interruption, work stoppage or other calamity affecting any of these facilities, or any interruption in their operations, could negatively impact our ability to obtain required quantities of pea protein in a timely manner, or at all, which could materially reduce our product sales and net revenues, and have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.
The markets for some of the ingredients we use, such as avocado oil, may be particularly volatile due to factors such as limited supply sources, crop yield, seasonal shifts, climate conditions, industry demand, including as a result of food safety concerns, product recalls and government regulations.
Events that adversely affect our suppliers of pea protein and other raw materials, such as avocado oil, could impair our ability to obtain raw material inventory in the quantities at competitive prices that we desire. Such events include problems with our suppliers’ businesses, finances, labor relations and/or shortages, strikes or other labor unrest, ability to import raw materials, product quality issues, costs, production, insurance and reputation, as well as local economic and political conditions, restrictive U.S. and foreign governmental actions, such as restrictions on transfers of funds and trade protection measures, including export/import duties and quotas and customs duties and tariffs, adverse fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in legal or regulatory requirements, border closures, disease outbreaks or pandemics (such as COVID-19), acts of war, terrorism, natural disasters, fires, earthquakes, flooding, severe weather, agricultural diseases or other catastrophic occurrences. We continuously seek alternative sources of protein to use in our products, but we may not be successful in diversifying the raw materials we use in our products.
If we need to replace an existing supplier, there can be no assurance that supplies of raw materials will be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all, or that a new supplier would allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements, fill our orders in a timely manner or meet our strict quality standards. If we are unable to manage our supply chain effectively and ensure that our products are available to meet


consumer demand, we may not be able to fulfill customer orders, our operating costs could increase and our profit margins could decrease.
Disruptions to our supply chain could have a material adverse effect on our operating and financial results.
Our ability to make, move and sell products in coordination with our suppliers, co-manufacturers and distributors is critical to our success. Damage or disruption to our collective supply, manufacturing or distribution capabilities resulting from severe weather, fires or evacuations related thereto, natural disasters, including climate-related events, pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) or other outbreaks of contagious diseases, agricultural diseases, cyber incidents, security breaches, system failures, terrorism, governmental restrictions or mandates, political instability, trade restrictions, import restrictions, border closures, freight carrier availability, labor shortages, strikes or other labor unrest, the financial or operational instability of key suppliers and carriers, disruptions, repairs or enhancements at facilities manufacturing or delivering our products or other reasons have, in the past, impaired and could, in the future, impair our ability to source inputs or manufacture, sell or timely deliver our products. To the extent we are unable to mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, there could be a material adverse effect on our operating and financial results.
Additionally, there are increasing expectations in various jurisdictions that companies monitor the environmental and social performance of their suppliers, including compliance with a variety of labor practices, as well as consider a wider range of potential environmental and social matters, including the end of life considerations for products. Compliance can be costly, require us to establish or augment programs to diligence or monitor our suppliers, or, in the case of legislation such as the Uyghur Forced Labor Prevention Act, to design supply chains to avoid certain suppliers or regions altogether. Failure to comply with such regulations can result in fines, reputational damage, import ineligibility for certain products or raw materials, or otherwise adversely impact our business.
Our future business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by reduced or limited availability of plant-based protein or avocado oil that meets our standards.
Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of ingredients at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that grow certain crops such as Canadian, European and North American yellow peas, other plant-based proteins and avocados, the vagaries of these farming businesses (including poor harvests impacting the quality of the peas grown), changes in national and world economic conditions, including as a result of COVID-19 or the outbreak of hostilities or war, tariffs and our ability to forecast our ingredient requirements. The high qualityhigh-quality ingredients used in many of our products are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, frosts, earthquakes, hurricanes and pestilence. Adverse weather conditions and natural disasters can lower crop yields and reduce crop size and quality, which in turn could reduce the available supply of, or increase the price of, quality ingredients. In addition, we purchase some ingredients and other materials offshore, and the price and availability of such ingredients and materials may be affected by political events or other conditions in these countries or tariffs, trade wars or trade wars.the outbreak of hostilities or war. We also compete with other food producers in the procurement of ingredients, and this competition may increase in the future if consumer demand for plant-based proteinmeat products increases. If supplies of quality ingredients are reduced or there is greater demand for such ingredients from us and others, we may not be able to obtain sufficient supply that meets our strict quality standards on favorable terms, or at all, which could impact our ability to supply products and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
23


We rely on a limited number of distributors, and if we experience the loss of one or more distributors and cannot replace them in a timely manner, our results of operations may be adversely affected.
Many retailers and foodservice providers purchase our products through distributors who purchase, store, sell, and deliver our products to such retailers and foodservice providers. For 2020, no distributorIn each of 2023 and 2022, DOT accounted for more than 10%approximately 12% of our gross revenues. For 2019,In 2021, DOT and UNFIZandbergen WFM accounted for approximately 17%12% and 16%11% of our gross revenues, respectively. Since these distributors act as intermediaries between us and the retailers and foodservice providers, we do not have short-term or long-term commitments or minimum purchase volumes in our contracts with them that ensure future sales of our products. If we lose one or more of our distributors and cannot replace the distributor in a timely manner or at all, our business, results of operation and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.
If we fail to cost-effectively acquire new customers or retain our existing customers, or if we fail to derive revenue from our existing customers consistent with our historical performance, our business could be materially adversely affected.
Our success, and our ability to increase revenues and operate profitably, depends in part on our ability to cost-effectively acquire new customers, to retain existing customers, and to keep existing customers engaged so that they continue to purchase products from us. We intend to continue efforts to expand our number of retail and foodservice customers, both in the United States and internationally, as part of our long-term growth strategy. This may require us to provide marketing and other financial incentives to our customers to assist in the promotion of our products. Such additional incentives could have a negative impact on gross margin and may not necessarily result in increased sales. In addition, new national foodservice customers will often initially add certain of our product offerings to their menus at limited locations and/or on a limited test basis, after which time these customers may choose to no longer offer our products or may ultimately scale back subsequent expansions. If we fail to attract and retain new foodservice customers, or retain our existing foodservice customers, customers—some of whom we do not have written contracts with—our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. In addition, timing of retail shelf resets are not within our control, and to the extent retail customers change the timing of such events, reduce our in store-displays, are out of stock of our products or are not able to restock our products effectively, sales of our products may be impaired and negatively impact our revenues.
Further, if customers do not perceive our product offerings to be of sufficient value and quality, or if we fail to offer new and relevant product offerings at a competitive price, we may not be able to attract or retain customers or engage existing customers so that they continue to purchase products from us. We may lose customers to our competitors if they offer superior products to ours, if we are unable to compete on the basis of value and taste, if we are unable to meet customers’ orders in a timely manner, or if we are unable to achieve our goalidentify and execute cost-down initiatives intended to achieve price parity with animal protein in at least one of our product categories by 2024.more competitive pricing over time. The loss of any large customer or the reduction of purchasing levels or the cancellation of business from such customers could have a material adverse impact on our business.
Consolidation of customers or the loss of a significant customer could negatively impact our sales and profitability.
Supermarkets in North America and the European Union continue to consolidate.have generally consolidated over time. This consolidation has produced larger, more sophisticated organizations with increased negotiating and buying power that are able to resist price increases, as well as operate with lower inventories, decrease the number of brands that they carry and increase their emphasis on private label products, all of which could negatively impact our business. The consolidation of retail customers also increases the risk that a significant adverse impact on their business could have a corresponding material adverse impact on our business.
For 2020, Costco accounted for approximately 13% of our gross revenues. The loss of any large customer, the reduction of purchasing levels or the cancellation of any business from a large customer for an extended length of time could negatively impact our sales and profitability. For example, in 2023, the year-over-year decrease in our U.S. foodservice channel net revenues was driven primarily by the impact of a limited time offering at a large QSR customer in 2022 that ended in early 2023.


Furthermore, as retailers consolidate, they may reduce the number of branded products they offer in order to accommodate private label products and generate more competitive terms from branded suppliers competing for limited retailer shelf space. Consequently, our financial results may fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the actions of one or more significant retailers. A retailer may take actions that affect us for
24


reasons that we cannot always anticipate or control, such as their financial condition, changes in their business strategy or operations, the introduction of competing products, pricing and promotions, shelf reset timing and activity, reduced in store-displays, timing of product restocking or the perceived quality of our products. Despite operating in different channels, our retailers sometimes compete for the same consumers as our foodservice channel. Because of actual or perceived conflicts resulting from this competition, retailers may take actions that negatively affect us.
Loss of one or more of our co-manufacturers or our failure to timely identify and establish relationships with new co-manufacturers could harm our business and impede our growth.
A significant amount of our revenue is derived from products manufactured at manufacturing facilities owned and operated by our co-manufacturers.co-manufacturers, a portion of which are located internationally. Any of the co-manufacturers with whom we do not have a written contract could seek to alter or terminate its relationship with us at any time, leaving us with periods during which we have limited or no ability to manufacture our products. If we need to replace a co-manufacturer, there can be no assurance that additional capacity will be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all.
If any of our co-manufacturers fail to comply with food safety, environmental, health and safety or other laws and regulations, or face allegations of non-compliance, their operations may be disrupted and our business and reputation could be harmed. An interruption in, or the loss of operations at, one or more of our co-manufacturing facilities, which may be caused by work stoppages, labor shortages, strikes or other labor unrest, production disruptions, product quality or safety issues, local economic and political conditions, restrictive governmental actions, border closures, disease outbreaks or pandemics (such as COVID-19), the outbreak of hostilities, acts of war, terrorism, fire, earthquakes, severe weather, flooding or other natural disasters at one or more of these facilities, could delay, postpone or reduce production of some of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition until such time as such interruption is resolved or an alternate source of production is secured.
We believe there are a limited number of competent, high-quality co-manufacturers in the industry that meet our strict quality and control standards, and as we seek to continue to obtain additional or alternative co-manufacturing arrangements in the future, there can be no assurance that we wouldwill be able to do so on satisfactory terms, in a timely manner, or at all. Additionally, as we expand our operations internationally, we will need to develop relationships with co-manufacturers overseas to meet sales demand, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully do so. Therefore, theThe loss of one or more co-manufacturers, any disruption or delay at a co-manufacturer or any failure to identify and engage co-manufacturers for new products, product extensions and expanded operations, including internationally, could delay, postpone or reduce production of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Any damage or disruption at our domestic or international manufacturing facilities may harm our business.
We have internal manufacturing facilities in the United States, China and the Netherlands to produce our woven proteins and our finished goods. A natural disaster, severe weather, fire, power interruption, work stoppage, labor shortages, strikes or other labor unrest, border closures, restrictive governmental actions, outbreaks of pandemics or contagious diseases (such as COVID-19) or other calamity at any of these facilities would significantly disrupt our ability to deliver our products and operate our business. If any material amount of our machinery or inventory were damaged, we would be unable to meet our contractual obligations and cannot predict when, if at all, we could replace or repair such machinery, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
25


Our business could be adversely affected by a workplace accident or safety incident.
Our manufacturing processes and related activities could expose us to significant personal injury claims that could subject us to substantial liability. Specifically, our inability to anticipate or preempt potential workplace hazards, create safe working environments or timely adapt to changing requirements around maintaining a safe workplace could result in employee illness, accidents or other safety incidents. A failure to properly train our employees regarding, or respond appropriately and in a timely manner to, any such illness, accident or safety incident could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operation and reputation. While we maintain liability insurance in amounts and of the type generally consistent with industry practice, the amount of such coverage may not be adequate to cover fully all claims, and we may be forced to bear substantial losses from an accident or safety incident resulting from our manufacturing activities.
We may not successfully ramp up operations at our internal manufacturing facilities or these facilities may not operate in accordance with our expectations. Moreover, we face competition for employees and may be unable to hire and retain employees at these facilities.
Since June 2018, we have acquired internal manufacturing facilities by purchase or lease in the United States, China and the Netherlands. Any substantial delay in bringing these facilities up to full production on our current schedule may hinder our ability to produce all of the product needed to meet orders and/or achieve our expected financial performance. Opening, maintaining and operating these facilities has required, and will continue to require, additional capital expenditures and the efforts and attention of our management and other personnel, which has and will continue to divert resources from our existing business or operations. These efforts may prove more expensive than we anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenues and margins sufficiently to offset the anticipated higher expenses. Additionally, our inability to hire and retain skilled employees at these facilities will severely hamper our expansion plans, product development and manufacturing efforts. Although theThe unemployment rate in the Columbia, Missouri area increased to 4.2%market was 2.1% as of December 2020,2023 and labor market conditions remain relatively tight. As a result, we currently rely on temporary workers in addition to full-time employees, and in the future, we may be unable to attract and retain employees with the skills we require, which could impact our ability to expand our operations. Even if our facilities are brought up to full production according to our current schedule, it may not provide us with all of the operational and financial benefits we expect to receive.
Our facilities and the manufacturing equipment we use to produce our products is costly to replace or repair and may require substantial lead-time to do so. For example, our estimate of throughput or our extrusion capacity may be impacted by disruption from extruder lead-in time, calibration, maintenance and unexpected delays. In addition, our ability to procure new extruders may face more lengthy lead times than is typical. We may also not be able to find suitable alternatives with co-manufacturers to replace the output from such equipment on a timely basis and at a reasonable cost. In the future, we may also experience plant shutdowns or periods of reduced production because of regulatory issues, equipment failure, delays in raw material deliveries, food safety incidents or COVID-19 outbreaks.other adverse events. Any such disruption or unanticipated event may cause significant interruptions or delays in our business and the reduction or loss of inventory may render us unable to fulfill customer orders in a timely manner, or at all. As part of our cost-reduction initiatives and our goal of reducing operating expenses, we intend to leverage our existing production infrastructure to meet demand for our products. As a result, if any of our production lines is disrupted, the foregoing risks are likely to be exacerbated. We have property and business disruption insurance in place for all of our internal manufacturing facilities; however, such insurance coverage may not be sufficient to cover all of our potential losses and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
If we fail to manage our future growth effectively, our business could be materially adversely affected.
We have grown rapidly since inception and anticipate further growth. For example, our net revenues increased from $16.2 million in 2016 to $406.8 million in 2020. Our full-time employee count as of December 31, 2020 (including contract employees) has grown approximately five-fold since December 31, 2016. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, financial, operational, technological and other resources. The anticipated growth and expansion of our business and our product offerings will continue to place significant demands on our management and operations teams and require significant additional resources to meet our needs, which may not be available in a cost-effective manner, or at all. If we do not effectively manage our growth, we may not be able to execute on our business plan, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of market opportunities, satisfy customer requirements or maintain high-quality product offerings, any of which could harm our business, brand, results of operations and financial condition.
We may face difficulties as we expand our operations in other countries, including into those in which we have no prior operating experience.
We intend to continue to expand our global footprintgeographic presence and enter into new markets.markets as part of our long-term growth strategy. To the extent that such geographic expansion eventually requires the establishment of new manufacturing operations in the respective local regions, we could face various challenges. International operations involve a number of risks, including labor shortages, strikes or other labor unrest, border closures,


restrictive governmental actions, foreign regulatory compliance, tariffs, taxes and exchange controls, economic downturns, inflation, foreign currency fluctuations, uncertainty in financial markets and banking systems, and political and social instability in the countries in which we operate. Expansion may involve expanding into countries other than those in which we currently operate. It may also involve expanding into less developed countries, which may have less political, social or economic stability and less developed infrastructure and legal systems. In addition, it may be difficult for us to understand and accurately predict taste preferences and purchasing habits of consumers in these new geographic markets. It is costly to establish, develop and maintain international operations and develop and
26


promote our brands in international markets. As we expand our business into other countries, we may encounter regulatory, legal, personnel, technological and other difficulties that increase our expenses and/or delay our ability to become profitable in such countries, which may have a material adverse effect on our business and brand.
Our revenue growth rate may slow over timehas fluctuated in recent periods and may not be indicative of future performance.continue to slow or decline in the future.
OurSince 2022, our revenue growth ratesand revenues have slowed or declined, with periods of negative growth, and may continue to slow over timeor decline in future periods due to a number of reasons,potential factors, including without limitation, macroeconomic issues including inflation and higher interest rates, increasing concerns about the impactlikelihood of COVID-19,a recession, and potential impacts on consumer and customer behavior, and demand levels, increasing competition, market saturation, slowing demand for our offerings, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, increasing regulatory costs and challenges, and failure to capitalize on growth opportunities.opportunities and the long-term effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Our revenues and earnings may fluctuate as a result of our promotional activities.
We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to customers and consumers which may result in reduced margins. These programs include rebates, temporary on shelfon-shelf price reductions, buy-one-get-one free programs, off-invoiceoff- invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. We anticipate that we will need to continue to offer more trade and promotion discounts to both our retail and foodservice customers, to match competition pricing and promotions, drive increased consumer trial and in response to COVID-19. We anticipate that these promotional activitieschanging consumer behavior and increased competition. In addition, we have made and intend to make changes in our pricing architecture, which may adverselyhave a negative impact on our net revenues, as well as negatively impact our gross marginsprofit, gross margin and profitability, impacting period-over-period results. We expect to face increasing competition across all channels, especially as additional plant-based meat product brands continue to enter the marketplace. In response, we anticipate providing heavier discounting and that changes in such activities willpromotions on some of our products. Although these actions are intended to build brand awareness and increase consumer trials of our products, they have had and are likely to continue to have a negative impact on our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin and profitability, impacting period-over-period results.
Fluctuations in our results of operations for our second and third quarters may impact, and may have a disproportionate effect on our overall financial condition and results of operations.
Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations that may have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations. Generally, we expect to experience greater demand for certain of our products during the U.S. summer grilling season. As our business continuesWhile we expected to grow, we expectcontinue to see additional seasonality effects especiallyin 2023, as compared to 2022 and 2021, we saw more muted effects from seasonality in the third and fourth quarters of 2023 as compared to the prior-year period and the second quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting weak category demand and pricing actions. In general, any historical effects of seasonality have been more pronounced within our U.S. retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel generally tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year.year, driven by increased levels of grilling activity, higher levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, the impact of customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers. Any factors that harm our second and third quarter operating results, including disruptions in our supply chain, adverse weather or unfavorable economic conditions, may have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire year. In an environment of heightened uncertainty from recessionary and inflationary pressures, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, competition and other factors


impacting our business, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.
Historical results are not indicative of future results.
Historical quarter-to-quarter and period-over-period comparisons of our sales and operating results are not necessarily indicative of future quarter-to-quarter and period-over-period results. You should not rely on the results of a single quarter or period as an indication of our annual results or our future performance.
Failure by our transportation providers to deliver our products on time, or at all, could result in lost sales.
We currently rely upon third-partythird party transportation providers for a significant portion of our product shipments. Our utilization of delivery services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs, employee strikes, disease outbreaks or pandemics (such as COVID-19) and inclement weather, which may impact the ability of providers to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs, if at all. We periodically change shipping companies, and we could face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries. In addition, we could incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we receive from the third-partythird party transportation providers that we currently use, which in turn would increase our costs and thereby adversely affect our operating results.
FailureWe have undergone, and may continue to experience, changes to our executive leadership team and senior management, and if we are unable to integrate new members of our executive leadership team or senior management, or if we fail to retain members of our executive leadership team and senior management, our business and operations may be adversely affect our operations.affected.
Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of certain members of our senior management, including Ethan Brown, our Founder, President and Chief Executive Officer. These executives
27


have been primarily responsible for determining the strategic direction of our business and for executing our growth strategy and are integral to our brand, culture and the reputation we enjoy with suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors, customers and consumers. The loss of the services of any of these executives could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace them on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, any such departure could be viewed in a negative light by investors and analysts, which may cause the price of our common stock to decline. We do not currently carry key-person life insurance for our senior executives.
From time to time, there may be changes in our executive leadership team and senior management as a result of the hiring, departure or realignment of key personnel, and such changes may impact our business. In 2023, 2022 and 2021, we had several changes to our executive leadership team and senior management, including as a result of organizational changes based on cost-reduction initiatives. Any significant leadership change or senior management transition involves inherent risk and any failure to ensure the timely and suitable replacement and a smooth transition could hinder our strategic planning, business execution and future performance. In particular, these or any future leadership transitions may result in a loss of personnel with deep institutional or technical knowledge and changes in business strategy or objectives and have the potential to disrupt our operations and relationships with employees and customers due to added costs, operational inefficiencies, changes in strategy, decreased employee morale and productivity, and increased turnover. If we are unable to successfully integrate new executive leadership team members and senior management, our operations may be adversely affected and we may not be able to achieve our operating objectives.
If we are unable to attract, train and retain employees or maintain our company culture, we may not be able to grow or successfully operate our business.
Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, train and retain a sufficient number of employees who understand and appreciate our culture and can represent our brand effectively and establish credibility with our business partners, customers and consumers. We believe a critical component of our success has been our


company culture and long-standing core values. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team. If we are unable to hire and retain employees capable of meeting our business needs and expectations, or if we fail to preserve our company culture among a larger number of employees dispersed in various geographic regions, as we continue to grow and develop the infrastructure associated with being a more mature public company, our business and brand image may be impaired. Any failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increase in turnover rates of our employees or key personnel changes may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Substantially allFurthermore, on November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce). Although we believe these reductions are an important part of the success of our cost-reduction initiatives, they may adversely affect employee morale, our culture and our ability to attract and retain critical employees. They may also negatively impact our ability to pursue new initiatives due to insufficient resources and personnel. We may be unsuccessful in distributing duties and obligations of impacted employees among the remaining employees. We also may not realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings and may suffer unintended consequences, such as the loss of institutional knowledge, higher than expected employee turnover and significant disruptions in our day-to-day operations. If we are unable to realize the expected operational efficiencies or cost savings from the reductions in force, or if we experience significant adverse consequences as a result, our business, financial conditions and results of operations may be adversely affected.
Some of our international employees are employed by professional employer organizations.
We contractPrior to January 1, 2022, we contracted with a professional employer organization, or U.S. PEO, that administersadministered our human resources, payroll and employee benefits functions for our employees in the United States. Effective as of January 1, 2022, such human resources, payroll and employee benefits functions are no longer performed by the U.S. PEO. We alsocontinue to contract with non-U.S. PEOs to perform the same functions as the U.S. PEO for the majority of our employees outside the United States. Although we recruit and select our workers, each of these workers is also an employee of record of the relevant non-U.S. PEO. As a result, these workers are compensated through the relevant PEO, are governed by the work policies created by the relevant PEO and receive their annual wage statements and other payroll or labor related reports from the relevant PEO (e.g., W-2s from the U.S. PEO for employees in the United States, T-4s for employees in Canada). This relationship permits management to focus on operations and profitability rather than payroll administration, but this relationship also exposes us to some risks. Among other risks, if the U.S. PEO fails to adequately withhold or pay employer taxes or to comply with other laws, such as the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Family and Medical Leave Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act or state and federal anti-discrimination laws, each of which is outside of our control, we would be liable for such violations, and indemnification provisions with the U.S. PEO, if applicable, may not be sufficient to insulate us from those liabilities. If any of the non-U.S. PEOs fail to adequately withhold or pay employer taxes or to comply with applicable laws, we may be held liable for such violations notwithstanding any indemnification provisions with the non-U.S. PEOs. In certain non-U.S. jurisdictions, the worker may be deemed a direct employee and the potential liability for any non-compliance with applicable laws increases depending on whether a company has an entity or other corporate presence in the country, among other factors set forth under applicable local laws.
Court and administrative proceedings related to matters of employment tax, labor law and other laws applicable to PEO arrangements could distract management from our business and cause us to incur significant expense. If we were held liable for violations by PEOs, such amounts may adversely affect our profitability and could negatively affect our business and results of operations.
DisruptionsAn interruption in the worldwide economy mayservices provided by third party service providers could adversely affect our business resultsoperations.
We depend on a limited number of third party service providers for the performance of several of our business operations, including payroll and financial condition.
The global economyhuman capital management services. If any of these third party providers were to experience significant interruptions in their business operations, terminate their agreements with the Company, or fail to perform the services required under the terms of our contracts with them, our business operations could be materially and adversely affected for an indefinite period of time. There can be negatively impacted by a varietyno assurance that we would be able to locate alternative providers of factors such as the spreadservices, or fear of spread of contagious diseases (such as COVID-19) in locations where our products are sold, man-made or natural disasters, actual or threatened war, terrorist activity, political unrest, civil strife and other geopolitical uncertainty. Such adverse and uncertain economic conditions may impact distributor, retailer, foodservice and consumerthat we could do so at economical rates.
28


demand for our products. In addition, our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors, retailers, foodservice customers, consumers and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns as a result of various factors, including job losses, inflation, higher taxes, reduced access to credit, change in federal economic policy and recent international trade disputes. In particular, consumers may reduce the amount of plant-based food products that they purchase where there are conventional animal-based protein offerings, which generally have lower retail prices. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private label products rather than branded products because they are generally less expensive. A decrease in consumer discretionary spending may also result in consumers reducing the frequency and amount spent on food prepared away from home. Distributors, retailers and foodservice customers may become more conservative in response to these conditions and seek to reduce their inventories. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our existing distributors, retailer and foodservice customers, our ability to attract new consumers, the financial condition of our consumers and our ability to provide products that appeal to consumers at the right price. Decreases in demand for our products without a corresponding decrease in costs would put downward pressure on margins and would negatively impact our financial results. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions or uncertainty may have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability and may result in consumers making long-lasting changes to their discretionary spending behavior on a more permanent basis.
Our recent purchase of a manufacturing facility from one of our former co-manufacturers and any futureFuture acquisitions or investments could disrupt our business and harm our financial condition.
In the fourth quarter of 2020, we completed the acquisition of a manufacturing facility from one of our former co-manufacturers that we intend to use for the production of finished goods. If we experience difficulties with the integration process, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be fully realized, may take longer than expected to realize, or may not be realized at all, which could harm our financial condition. In addition, the impact of COVID-19 may result in operational delays that may adversely affect our ongoing integration goals.
In the future, we may pursue acquisitions or investments that we believe will help us achieve our strategic objectives. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates, and even if we do, we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately achieve our goals or realize the anticipated benefits. The pursuit of acquisitions and any integration process will require significant time and resources and could divert management time and focus from operation of our then-existing business, and we may not be able to manage the process successfully. Any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by our customers or consumers. An acquisition, investment or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, including disrupting our ongoing operations and subjecting us to additional liabilities, increasing our expenses, and adversely impacting our business, financial condition and operating results. Moreover, we may be exposed to unknown liabilities related to the acquired company or product, and the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment or business relationship may not be realized if, for example, we fail to successfully integrate such acquisition into our company. To pay for any such acquisitions, we would have to use cash, incur debt, or issue debt or equity securities, each of which may affect our financial condition or the value of our common stock and could result in dilution to our stockholders. If we incur more debt it would result in increased fixed obligations and could also subject us to covenants or other restrictions that would impede our ability to manage our operations. Our acquisition strategy could require significant management attention, disrupt our business and harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our business and reputation could be negatively impacted by the increased scrutiny fromESG matters and/or our stakeholders and institutional investors on ESG practices.reporting of such matters.
There is an increased focus from stockholderslawmakers, regulators, investors, customers, employees and institutional investorsother stakeholders on corporate ESG practices. practices, including climate change and related ESG disclosure requirements. Expectations regarding voluntary ESG initiatives and disclosures may result in increased costs (including but not limited to increased costs related to compliance, stakeholder engagement, contracting and insurance), changes in demand for certain products, enhanced compliance or disclosure obligations, or other adverse impacts to our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, standards for tracking and reporting ESG matters continue to evolve, and our business may be impacted by new laws, regulations or investor criteria in the U.S., Europe and around the world related to ESG. These legal and regulatory requirements, as well as investor expectations related to ESG practices and disclosures are subject to change, can be unpredictable, and may be difficult and expensive for us to comply with.
While we may at times engage in voluntary initiatives (such as voluntary disclosures, certifications or goals, among others) to improve the ESG profile of our company and/or products, such initiatives or achievement of such commitments may be costly and may not have the desired effect. Expectations around the Company’s management of ESG matters continues to evolve rapidly, in many instances due to factors that are out of our control. For example, we may not ultimately be able to complete certain goals or initiatives, either on the timelines originally anticipated or at all, due to technical, cost or other factors, which may be in or out of our control. Moreover, actions or statements that we may take based on expectations, assumptions or third party information that we currently believe to be reasonable may subsequently be determined to be erroneous or be subject to misinterpretation. Even if this is not the case, our current actions may subsequently be determined to be insufficient by various stakeholders, and we may be subject to investor or regulator engagement on our ESG initiatives and disclosures, even if such initiatives are currently voluntary.
Certain market participants, including stockholders and other capital providers, use third-partythird party benchmarks or scores to measure a company’s ESG practices and decide whether to invest in their common stock or engage with them to require changes to their practices. In addition, certain influential institutional investors are also increasing their focus on ESG practices and are placing
29


importance on the implications and social cost of their investments. If our ESG practices do not meet the standards set by these stockholders, they may choose not to invest in our common stock or if our peer companies outperform us in their ESG initiatives, potential or current investors may elect to invest with our competitors instead. Increasing governmental and societal


attention to ESG matters, including expanding mandatory and voluntary reporting, diligence and disclosure on topics such as climate change, human capital, labor and risk oversight, could also expand the nature, scope and complexity of matters that we are required to control, assess and report. For example, to the extent ESG matters negatively impact our reputation, it may also impede our ability to compete as effectively to attract and retain employees, customers, or business partners, which may adversely impact our operations. We may be especially subject to scrutiny on such matters given efforts to portray our operations and products as a more sustainable and conscientious alternative to certain competitor products. As another example, the SEC has proposed rules that would require companies to provide significantly expanded climate-related disclosures in their periodic reporting, which may require us to incur significant additional costs to comply, including the implementation of significant additional internal controls processes and procedures regarding matters that have not been subject to such controls in the past and expanded data collection, analysis and certification with respect to greenhouse gas emissions reporting that may not be complete or accurate, and impose increased oversight obligations on our management and board of directors. These and other regulations, disclosure-related and otherwise, including the new California laws S.B. 253, S.B. 261 and A.B. 1305 and the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive, may increase our costs as well as increase scrutiny regarding our ESG efforts, which may enhance the risks discussed in this risk factor. If we do not comply with investor or stockholder expectations and standards in connection with our ESG initiatives, or are perceived to have not responded appropriately to address ESG issues within our company, or fail to adapt to or comply with all laws, regulations, policies and related interpretations, our business and reputation could be negatively impacted and our share price and access to/cost of capital could be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, many of our customers and suppliers may be subject to similar expectations, which may augment or create additional risks, including risks that may not be known to us.
The Company is subject to accounting estimate risks.
The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make significant estimates that affect the financial statements. Estimates are made at specific points in time and based on facts, historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances at such time. For example, during the first quarter of 2023, we completed a reassessment of the useful lives of our large manufacturing and research and development equipment, and determined that we should increase the estimated useful lives from a range 5 to 10 years to a uniform 10 years. The timing of this reassessment was based on a combination of factors accumulating over time, including historical useful life information and changes in our planned use of the equipment that provided us with updated information that allowed us to make a better estimate of the economic lives of such equipment.
This was accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and was made on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2023. If actual results differ from our judgments and assumptions, then it may have a material, adverse impact on our results of operations and cash flows. This change in accounting estimate decreased depreciation expense for 2023 by $21.0 million, impacting cost of goods sold and research and development expenses by $19.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and decreased both basic and diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders by $0.33.
Any changes in estimates, judgments and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP or any future impairment charges could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and operating results.
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP involves making estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, revenues and expenses. This includes estimates, judgments and assumptions for assessing the recoverability of our assets, pursuant to Financial Accounting Standards Board issued authoritative guidance. If any estimates, judgments or assumptions change in the future, the Company may be required to record additional expenses and/or impairment charges. See “—The Company is subject to accounting estimate risks.”


We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under assumptions or conditions that may change in the future. While we believe the assumptions and estimates we make are reasonable, any changes to our assumptions or estimates, or any actual results which differ from our assumptions or estimates, could have a material adverse effect on our financial position and operating results. Improper design and implementation of internal controls related to the estimates could result in misstatement of financial reports.
We perform an asset impairment analysis on an annual basis or whenever events occur that may indicate possible existence of impairment. Failure to achieve forecasted operating results, due to weakness in the economic environment or other factors, changes in market conditions and declines in our market capitalization, among other things, could result in impairment of our assets and adversely affect our operating results.
Our results of operations could be materially negatively affected if we cannot successfully keep pace with technological changes impacting the development of our products and implementation of our business needs.
Our success depends on our ability to keep pace with rapid technological changes affecting the development of our products and implementation of our business needs. Emerging technological trends such as artificial intelligence, machine learning and automation are impacting industries and business operations. If we do not sufficiently invest in new technology and industry developments, appropriately implement new technologies or evolve our business at sufficient speed and scale in response to such developments, or if we do not make the right strategic investments to respond to these developments, our products, results of operations and ability to develop and maintain our business could be negatively affected. Our competitors or other third parties may incorporate such technologies into their products and business more quickly or more successfully than us, which could impair our ability to compete effectively and adversely affect our results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Products
Our future business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by reduced or limited availability of pea protein that meets our standards.
Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of ingredients at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that grow certain crops such as Canadian, European and North American yellow peas, the vagaries of these farming businesses (including poor harvests impacting the quality of the peas grown), changes in national and world economic conditions, impact of COVID-19, tariffs, and our ability to forecast our ingredient requirements. The high quality ingredients used in many of our products are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, frosts, earthquakes, hurricanes and pestilence. Adverse weather conditions and natural disasters can lower crop yields and reduce crop size and quality, which in turn could reduce the available supply of, or increase the price of, quality ingredients. In addition, we purchase some ingredients offshore, and the availability of such ingredients may be affected by events in other countries, including Canada, France and China. We also compete with other food producers in the procurement of ingredients, and this competition may increase in the future if consumer demand for plant-based protein products increases. If supplies of quality ingredients are reduced or there is greater demand for such ingredients from us and others, we may not be able to obtain sufficient supply that meets our strict quality standards on favorable terms, or at all, which could impact our ability to supply products to distributors and retailers and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Food safety and food-borne illness incidents, or the perception of related risks, may materially adversely affect our business by exposing us to lawsuits, product recalls or regulatory enforcement actions, increasing our operating costs and reducing demand for our product offerings.
Selling food for human consumption involves inherent legal and other risks, and there is increasing governmental scrutiny of and public awareness regarding food safety. Unexpected side effects, illness, injury or death related to allergens, food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents caused by products we sell, or involving our suppliers or co-manufacturers, could result in the discontinuance of sales of these products or our relationships with such suppliers or co-manufacturers, or otherwise result in destruction and write-off of raw materials or product inventory, delayed or lost sales, increased operating costs, regulatory enforcement actions or harm to our reputation. Shipment of adulterated or misbranded products, even if inadvertent, can result in criminal or civil liability. Such incidents could also expose us to product liability, negligence or other lawsuits, including consumer class action lawsuits. Any claims brought against us may exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits. Any judgment against us that is more than our policy limits or not covered by our policies or not subject to insurance would have to be paid from our cash reserves, which would reduce our capital resources. Similarly, the perception of risks related to such incidents, whether actual or not, or related to such claims, whether meritorious or not, could have an adverse effect on our brand and reputation.
The occurrence of food-borne illnesses or other food safety incidents could also adversely affect the price and availability of affected ingredients, resulting in higher costs, disruptions in supply and a reduction in our sales. Furthermore, any instances of food contamination or regulatory noncompliance, whether or not caused by our actions, could compel us, our suppliers, our distributors or our customers, depending on the circumstances, to conduct a recall in accordance with FDA regulations, comparable state laws or foreign laws


such as those of the European Union, and the United Kingdom.Kingdom and China. Food recalls and other food illness and food safety incidents could result in significant losses due to their costs, the destruction of raw materials or product inventory, lost sales due to the unavailability of the product for a period of time and potential loss of existing distributors or customers and a potential negative impact on our ability to attract new customers due to negative consumer experiences or because of an adverse impact on our
30


brand and reputation. The costs of a recall could exceed or be outside the scope of our existing or future insurance policy coverage or limits.
In addition, food companies have been subject to targeted, large-scale tampering as well as to opportunistic, individual product tampering, and we, like any food company, could be a target for product tampering. Forms of tampering could include the introduction of foreign material, chemical contaminants and pathological organisms into consumer products as well as product substitution. FDA regulations require companies like us to analyze, prepare and implement mitigation strategies specifically to address tampering (i.e., intentional adulteration) designed to inflict widespread public health harm. If we do not adequately address the possibility, or any actual instance, of intentional adulteration, we could face possible seizure or recall of our products and the imposition of civil or criminal sanctions, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.
Sales of the Beyond Burger contribute a significant portion of our revenue. A reduction in sales of the Beyond Burger would have an adverse effect on our financial condition.
The Beyond Burger accounted for approximately 58%, 64% and 70% of our gross revenues in 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The Beyond Burger is our flagship product and has historically been the focal point of our development and marketing efforts, and we believe that sales of the Beyond Burger will continue to constitute a significant portion of our revenues, income and cash flow for the foreseeable future. We cannot be certain that we will be able to continue to expand production and distribution of the Beyond Burger, or that customer demand for our other existing and future products will expand to allow such products to represent a larger percentage of our revenue than they do currently. Accordingly, any factor adversely affecting sales of the Beyond Burger could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Failure to continually innovate and successfully introduce and commercialize new products or successfully improve existing products may adversely affect our ability to continue to grow.
A key element of our growth strategy depends on our ability to develop and market new products and improvements to our existing products that meet our standards for quality and appeal to consumer preferences. The success of our innovation and product development efforts is affected by our ability to anticipate changes in consumer preferences, accurately predict taste preferences and purchasing habits of consumers in new geographic markets, the technical capability of our innovation staff in developing and testing product prototypes, including complying with applicable governmental regulations, commercialization and scale-up of new products, and the success of our management and sales and marketing teams in introducing and marketing new products. Our innovation staff members are continuously testing alternative plant-based proteins to the proteins we currently use in our products, as they seek to find additional protein options to our current ingredients that are more easily sourced, and which retain and build upon the quality and appeal of our current product offerings. Failure to develop, commercialize and market new products that appeal to consumers may lead to a decrease in our growth, sales and profitability.
Additionally, the development and introduction of new products requires substantial research, development and marketing expenditures, which we may be unable to recoup if the new products do not gain widespread market acceptance. If we are unsuccessful in meeting our objectives with respect to new or improved products, our business could be harmed.
Consumer preferences for our products are difficult to predict and may change, and, if we are unable to respond quickly to new trends and demands, our business may be adversely affected.
Our business is focused on the development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of a line of branded plant-based proteinmeat products as alternatives to animal-based protein products. Consumer demand has in the past changed and could change again in the future based on a number of possible factors, including dietary habits and nutritional values, concerns regarding the health effects of ingredients and shifts in preference for various product attributes. IfDecreased consumer demand for our products decreased,has caused our business and financial condition to suffer, and any further decrease in, or flattening of, such demand would suffer.likely have a similar effect. In addition, sales of
31


plant-based proteinmeat or meat-alternative products are subject to evolving consumer preferences that we may not be able to accurately predict or respond to. Consumer trends that we believe favor sales of our products could change based on a number of possible factors, including a shift in preference from plant-based proteinmeat to animal-based protein products (including any products produced using new farming methods or technologies which may reduce the adverse environmental and other factors associated with conventional animal-based protein products), increased acceptance for different alternative proteins that are used in our products, economic factors and social trends. A significant shift in consumer demand away from our products or the plant-based meat category in general, could reduce our sales or our market share and the prestige of our brand, which would harm our business and financial condition. In addition, if the new Beyond IV platform is not widely accepted, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected.
Additionally, lobbyists supporting the meat industry have engaged in marketing campaigns in an attempt to generate negative publicity regarding our products and may continue to do so in the future. Any shift in consumer perception that our products are not healthy as a result of these campaigns could significantly reduce the value of our brand and damage our business. Other types of adverse publicity concerning our business or the plant-based meat industry generally could also harm our brand, reputation and results of operations. The growing use of social and digital media over recent years has amplified the impact of such negative publicity.
Sales of the Beyond Burger contribute a significant portion of our revenue. A reduction in sales of Beyond Burger would have an adverse effect on our financial condition.
Beyond Burger accounted for approximately 51%, 50%, and 55% of our gross revenues in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Beyond Burger is our flagship product and has historically been the focal point of our development and marketing efforts, and we believe that sales of the Beyond Burger will continue to constitute a significant portion of our revenues, income and cash flow for the foreseeable future. We recently announced our fourth generation of our core beef platform, Beyond IV, with anticipated roll out of the new Beyond Burger and Beyond Beef in the spring of 2024. We cannot be certain that we will be able to continue to expand production and distribution of the Beyond Burger, or that customer demand for our other existing and future products,


including the new Beyond IV platform, will expand to allow such products to represent a larger percentage of our revenue than they do currently. Accordingly, any factor adversely affecting sales of the Beyond Burger could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We currently plan to and may also, from time to time, increase the prices of our products; however, consumers may not be willing to pay increased prices for our products or, if we cannot maintain such prices in accordance with our business strategy, our margins may stagnate or decrease.
As part of our efforts to expand our gross margin, we currently plan to, and may also, from time to time, increase the prices of certain or all of our products in order to offset cost increases or improve the profitability of our business. Our ability to maintain prices or effectively implement price increases may be affected by several factors, including competition—from both conventional animal-protein companies and other plant-based meat brands, the effectiveness of our marketing programs, the continuing strength of our brand, market demand for our products or in the plant-based meat category generally and general economic conditions, including broader inflationary pressures. Consumers may be less willing or able to pay a price premium for our products, during challenging economic times or at all, and may choose to purchase lower-priced or other value offerings, making it more difficult for us to maintain prices or effectively implement price increases. In addition, our retail partners and distributors may pressure us to rescind price increases we have announced or already implemented, whether through a change in list price or increased trade and promotional activity. If we cannot maintain or increase prices for our products in accordance with our business strategy, our margins may be adversely affected. Furthermore, price increases generally cause volume losses, as consumers tend to purchase fewer units at higher price points. If such losses are greater than expected, or if we lose distribution due to price increases, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.
Failure to continually innovate and successfully introduce and commercialize new products or successfully improve existing products may adversely affect our ability to continue to grow.
A key element of our long-term growth strategy depends on our ability to develop and market new products and improvements to our existing products that meet our standards for quality and appeal to consumer preferences. For example, we recently announced our fourth generation of our core beef platform, Beyond IV, with anticipated roll out of the new Beyond Burger and Beyond Beef in the spring of 2024. The success of our innovation and product development efforts, including the new Beyond IV platform, is affected by our ability to anticipate changes in consumer preferences, accurately predict taste preferences and purchasing habits of consumers in new geographic markets, the technical capability of our innovation staff in developing and testing product prototypes, including complying with applicable governmental regulations, commercialization and scale-up of new products, the success of our management and sales and marketing teams in introducing and marketing new products, and our ability to adapt to changes in technology, including the successful utilization of data analytics, artificial intelligence and machine learning. Our innovation staff members are continuously testing alternative plant-based proteins to the proteins we currently use in our products, as they seek to find additional protein options to our current ingredients that are more easily sourced, and which retain and build upon the quality and appeal of our current product offerings. Failure to develop, commercialize and market new products that appeal to consumers may lead to a decrease in our growth, sales and profitability.
Additionally, the development and introduction of new products, such as the new Beyond IV platform, requires substantial research, development and marketing expenditures, which we may be unable to recoup if the new products do not gain widespread market acceptance. If we are unsuccessful in meeting our objectives with respect to new or improved products, our business could be harmed.
Ingredient and packaging costs are volatile and may rise significantly, which may negatively impact the profitability of our business.
We purchase large quantities of raw materials, including ingredients derived from Canadian, European and North American yellow peas, mung beans, sunflower seeds, rice, faba beans, avocado oil, canola oil and coconut oil. In addition, we purchase and use significant quantities of cardboard, film and plastic to package our products. Costs of ingredients and packaging are volatile and can fluctuate due to conditions that are difficult to predict, including global competition for resources, weather conditions, consumer demand and changes in


governmental trade and agricultural programs. Volatility in the prices of raw materials and other supplies we purchase could increase our cost of sales and reduce our profitability. Moreover, we may not be able to implement price increases for our products to cover any increased costs, and any price increases we do implement may result in lower sales volumes. If we are not successful in managing our ingredient and packaging costs, if we are unable to increase our prices to cover increased costs or if such price increases reduce our sales volumes, then such increases in costs will adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Industry and Brand
We face intense competition in our market from our competitors, including manufacturers of animal-based meat products and other brands that produce plant-based proteinmeat products, and potential competitors and new market entrants and we may lack sufficient financial or other resources to compete successfully.
Our future success depends, in large part, on our ability to implement our long-term growth strategy of expanding supply and distribution, improving placement of our products, attracting new consumers to our brand and introducing new products and product extensions, and expanding into new geographic markets. If we fail to implement ourthis growth strategy or if we invest resources in a growth strategy that ultimately proves unsuccessful, our sales and operating results will be adversely affected. Our ability to implement this growth strategy depends, among other things, on our ability to:
successfully implement our cost-reduction initiatives and cost down strategy in the nearer term;
manage relationships with various suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors, customers and other third parties, and expend time and effort to integrate new suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors and customers into our fulfillment operations;
continue to compete in retail and foodservice channels;
secure placement in the meat case for our products;
increase our brand recognition and expand and maintain brand loyalty;
develop new product lines and extensions; and
expand into new geographic markets.
32


Our ability to implement our long-term growth strategy also depends on our ability to continue to compete in the retail and foodservice channels. We operate in a highly competitive environment. Numerous brands and products compete for limited retailer shelf space, foodservice customers and consumers. In our market, competition is based on, among other things, taste, price and promotion tactics, nutritional profile, ingredients, texture, ease of integration into the consumer diet, low-carbohydrate, low-sugar, high fiber and protein, lack of cholesterol and GMOs, convenience, cost,versatility, brand awareness and loyalty among customers, media spending, product variety and packaging, access to major retailer shelf space reputation, price, advertising,and retail locations, access to major foodservice customersoutlets and integration into menus, innovation and intellectual property protectionprotection.
In response to increased competition, as well as reduced consumer confidence, changes in consumer spending and recessionary and inflationary pressures, we have made, and intend in the future to make, changes in our pricing architecture, which may have a negative impact on products,our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin and consumer tastes and preferences.profitability, impacting period-over-period results.
We compete with conventional animal-protein companies such as Cargill, Hormel, JBS, Perdue Foods Tyson and WH Group,Tyson, who may have substantially greater financial and other resources than us and whose animal-based products are well-accepted in the marketplace today. They may also have lower operational costs, and as a result may be able to offer conventional animal meat to customers at lower costs than plant-based meat. This could cause us to lower our prices, resulting in lower profitability or, in the alternative, cause us to lose market share if we fail to lower prices.


We also compete with other food brands, including brands affiliated with conventional animal-protein companies and other large food operators, that develop and sell plant-based proteinmeat products, including, but not limited to, Alpha Foods, Boca Foods (Kraft Heinz), Lightlife and Field Roast Grain Meat Co. (Maple Leaf Foods), Gardein (Conagra), Hungry Planet, Inc., Impossible Foods, Incogmeato/Morningstar Farms (Kellogg)(Kellanova), Moving Mountains, Omn!porkOmnipork (OmniFoods), Tofurky, Sweet Earth and Awesome Burger (Nestle’(Nestlé S.A.), Pure Farmland by Smithfield Foods (WH Group), Raised & Rooted (Tyson), Happy Little Plants (Hormel), Sysco’s Simply Plant-Based Meatless Burger, Tattooed Chef, The Not Company OZO (Planterra Foods/JBS) and Vegetarian Butcher (Unilever), and with companies which may be more innovative, have more resources and be able to bring new products to market faster and to more quickly exploit and serve niche markets. For example, a number of U.S. and international companies are working on developing lab-grown or “clean meat,” an animal-protein product cultivated from cells taken from animals, which could have a similar appeal to consumers as plant-based proteinmeat products. We compete with these competitors for foodservice customers, retailer shelf space and consumers.
Generally, the food industry is dominated by multinational corporations with substantially greater resources and operations than us. We cannot be certain that we will successfully compete with larger competitors that have greater financial, sales and technical resources.resources or with new competitors and market entrants. Conventional food companies may acquire our competitors or launch their own plant-based proteinmeat products, and they may be able to use their resources and scale to respond to competitive pressures and changes in consumer preferences by introducing new products, reducing prices or increasing promotional activities, among other things. Retailers also market competitive products under their own private labels, which are generally sold at lower prices and compete with some of our products. Similarly, retailers could change the merchandising of our products and we may be unable to retain the placement of our products in meat cases to effectively compete with animal-protein products. Competitive pressures, new competitors and market entrants or other factors could cause us to lose market share, which may require us to lower prices, increase marketing and advertising expenditures, or increase the use of discounting or promotional campaigns, each of which would adversely affect our margins and could result in a decrease in our operating results and profitability.
Our brand and reputation may be diminished due to real or perceived quality or health issues with our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, reputation, operating results and financial condition.
We believe our consumers rely on us to provide them with high-quality plant-based proteinmeat products. Therefore, real or perceived quality or food safety concerns or failures to comply with applicable food regulations and requirements, whether or not ultimately based on fact and whether or not involving us (such as incidents involving our competitors), could cause negative publicity and reduced confidence in our company, brand or products, or the industry as a whole, which could in turn harm our reputation and sales, and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. Although we believe we have a rigorous quality control process, there can be no assurance that our products will always comply with the
33


standards set for our products, and although we strive to keep our products free of pathogenic organisms, they may not be easily detected and cross-contamination can occur. For example, in 2017, before our products were shipped to distributors or customers, we discovered, through our quality control process, that certain of our products manufactured by a former co-manufacturer were contaminated with salmonella. There is no assurance that this health risk will always be preempted by our quality control processes.
We have no control over our products once purchased by consumers. Accordingly, consumers may prepare our products in a manner that is inconsistent with our directions or store our products for long periods of time, which may adversely affect the quality and safety of our products. If consumers do not perceive our products to be safe or of high quality, then the value of our brand would be diminished, and our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.
Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the ingredients used in our products or in the safety and quality of our products would be difficult and costly to overcome. Any such adverse effect could be exacerbated by our position in the market as a purveyor of high-quality plant-based proteinmeat products and may significantly reduce our brand value. Issues regarding the safety of any of our products, regardless of the cause, may have a substantial and adverse effect on our brand, reputation and operating results.


The growing use of social and digital media by us, our consumers and third parties increases the speed and extent that information or misinformation and opinions can be shared. Negative publicity about us, our brands or our products on social or digital media could seriously damage our brands and reputation. If we do not maintain the favorable perception of our brands, our sales and profits could be negatively impacted.
If we fail to develop and maintain our brand, our business could suffer.
We have developed a strong and trusted brand that has contributed significantly to the success of our business, and we believe our continued success depends on our ability to maintain and grow the value of the Beyond Meat brand. Maintaining, promoting and positioning our brand and reputation will depend on, among other factors, the success of our plant-based product offerings, food safety, quality assurance, marketing and merchandising efforts, the nutritional benefits provided by our products and our ability to provide a consistent, high-quality customer experience. AnyNegative publicity has adversely affected our business in the past, and any widespread negative publicity, regardless of its accuracy, could in the future materially adversely affect our business.business, results of operation and reputation. Brand value is based on perceptions of subjective qualities, and any incident that erodes the loyalty of our customers, suppliers or co-manufacturers, including adverse publicity, negative media or a governmental investigation or litigation, could significantly reduce the value of our brand and significantly damage our business.
Risks Related to Our International Operations
Our international expansion into Chinaoperations could expose us to substantial business, regulatory, political, financial and economic risks.
Our expansion into Chinainternational operations could expose us to substantial risks associated with doing business in Europe and China, such as risks associated with taxation, inflation, food labelling legislation, environmental regulations, foreign currency exchange rates, the labor market, and property and financial regulations.regulations, public health crises such as the COVID-19 pandemic, and the outbreak of hostilities or war. Our ability to operate in Chinainternationally may be adversely affected by changes in, or our failure to comply with, Chineseforeign laws and regulations. In addition, our China subsidiary directly employswe are exposed to risks associated with our workforce in China which exposes usand the Netherlands, including with respect to risks associated with any changes to thein employment and labor laws, in China, which could increase our operating costs. The departure of the United Kingdom from the European Union (commonly known as “Brexit”) on January 31, 2020 has created uncertainties affecting business operations in the U.K., EU and a number of other countries, which could increase volatility in exchange rates, market instability, costs in China.and other risks. There is also significant uncertainty about the future relationship between the United States and China with respect to trade policies, treaties, government regulations and tariffs.
Fluctuations in currency exchange rates could negatively impact our earnings.
A portion of our international business is conducted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar, and therefore changes in foreign exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar have in the past, and may in the future, affect the value of our non-U.S. dollar net assets, revenues and expenses. Although we closely monitor potential exposures as a result of these fluctuations in currencies, and where cost‑justified we adopt strategies that are designed to reduce the impact of these fluctuations on our financial performance, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in managing our foreign exchange risk. Our exposure to currency exchange rate fluctuations will grow if the relative contribution of our operations outside the United States increases. Any material fluctuations in currencies could have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Our international operations are subject to the FCPA and we could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws.
The FCPA and similar worldwide anti-corruption laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making certain improper payments for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. The continued expansion of our international operations could increase the risk of violations of these laws in the future. There
34


is no assurance that we will be completely effective in ensuring our compliance with the FCPA or any other applicable anti-corruption laws. If we are not in compliance with the FCPA and other anti-corruption laws, we may be subject to criminal and civil penalties, disgorgement and other sanctions and remedial measures, and legal expenses, which could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and liquidity. Likewise, any investigation of any potential violations of the FCPA or other anti-corruption laws or trade control laws by the United States could also have an adverse impact on our reputation, our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Related to Our Investments
Our manufacturing operations in China and Europe require substantial investments, for which we cannot guarantee forecasted returns.
In the third quarter of 2020, we entered into an investment agreement and related factory leasing contract to design and develop manufacturing facilities in the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone to manufacture plant-based meat products under our Beyond Meat brand in China. Our substantial investment in manufacturing facilities in China and Europe may expose us to substantial risks and, as a result, we may not realize a return on our investment. There may be unforeseenUnforeseen delays in the developmentoperations of our Chinese or European manufacturing facility whichfacilities may cause us to incur additional expenses. Opening this facilityOperating these facilities may require additional capital expenditures and the efforts and attention of our management and other personnel, which will divert resources from our existing business or operations. Even if our newOur Chinese facility is brought up to full production according to our current schedule, itand European facilities may not provide us with all of the operational and financial benefits we expect to receive. These and other risks may result in our not realizing a return on, or losing some or all, of our planned investments in China and Europe, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and financial performance.
Our ownership of real property is subject to all the risks inherent in an investment in real estate.
We have direct ownership of certain real estate properties. As is the case with any owner of real property, we are subject to potential liabilities, cost and damages arising out of owning, operating, leasing or otherwise having interests in real property. There are risks that a property may have unforeseen environmental or other hazards resulting in unexpected costs. In addition, we may not be able to expand or operate our owned facilities in the manner we desire, which could adversely impact our production and facility utilization.
Joint ventures may not operate according to their business plans if our partners fail to fulfill their obligations, which may adversely affect our results of operations and compel us to dedicate additional resources to these joint ventures.
The nature of a joint venture requires us to share control in certain areas with unaffiliated third parties. If our joint venture partner does not fulfill its obligations, the affected joint venture may not be able to operate in accordance with its business plan. Under such a scenario, our results of operations may be adversely affected and we may be compelled to increase the level of our resources devoted to the joint venture. Also, differing views among joint venture participants may result in delayed decisions, or failure to agree on major issues. If such differences caused a joint venture to deviate from its business plan, our results of operations could be adversely affected.
The divestiture or discontinuation of businesses and product lines, including within our joint venture, could result in unexpected liabilities and adversely affect our financial condition, cash flows and results of operations.
From time to time, we may divest or discontinue businesses and product lines that do not align with our strategy or provide the returns that we expect or desire, such as our decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line, which has resulted in related charges due to provision for excess and obsolete inventory and accelerated depreciation on certain fixed assets. Any decision to dispose of or otherwise exit or discontinue product lines or businesses, including Beyond Meat Jerky, may result in loss of significant revenues and investments and/or the recording of charges, such as write-offs, further workforce reduction or restructuring costs, charges relating to consolidation of excess facilities or capacity underutilization, lease exit or other related costs, contract termination charges, or claims from third parties. Underutilization or cessation of our manufacturing facilities could adversely affect our gross margin and other operating results and we may be


required to terminate or make penalty payments under certain supply chain arrangements, close or idle facilities and write down our long-lived assets or shorten the useful lives of underutilized assets and accelerate depreciation, all of which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property, Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy
We may not be able to protect our proprietary technology adequately, which may impact our commercial success.
Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technologies. We rely on a combination of patent protection, where appropriate and available, copyrights, trade secrets and trademark laws, as well as confidentiality and other contractual restrictions to protect our proprietary technology. However, these legal means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our proprietary technology or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had onethree issued U.S. patent and one issued patent in the U.K. and 18 pending patent applications, including fivepatents in the United States, ten issued patents outside the United States (U.K., Indonesia, Canada, China, Chile, Israel (two), Brazil, Japan and 13Australia), one pending patent application in the United States, five pending international patent applications and two provisional patent applications.
35


We cannot offer any assurances about which, if any, patents will issue from these applications, the breadth of any such patents, or whether any issued patents will be found invalid and unenforceable or will be threatened by third parties. Any successful opposition to these patents or any other patents owned by or, if applicable in the future, licensed to us could deprive us of rights necessary for the successful commercialization of products that we may develop. Since patent applications in the United States and most other countries are confidential for a period of time after filing (in most cases 18 months after the filing of the priority application), we cannot be certain that we were the first to file on the technologies covered in several of the patent applications related to our technologies or products. Furthermore, a derivation proceeding can be provoked by a third party, or instituted by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, to determine who was the first to invent any of the subject matter covered by the patent claims of our applications.
Patent law can be highly uncertain and involve complex legal and factual questions for which important principles remain unresolved. In the United States and in many international jurisdictions, policy regarding the breadth of claims allowed in patents can be inconsistent and/or unclear. The U.S. Supreme Court and the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit have made, and will likely continue to make, changes in how the patent laws of the United States are interpreted. Similarly, international courts and governments have made, and will continue to make, changes in how the patent laws in their respective countries are interpreted. We cannot predict future changes in the interpretation of patent laws by U.S. and international judicial bodies or changes to patent laws that might be enacted into law by U.S. and international legislative bodies.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property adequately, which may harm the value of our brand.
We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Our trademarks including Beyond Meat, Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef, Beyond Sausage, Beyond Breakfast Sausage, Beyond Chicken, Beyond Fried Chicken, Beyond Meatball, the Caped Steer Logo, Go Beyond, Eat What You Love, The Cookout Classic, The Future of Protein, and The Future of Protein Beyond Meat, are valuable assets that reinforce our brand and consumers’ favorable perception of our products. We also rely on unpatented proprietary expertise, recipes and formulations and other trade secrets and copyright protection to develop and maintain our competitive position. Our continued success depends, to a significant degree, upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property, including our trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets and copyrights. We rely on confidentiality agreements and trademark, trade secret and copyright law to protect our intellectual property rights.
Our confidentiality agreements with our employees and certain of our consultants, contract employees,workers, suppliers and independent contractors, including some of our co-manufacturers who use our formulations to manufacture our products, generally require that all information made known to them be kept strictly confidential. Nevertheless, trade secrets are difficult to protect. Although we attempt to protect our trade secrets, our confidentiality agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our proprietary information and may not


provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of such information. If we do not keep our trade secrets confidential, others may produce products with our recipes or formulations. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets, in which case we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. Further, some of our formulations have been developed by or with our suppliers and co-manufacturers. As a result, we may not be able to prevent others from using similar formulations. As we begin to expand globally as part of our long-term growth strategy, we may face additional risks protecting our trade secrets internationally, where the laws may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States.
We cannot assure youguarantee that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights are adequate, that our intellectual property rights can be successfully defended and asserted in the future or that third parties will not infringe upon or misappropriate any such rights. In addition, our trademark rights and related registrations may be challenged in the future and could be canceled or narrowed. Failure to protect our trademark rights could prevent us in the future from challenging third parties who use names and logos similar to our trademarks, which may in turn cause consumer confusion or negatively affect consumers’ perception of
36


our brand and products. Moreover, intellectual property disputes and proceedings and infringement claims may result in a significant distraction for management and significant expense, which may not be recoverable regardless of whether we are successful. Such proceedings may be protracted with no certainty of success, and an adverse outcome could subject us to liabilities, force us to cease use of certain trademarks or other intellectual property or force us to enter into licenses with others. Any one of these occurrences may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Additionally, the laws of certain international jurisdictions in which our products may be sold may not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may not be able to effectively prevent third parties from infringing or otherwise misappropriating our trademark rights in such jurisdictions. Moreover, failure to obtain adequate trademark rights in these foreign jurisdictions could negatively impact our ability to expand our business and launch products in certain international markets. Further, we may not be able to effectively protect our intellectual property rights against unauthorized third parties that obtain the rights to our trademarks in foreign jurisdictions where we have not yet applied for trademark protections, and we may expend substantial cost to obtain those trademarks from such third parties. Any one of these occurrences could reduce our competitive position or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We rely on information technology systems, and any inadequacy, failure, interruption or security breaches of those systems, including those of third parties upon which we rely, may harm our ability to effectively operate our business.
We and the third parties upon which we rely are dependent on various information technology systems, including, but not limited to, networks, applications and outsourced services in connection with the operation of our business. A failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and loss of sales, causing our business to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems, and those of the third parties upon which we rely, may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including cyber attacks, fire, severe weather, natural disasters, systems failures, viruses and security breaches, particularly in light of many of our employees working remotely due to COVID-19.remotely. Any such damage or interruption could materially disrupt our systems and operations, supply chain and ability to produce, sell and distribute our products and may have a material adverse effect on our business.
A cybersecurity incident, other technology disruptions or failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to privacy and the protection of data relating to individuals could negatively impact our business, our reputation and our relationships with customers.
We use computers in substantially all aspects of our business operations. We also use mobile devices, social networking and other online activities to connect with our employees, suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors, customers and consumers. Such uses give rise to cybersecurity risks, including security breaches,


espionage, system disruption, theft and inadvertent release of information. Moreover, we have transitioned a significant subset of our office-based employee population to a remote work environment in an effort to mitigate the spread of the COVID-19 pandemic, which may exacerbate certain of these risks due to an increase in the number of points of potential attack, such as laptops and mobile devices. Our business involves the storage and transmission of numerous classes of sensitive and/or confidential information and intellectual property, including customers’ and suppliers’ information, private information about employees and financial and strategic information about us and our business partners. Further, as we pursue new initiatives that improve our operations and cost structure, potentially including acquisitions, we may also be expand and improve our information technologies, resulting in a larger technological presence and corresponding exposure to cybersecurity risk. If we fail to assess and identify cybersecurity risks associated with new initiatives or acquisitions, we may become increasingly vulnerable to such risks.
Breaches of our data systems, or those of our vendors and other third parties on which we rely, whether from circumvention of security systems, denial-of-service attacks or other cyber-attacks, hacking, “phishing” attacks, computer viruses, ransomware or malware, employee or insider error, malfeasance, social engineering, vendor software supply chain compromises, physical breaches or other actions, could result in material interruptions or malfunctions in our or such third parties’ websites, applications or data processing, or the disruption of other business operations. A successful cyber-attack against any of our supply chain vendors’ information technology systems may disrupt our supply chain. For example, in April 2023, one of our temperature-controlled warehousing vendors began to receive evidence that its computer network was affected by a cybersecurity incident. Although the full impact of the vendor’s cybersecurity incident on our operations and business is not yet known, it and similar disruptions of our supply chain could result in material adverse impacts on our revenue, business, financial condition or results of operations, including affecting customer demand, orders that may not materialize due to delayed deliveries and subsequent lost sales that we may not be able to recover in full, or at all. Additionally, while we have implemented measures to prevent security breaches and cyber incidents, our preventative measures and incident response efforts may not be entirely effective. There can be no assurance that our cybersecurity risk management program and processes, including our policies, controls or procedures, will be fully implemented, complied with or effective in protecting our systems and information. The theft, destruction, loss, misappropriation, or release of sensitive and/or confidential information or intellectual property, or interference with our information technology systems or the technology systems of third parties on which we rely, could result in business disruption, negative publicity, brand damage, violation of privacy laws, loss of customers, potential liability and competitive disadvantage all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. The costs related to cyber or other security threats or disruptions may not be fully insured or indemnified by other means. Currently, we carry cybersecurity insurance and business interruption coverage to mitigate certain potential losses, but this insurance is limited in amount and may not be sufficient in type or amount to cover us against claims related to a cybersecurity breach and related business and system disruptions. We cannot be certain that such potential losses will not exceed our policy limits, insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. In addition, we may be subject to changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements.
37


Additionally, the SEC has adopted new rules on Cybersecurity Risk Management, Strategy, Governance and Incident Disclosure which will require public companies to report information relating to certain cyber-attacks or other information security breaches in disclosures required to be made under the federal securities laws and may increase our costs of doing business, expose us to potential compliance risk, including the ability to make timely disclosures to the public, and impact the manner in which we operate. Any such cyber incidents involving our computer systems and networks, or those of third parties important to our business, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.
In addition, we are subject to laws, rules and regulations in the United States, the European Union, China and other jurisdictions relating to the collection, use and security of personal information and data. Such data privacy laws, regulations and other obligations may require us to change our business practices and may negatively impact our ability to expand our business and pursue business opportunities. We may incur significant expenses to comply with the laws, regulations and other obligations that apply to us. Additionally, the privacy-privacy and data protection-related laws, rules and regulations applicable to us are subject to significant change. Several jurisdictions have passed new laws and regulations in this area, and other jurisdictions are


considering imposing additional restrictions. For example, our operations are subject to the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, which imposes data privacy and security requirements on companies doing business in the European Union, including substantial penalties for non-compliance. The California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which went into effect on January 1, 2020, imposes similar requirements on companies handling data of California residents and creates a new and potentially severe statutory damages framework for (i) violations of the CCPA and (ii) businesses that fail to implement reasonable security procedures and practices to prevent data breaches. Privacy-The California Privacy Rights Act, which became effective January 1, 2023, amends and expands the CCPA, including by expanding consumer’s rights in their personal information and creating a new governmental agency to interpret and enforce the statute. Additionally, in August 2021, the National People’s Congress of the People's Republic of China adopted the Personal Information Protection Law, which became effective on November 1, 2021 and provides a comprehensive system for the protection of personal information in China. Privacy and data protection-related laws and regulations also may be interpreted and enforced inconsistently over time and from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. Any actual or perceived inability to comply with applicable privacy or data protection laws, regulations, or other obligations could result in significant cost and liability, litigation or governmental investigations, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business.
Risks Related to Our Lease Obligations, Indebtedness, Financial Position and Need for Additional Capital
If the build out of our new El Segundo, California corporate headquartersCampus Headquarters is delayed or incurs cost overruns, the headquarters does not operate in accordance with our expectations, or occupancy rates at the headquarters are lower than anticipated, our business or financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
On January 14,If the build out of our new Campus Headquarters is delayed or incurs cost overruns, the headquarters does not operate in accordance with our expectations, or occupancy rates at the headquarters are lower than anticipated, our business, financial condition or results of operations may be adversely affected.
In 2021, we entered into a lease agreement for an initial term of 12 years to develop and house our new corporate headquarters, lab and innovationCampus Headquarters. The space (“Headquarters”) in El Segundo, California. Developmentis being built out by the landlord, who delivered Phase 1-A of the space to us in the third quarter of 2022 and Phase 1-B of the space to us in the second quarter of 2023. We currently do not have firm timing on the delivery of the remainder of the headquarters space. If we are not able to complete development of the Campus Headquarters has commenced and occupancy is currently expected to take place bywithin the end of 2021. There can be no assurances that the Headquarters will be ready for occupancy onapproved budget or before the expected occupancy date due to force majeure events (such as COVID-19) or the risk of delays orthere are significant cost overruns inherent in construction development projects, anyand/or delays, our cash flows, financial condition, or results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we may not occupy the rest of the Campus Headquarters space and are considering undertaking efforts to sublease, assign or otherwise transfer the unoccupied part. An agreement to sublease, assign or otherwise transfer the unoccupied part of the headquarters would be subject to certain risks and uncertainties. For example, the agreement may not be completed on terms advantageous to us because the rental rate we receive under the agreement may not fully cover the rental rate we pay under our lease for the same space, or we may be unable to enter into such an agreement at all, each of which could have a negative impact on our financial condition orand results of operations.
In addition, it is possible that once built, there could be unanticipated difficulties in initiating and maintaining operations at the Campus Headquarters, including, but not limited to, IT system interruptions, other infrastructure support problems or the space may prove to be less conducive to our operations than currently anticipated. These risks could all result in operational inefficiencies or similar difficulties that could prove difficult or impossible to remediate and have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operations. Moreover, we are uncertain as to the impact COVID-19 will have on our ability to timely occupy the Headquarters once construction is complete. The current COVID-19 restrictions on business operations and social distancing measures could continue past our expected occupancy date, which could have a negative impact on our financial condition or results of operations.
We are also uncertain as to the impact COVID-19 will have on our future space demands. If we are unable to occupy the complete Headquarters space, we may have to sublease the unoccupied portion of the Headquarters. A sublease agreement would be subject to certain risks and uncertainties, such as the possibility that such agreement may not be completed on terms that are advantageous to us as we may not receive sufficiently high rental rates to cover our lease obligations which could have a negative impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
We currently have, and will continue to have, significant lease obligations, and our failure to meet those obligations could adversely affect our financial condition and business.
We currently have, and will continue to have, significant lease obligations for our corporate offices, manufacturing facilities, research and development facilities and warehouses. We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease expenses.
38


If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to fund these expenses, we may not be able to meet our lease obligations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and business. Furthermore, the significant cash flow required to satisfy our financial obligations under the leases could limit our ability to incur indebtedness and make capital expenditures or other investments in our business.
CovenantsOur significant indebtedness and liabilities could limit the cash flow available for our operations, expose us to risks that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations and impair our ability to satisfy our obligations under our Notes.
As of December 31, 2023, we had approximately $1.3 billion of consolidated indebtedness and other liabilities. We may also incur additional indebtedness to meet future financing needs. Our indebtedness could have significant negative consequences for our security holders and our business, results of operations and financial condition by, among other things:
increasing our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions;
limiting our ability to obtain additional financing;
requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, which will reduce the amount of cash available for other purposes;
limiting our flexibility to plan for, or react to, changes in our revolving credit agreement may restrict our operations andbusiness;
diluting the ongoing needsinterests of our existing stockholders as a result of issuing shares of our common stock upon conversion of the Notes (as defined below); and
placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage with competitors that are less leveraged than us or have better access to capital.
In 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of our 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our current or future indebtedness, including the Notes, as applicable, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not generate sufficient funds, and if we do not effectively managemay otherwise be unable to maintain sufficient cash reserves, to pay amounts due under our current or future indebtedness, including the Notes, and our cash needs may increase in the future. In addition, any future indebtedness that we may incur may contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to operate our business, raise capital or make payments under our other indebtedness. If we fail to comply with these covenants or to make payments under our liquidityindebtedness when due, then we would be in default under that indebtedness, which could, in turn, result in that and financial condition could be adversely impacted.our other indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full.
In 2020, we entered into a five-year secured revolving credit agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and the lenders party thereto, providing for a $150 million secured revolving line of credit, which includes an accordion feature for up to an additional $200 million. The 2020 Credit Agreement (as defined herein) contains various restrictive financial covenants, including, among other things, maintenance of (i) a maximum total leverage ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 and (ii) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00, in each case, on a quarterly basis. The 2020 Credit Agreement also contains certain restrictive covenants, including limitations on incurrence of indebtedness, creation of liens, making acquisitions, loans or other investments, disposition of assets, payment of dividends and other restricted payments, and entering into transactions with affiliates, in each case, subject to certain exceptions. We therefore, may not be able to engage in any of the foregoing transactions unless we obtain the consent of our lenders or terminate the 2020 Credit Agreement. These restrictions may restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to certain changes in our business or industry, or take future actions. Additionally, we may be unable to borrowraise the funds undernecessary to repurchase the Notes for cash following a fundamental change, or to pay the cash amounts due upon conversion, and our 2020 Credit Agreement if we failfuture indebtedness may limit our ability to satisfy certain conditions, including compliance with our financial and other restrictive covenants. Pursuantrepurchase the Notes or pay cash upon their conversion.
Holders of the Notes may, subject to a limited exception, require us to repurchase their Notes following a “Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Indenture) at a cash repurchase price generally equal to the 2020 Credit Agreement,principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid special and additional interest, if any. In addition, all conversions of Notes will be settled partially or entirely in cash. We may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we grantedare required to repurchase the parties thereto a security interest in substantially all ofNotes or pay the cash amounts due upon conversion. In addition, applicable law, regulatory authorities and the agreements governing our assets.
Ourfuture indebtedness may restrict our ability to meet these restrictive covenants can be impacted by events beyond our control and we may be unable to do so. The 2020 Credit Agreement provides that our breachrepurchase the Notes or pay the cash amounts due upon


conversion. Our failure to satisfy certain covenants constitutes an eventrepurchase the Notes or to pay the cash amounts due upon conversion when required will constitute a default under the Indenture. A default under the Indenture or the Fundamental Change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our future indebtedness, which may result in that indebtedness becoming immediately payable in full. If the repayment of default. The 2020 Credit Agreement also provides for other customary events of default, including (among others) nonpayment, breaches of representations or warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency events and a change of control. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, our lenders could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under its debt agreementssuch future indebtedness were to be immediately due and payable and commitments of the lenders may be terminated. In addition, our lenders would have the right to proceed against the assets we provided as collateral pursuant to the 2020 Credit Agreement. If the debt under the 2020 Credit Agreement was to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, then we may not have sufficient cash on hand or be able to sell sufficient collateralfunds to repay it, which would have an immediate adverse effect onthat indebtedness and repurchase the Notes or make cash payments upon their conversion.
The accounting method for the Notes could adversely affect our business, liquidity,reported financial condition and operating results.
Our Notes do not bear regular interest, and the principal amount of the Notes do not accrete. However, special interest and additional interest may accrue on the Notes at a rate per annum not exceeding 0.50% (subject to certain exceptions) upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the failure to file certain SEC reports or to remove certain restrictive legends from the Notes. The accounting method for reflecting the Notes on our balance sheet may adversely affect our reported earnings and financial condition. If any of the conditions to the convertibility of the Notes is satisfied or the Notes become due within one year, then we may be required under applicable accounting standards to reclassify the liability carrying value of the Notes as a current, rather than a long-term, liability. This reclassification could potentially cause usbe required even if no noteholders convert their Notes and could materially reduce our reported working capital.
We early adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2020-06, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity's Own Equity”, to cease operationsaccount for our Notes which eliminates the treasury stock method for convertible instruments that can be settled in whole or in part with equity and instead requires the application of the more dilutive of the “if-converted” method or the two-class method. Under the if-converted method, diluted earnings per share would generally be calculated assuming that all the conversion premium or spread were converted at the beginning of the reporting period, unless the result inwould be anti-dilutive. The conversion premium or spread would have a complete lossdilutive impact on net income per share when the average market price of your investment inthe Company’s common stock for a given period exceeds the conversion price.
The capped call transactions may affect the value of the Notes and our common stock.
In connection with the Notes, we entered into privately negotiated capped call transactions with the option counterparties. The capped call transactions will cover, subject to customary adjustments, the number of shares of common stock that underlie the Notes. The capped call transactions are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to our common stock upon conversion of the Notes or at our election (subject to certain conditions) offset any cash payments we are required to make in excess of the aggregate principal amount of the converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction or offset subject to a cap.
We exceededhave been advised that, in connection with establishing their initial hedges of the maximum permitted total leverage ratio financial covenantcapped call transactions, the option counterparties or their respective affiliates purchased shares of our common stock and/or entered into various derivative transactions with respect to our common stock.
In addition, we have been advised that the option counterparties or their respective affiliates may modify their hedge positions by entering into or unwinding various derivatives with respect to our common stock and/or purchasing or selling our common stock or other securities of ours in secondary market transactions following the pricing of the Notes and prior to the maturity of the Notes (and are likely to do so on each exercise date of the capped call transactions, and in connection with any early termination event in respect of the capped call transactions). This activity could also cause or avoid an increase or a decrease in the 2020 Credit Agreementmarket price of our common stock.
Provisions in the indenture governing the Notes could delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover of us.


Certain provisions in the Notes and the indenture governing the Notes could make a third party attempt to acquire us more difficult or expensive. For example, if a takeover constitutes a fundamental change, then noteholders will have the right to require us to repurchase their Notes for cash. In addition, if a takeover constitutes a Make-Whole Fundamental Change (as defined in the fiscal quarterIndenture), then we may be required to temporarily increase the conversion rate. In either case, and year ended December 31, 2020; however, subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, on February 25, 2021, we paid downin other cases, our outstanding borrowings and had no borrowings outstandingobligations under the revolving credit facility.Notes and the indenture governing the Notes could increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from acquiring us or removing incumbent management, including in a transaction that holders of our common stock or Notes may view as favorable.
We may require additional financing to achieve our goals, and a failure to obtain this necessary capital when needed on acceptable terms, or at all, may force us to delay, limit, reduce or terminate our product manufacturing and development, and other operations.
Since our inception, substantially all of our resources have been dedicated to the development of our three core plant-based product platforms of beef, pork and poultry, including purchases of property, plant and equipment, principally to support the development and production of our products, the build-out and equipping of our former Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center and manufacturing facility improvementsour Innovation Center within our Campus Headquarters, and purchasesthe purchase, build-out and equipping of manufacturing equipment.facilities in the U.S. and abroad. We have and believe that we will continue to expend substantial resources for the foreseeable future as we expand into additional markets we may choose to pursue. These expenditures are
39


expected to include costs associated with research and development, manufacturing and supply, as well as marketing and selling existing and new products. In addition, other unanticipated costs may arise.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, we had cash and cash equivalents of $159.1and restricted cash totaling $205.9 million.
Our operating plan may change because of factors currently unknown to us, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings or other sources, such asincluding strategic collaborations. For example, in May 2023, we established our “at the market” offering program, under which, subject to our compliance with applicable laws and the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement (as defined below), we may offer and sell from time to time and at our discretion shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $200.0 million pursuant to an equity distribution agreement between us and Goldman Sachs and Co. LLC, as sales agent (the “Equity Distribution Agreement”). Such financing and other potential financings may result in dilution to stockholders, reduction in the market price of our common stock, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may adversely affect our business. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. However, the capital markets may experience extreme volatility and disruption, including higher interest rates and higher borrowing costs, which could make it more difficult for us to raise capital. If we cannot access the capital markets upon favorable terms or at all, it may impact our ability to achieve our goals. Upon filing of this report with the SEC, we will no longer qualify as a WKSI, which may impair our ability to raise capital quickly in response to changing requirements and market conditions.
Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including:including, among others:
demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products;
our rate of revenue growth;
the results of our review of our global operations and the successful implementation of our ongoing cost-reduction initiatives;
timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structure in response to material fluctuations in product demand;


the number and characteristics of any additional products or manufacturing processes we develop or acquire to serve new or existing markets;
our investment in and build out of our Campus Headquarters, including the timing and success of subleasing, assigning or otherwise transferring excess space at our Campus Headquarters;
the success of, and expenses associated with, our marketing initiatives;
our investment in manufacturing and facilities to expandoptimize our manufacturing and production capacity;capacity, including underutilization fees, termination fees and exit costs;
our investments in real property and joint ventures;
the costs required to fund domestic and international operations and growth;
the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing future products or improvements to existing products or manufacturing processes;
any lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us, including the costs associated with our current litigation with a former co-manufacturer,class actions brought against us or the derivative actions brought against certain of our current and former directors and officers;
the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel;
variations in product selling prices and costs;
the timing and success of changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels and the mix of products sold;
the level of trade and promotional spending to support our products appropriately;
the expenses associated with our sales force; our management of accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and other working capital accounts;
the impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on our cash balances;
the costs associated with being a public company;
the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing intellectual property claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and
the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.
Additional funds may not be available when we need them, on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If adequate funds are not available to us on a timely basis, we may be required to:
delay, limit, reduce or terminate our manufacturing, research and development activities or our growth and expansion plans;activities; or
delay, limit, reduce or terminate our establishment of sales and marketing capabilities or other activities that may be necessary to generate revenue and achieve profitability.
Our inability to access and employ the cash that collateralizes our outstanding and future letters of credit may impact our liquidity.
As of December 31, 2023, we had $15.4 million in restricted cash, which was comprised of $12.6 million to secure the letter of credit to support the development and leasing of our Campus Headquarters and $2.8 million to secure a letter of credit associated with a new co-manufacturer in Europe. Our inability to access and employ the cash that collateralizes our outstanding and future letters of credit may impact our liquidity and could have an adverse impact on our business, operations and financial condition.


Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry could adversely affect our current and projected business operations, our financial condition and results of operations.
On March 10, 2023, it was announced that Silicon Valley Bank (“SVB”) was unable to continue their operations and that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation was appointed as receiver for SVB. Although we did not have a material amount of funds in SVB or other institutions that have since closed, we cannot guarantee that the banks or other financial institutions that hold our funds will not experience similar issues. If failures in financial institutions occur where we hold deposits, we could experience additional risk and any such loss or limitation on our cash and cash equivalents would adversely affect our business. In addition, investor concerns regarding the U.S. or international financial systems could result in less favorable commercial financing terms, including higher interest rates or costs and tighter financial and operating covenants, or systemic limitations on access to credit and liquidity sources, thereby making it more difficult for us to acquire financing on terms favorable to us, or at all, and could have material adverse impacts on our liquidity, our business, financial condition or results of operations, and our prospects. Our business may be adversely impacted by these developments in ways that we cannot predict at this time, there may be additional risks that we have not yet identified, and we cannot guarantee that we will be able to avoid negative consequences directly or indirectly from any failure of one or more banks or other financial institutions.
Risks Related to the Environment, Climate and Weather
A major earthquake, tsunami, tornado, wildfire, flood, drought or other natural disaster or severe weather event could seriously disrupt our entire business.
We have offices, co-manufacturinginternal manufacturing and manufacturingco-manufacturing facilities located in the United States and internationally. The impact of a major earthquake, tsunami, tornado, flood, wildfire, drought or other natural disaster or severe weather event at any of ourthese facilities andon our overall operations is difficult to predict, but such a natural disaster or severe weather event could seriously disrupt our entire business and lead to substantial losses.
40


losses, which may not be covered by insurance. Additionally, to the extent such events become more frequent or intense, such as a result of climate change, it may adversely impact the cost or availability of such insurance.
Climate change may negatively affect our business and operations.
There is concern that carbon dioxide and otherIncreasing concentrations of greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact ongenerally been concluded to lead to increased ambient global temperatures, as well as changes in weather patterns and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. IfAdverse climate conditions, weather patterns and the impact of such climate change has a negative effect onconditions and patterns such as drought, flood, wildfires, mudslides and rising ambient temperatures adversely impact product cultivation conditions for farmers and agricultural productivity, we may be subject to decreasedincluding by disrupting ecosystems and severely altering the growing conditions, nutrient levels, soil moisture and water availability necessary for the growth and cultivation of crops, which would adversely affect the product quality, availability or less favorable pricing forcost of certain commodities that are necessary for our products, such as yellow peas, mung beans, sunflowers, rice, faba bean, avocado oil, canola oil and coconut oil. Water is a key ingredient in our products. Due to climate change,climate-related events, we may also be subjected to decreased availability of water, deteriorated quality of water or less favorable pricing for water, which could adversely impact our manufacturing and distribution operations. These and other changes to the physical environment may adversely impact our operations or those of the suppliers on whom we rely. While we may take various actions to mitigate our business risks associated with climate change, this may require us to incur substantial costs and may not be successful, due to, among other things, the uncertainty associated with the longer-term projections associated with managing climate risks.
Risks Related to Being a Public Company
If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting and the trading price of our common stock may decline.


Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. We are in the process of upgradingcontinue to upgrade our information technology systems and implementingimplement additional financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures in order to keep up with the requirements of being a reporting company under the Exchange Act. Additionally, the rapid growth of our operations and our being a newly public company have created a need for additional resources within the accounting and finance functions due to the increasing need to produce timely financial information and to ensure the level of segregation of duties customary for a U.S. public company. We have hired additional resources in the accounting and finance function and continue to reassess the sufficiency of finance personnel in response to these increasing demands and expectations.
As a public company, we are required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act so that our management can certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation. We have and will continue to expend significant resources in developing the necessary documentation and testing procedures required by Section 404. We cannot be certain that the actions we have and will continue to take to improve our internal controls over financial reporting will be sufficient.
Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a material weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our common stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by NASDAQ, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the capital markets.
Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.
Our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to reasonably assure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.
41


These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements or insufficient disclosures due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
TheRisks Related to Regulatory and Legal Compliance Matters, Litigation and Legal Proceedings
Our operations are subject to FDA governmental regulation and other foreign, federal, state and local regulation, and there is no assurance that we will be in compliance with all regulations.
Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, and other foreign, federal, state and local authorities. Specifically, for products manufactured or sold in the United States we are subject to the requirements of beingthe Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA.
This comprehensive regulatory program governs, among other things, the manufacturing, composition and ingredients, packaging, labeling and safety of food. Under this program, the FDA requires that facilities that manufacture food products comply with a public company will require usrange of requirements, including hazard analysis and preventive controls regulations, current good manufacturing practices (“cGMPs”), and supplier verification requirements. Comparable regulations apply in foreign jurisdictions such as the European Union, the United Kingdom and China. Our processing and manufacturing facilities, including those of our co-manufacturers, are subject to incur increased costs


periodic inspection by foreign, federal, state and local authorities. We do not control the manufacturing processes of, and rely upon, our co-manufacturers for compliance with cGMPs for the manufacturing of our products by our co-manufacturers. If we or our co-manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture products that conform to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or other non-U.S. regulators, we or they may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affectbe subject to adverse inspectional findings or enforcement actions, which could materially impact our ability to attractmarket our products, could result in our inability to manufacture our products or our co-manufacturers’ inability to continue manufacturing for us, or could result in a recall of our product that has already been distributed. In addition, we rely upon our co-manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and retain qualified board members.
Aspersonnel. If the FDA or a public company, we have incurred and will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expensescomparable state, local or foreign regulatory authority determines that we didor these co-manufacturers have not incurcomplied with the applicable regulatory requirements, our business may be materially impacted.
We seek to comply with applicable regulations through a combination of employing internal experience and expert personnel to ensure quality-assurance compliance (i.e., assuring that our products are not adulterated or misbranded) and contracting with third party laboratories that conduct analyses of products to ensure compliance with nutrition labeling requirements and to identify any potential contaminants before distribution. Failure by us or our co-manufacturers to comply with applicable laws and regulations or maintain permits, licenses or registrations relating to our or our co-manufacturers’ operations could subject us to civil remedies or penalties, including fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, warning letters, restrictions or prohibitions on the marketing or manufacturing of products, or refusals to permit the import or export of products, as well as potential criminal sanctions, which could result in increased operating costs resulting in a private company. material effect on our operating results and business.
We are subject to international regulations that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We are subject to extensive regulations internationally where we manufacture, distribute and/or sell our products. Our products are subject to numerous food safety and other laws and regulations relating to the reporting requirementssourcing, manufacturing, composition and ingredients, storing, labeling, marketing, advertising and distribution of these products. For example, in early 2018, we received an inquiry from Canadian officials about the labeling and composition of products that we export to Canada. We responded promptly to that inquiry, identifying minor formulation changes that we made under Canadian regulations. If regulators determine that the labeling, advertising and/or composition of any of our products is not in compliance with foreign law or regulations, or if we or our co-manufacturers otherwise fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations in foreign jurisdictions where we operate and market products, we could be subject to civil remedies or penalties, such as fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, warning letters, restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the Exchangeproducts, or refusals to permit the import or export of products, as well as potential criminal sanctions. In places like Mainland China, government inquiries into product labeling and advertising can be prompted by random inspections of our product on the market by local government authorities or complaints by consumers or competitors to the authorities. The consequences of a labeling or advertising violation in China can lead not only to fines from administrative authorities but also to multiple individual consumer lawsuits for nominal damages in the hundreds of dollars each, which can be costly to defend. In addition, enforcement of existing laws and regulations, changes in legal requirements and/or evolving interpretations of existing regulatory requirements may result in increased compliance costs and create other obligations, financial or otherwise, that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. For example, China has recently introduced new regulations on food manufacturing and it may introduce new Food Labeling Supervision Measures that could increase restrictions and require changes to our labels. In addition, with our international operations, we could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA, and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws, which generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials or other third parties for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, our internal control policies and procedures may not protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, contractors or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.


Any changes in, or changes in the interpretation of, applicable laws, regulations or policies of the FDA or U.S. Department of Agriculture (the “USDA”), state regulators or similar foreign regulatory authorities that relate to the use of the word “meat” or other similar words in connection with plant-based meat products could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.
The FDA and the USDA, state regulators or similar foreign regulatory authorities, such as Health Canada or the CFIA, or authorities of the U.K., the EU or the EU member states, or China, including the State Administration for Market Regulation and its local counterpart agencies, could take action to impact our ability to use the term “meat” or similar words (such as “beef,” “burger” or “sausage,” including the Beyond Meat logo of the Caped Longhorn superhero) to describe or advertise our products. In addition, a food may be deemed misbranded if its labeling is false or misleading in any particular way, and the FDA, CFIA, EU member state authorities or other regulators could interpret the use of the term “meat” or any similar phrase(s) to describe our plant-based meat products as false or misleading or likely to create an erroneous impression regarding their composition.
For example, in 2018, the state of Missouri passed a law prohibiting any person engaged in advertising, offering for sale, or sale of food products from misrepresenting a product as meat that is not derived from harvested production livestock or poultry. The state of Missouri Department of Agriculture has clarified its interpretation that products which include prominent disclosure that the product is “made from plants,” or comparable disclosure such as through the use of the phrase “plant-based,” are not misrepresented under the Missouri law. Additional states, including Arkansas, Georgia, Mississippi, Louisiana, Oklahoma, South Dakota and Wyoming, have subsequently passed similar laws, and legislation that would impose specific requirements on the naming of plant-based meat products is currently pending in a number of other states, including Arizona. The United States Congress considered (but did not pass) federal legislation, called the Real MEAT Act, that could require changes to our product labeling and marketing, including identifying products as “imitation” meat products, and that would give USDA certain oversight over the labeling of plant-based meat products. If similar bills gain traction and ultimately become law, we could be required to identify our products as “imitation” on our product labels. Further, the FDA has announced that it is developing guidance on naming plant-based meat alternatives that could impact our naming expectations. Canadian Food and Drug Regulations also provide requirements for “simulated meat” products, including requirements around composition and naming.
In Europe, the Agriculture Committee of the European Parliament proposed in May 2019 to reserve the use of “meat” and meat-related terms and names for products that are manufactured from the edible parts of animals. In October 2020, the European Parliament rejected the adoption of this provision. In the absence of European Union legislation, member states remain free to establish national restrictions on meat-related names. In June 2020, France adopted a law prohibiting names to indicate foodstuffs of animal origin to describe, market or promote foodstuffs containing vegetable proteins. In October 2021, France published a draft implementing decree (the “Contested Decree”) to define, for example, the sanctions in case of non-compliance with the new law, and the Contested Decree went into effect in 2022. We do not believe that the Contested Decree complied with the laws of the EU, in particular the principle of free movement of goods. In July 2022, at the request of a trade association, the French High Administrative Court partially suspended the execution of the Contested Decree, which we believe signals that there are indeed serious doubts as to the lawfulness of the Contested Decree, though the suspension is only partial and temporary until the Court rules on the merits of the case. The Company filed an application for annulment against the Contested Decree and intervened in favor of the trade association in their pending case against the Contested Decree. Several plant-based companies filed voluntary intervention in support of the Company’s case on April 20, 2023. On July 12, 2023, the French High Administrative Court decided to refer the case to the Court of Justice of the European Union ("CJEU"). The CJEU is asked to decide on the lawfulness of the Contested Decree banning “meaty” names for plant-based protein under EU law. The procedure before the CJEU started on August 22, 2023, and the Company filed its submission on October 31, 2023. On January 15, 2024, the CJEU closed the written procedure. The period to request an oral hearing closed on February 5, 2024, and the CJEU must now decide whether an oral hearing is necessary in these proceedings. However, the procedure has now lost object, as France repealed the Contested Decree and adopted the New Decree on February 26, 2024. The New Decree essentially maintains the ban on all meaty names for plant-based protein. The judgment of the CJEU would have been determinative


as to whether the Contested Decree’s ban on meat names for plant-based foods was lawful, or not, under EU law. Should the CJEU have decided that the ban of the Contested Decree violated EU law, the Company would have been able to continue to market in France as-is. However, a decision from the CJEU confirming the lawfulness of the Decree under EU law would have impacted the Company’s operations in France, and would have also triggered similar prohibitions in other EU countries, which could have significantly disrupted the Company’s operations.
The New Decree has removed some of the Contested Decree’s most open-ended language, but essentially maintains the prohibition on meaty names for plant-based proteins. The New Decree was subject to administrative review procedure by the European Commission (the EU’s executive body) and the EU member states other than France. The Company supported plant-based protein trade associations against the New Decree. Adoption of the New Decree and repeal of the Contested Decree have made the current proceedings before the CJEU and the pending proceedings before the French High Administrative Court without object. Thus, the Company or the plant-based protein trade associations may need to initiate new proceedings before the French High Administrative Court and the CJEU against the New Decree.
France has been the first EU member state to adopt such a law. On December 16, 2023, an Italian law prohibiting names to indicate foodstuffs of animal origin to describe, market or promote foodstuffs containing vegetable proteins (“Italian Law”) entered into force. The Italian Law requires amongthe Ministry of Agriculture to adopt a decree with the names that may not be used to describe plant-based products by February 16, 2024. Separately, on December 5, 2023, Poland published a draft decree banning the use of meaty names to designate plant-based products. Should other things,EU member state regulatory authorities take action with respect to the use of the term “meat” or similar claims, such that we file with the SEC annual, quarterly and current reportsare unable to use those terms with respect to our plant-based products, we could be subject to enforcement action or recall of our products marketed with these terms, we may be required to modify our marketing strategy, or required to identify our products as “imitation” in our product labels, and our business, andprospects, results of operations or financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as related rules adopted by the SEC and the Nasdaq Global Select Market, impose significant requirements on public companies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls andcondition could be adversely affected.
Increases in income tax rates or changes in corporate governance practices. Further, weincome tax laws could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.
Increases in income tax rates or other changes in tax laws, including changes in how existing tax laws are required to comply with certain requirements ofinterpreted or enforced, could adversely affect our financial performance. The increasingly complex global tax environment has in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reformpast and Consumer Protection Act, or the Dodd-Frank Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC related to corporate governance and executive compensation, such as “say on pay” and proxy access. As such, we have and willcould continue to incur additional compliance-related expenses. Additionally, the SEC and other regulators have continued to adopt new rules and regulations and make additional changes to existing regulations that require our compliance.
Stockholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additionalincrease tax uncertainty, resulting in higher compliance costs and impact,adverse effects on our financial performance. We are also subject to regular reviews, examinations and audits by numerous taxing authorities with respect to income and non-income based taxes. Economic and political pressures to increase tax revenues in ways we cannot currently anticipate, the mannerjurisdictions in which we operate, or the adoption of new or reformed tax legislation or regulation, may make resolving tax disputes more difficult and the final resolution of tax audits and any related litigation can differ from our historical provisions and accruals, resulting in an adverse effect on our financial performance.
Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation or business.
From time to time, we may be party to various claims and litigation proceedings. We expectevaluate these claims and litigation proceedings to assess the rules and regulations applicable to public companies to continue to increase our legal and financial compliance costslikelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to makeestimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we may establish reserves, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from our assessments and estimates. For information regarding pending legal proceedings, please see Part I, Item 3, Legal Proceedings, and Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Even when not merited, the defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, and we may incur significant expenses in defending these lawsuits. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are


inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements in some activities more time-consuming and costly. Ifof these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, theylegal disputes may result in adverse monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition andposition, cash flows or results of operations. The increased costs will decreaseAny claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our net income or increase our net lossreputation and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business. Furthermore, these rules and regulations could make it more difficult to compete effectively or more costly for us to obtain adequate insurance in the future.
Furthermore, while we maintain insurance for certain potential liabilities, such insurance does not cover all types and amounts of potential liabilities and is subject to self-insured retentions, various exclusions as well as caps on amounts recoverable. Even if we believe a claim is covered by insurance, including directorinsurers may dispute our entitlement to recovery for a variety of potential reasons, which may affect the timing and, officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage and higher self-insured retention amounts, or incur substantially higher costs to obtainif the same or similar coverage. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as executive officers. We cannot predict or estimateinsurers prevail, the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements.our recovery.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common StockGeneral Risk Factors
Our share price has been and may continue to be highly volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.
The market price of our common stock has been and is likely to continue to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to many factors discussed in this “Risk Factors”Risk Factors section, including:
the effects of COVID-19; general economic, market and political conditions, including the impact of inflation and higher interest rates across the economy and negative effects on consumer confidence and spending levels;
a continued decrease in demand, and the underlying factors negatively impacting demand, in the plant-based meat category, which may continue to impact demand for our products;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our financial condition and operating results, including fluctuations in our quarterly and annual results;
announcements of innovations by us or our competitors;
42


announcement by competitors or new market entrants of their entry into or exit from the plant-based proteinmeat market;
overall conditions in our industry and the markets in which we operate;
market conditions or trends in the packaged food sales industry or in the economy as a whole;
addition or loss of significant customers or other developments with respect to significant customers;
adverse developments concerning our manufacturers or suppliers;
changes in laws or regulations applicable to our products or business;
our ability to effectively manage our growthcost-reduction initiatives and market expectations with respect to our growth;
success of international expansion;cost-reduction initiatives;
speculation regarding public customer announcements or geographic expansion;
actual or anticipated changes in our growth rate relative to our competitors;
announcements by us or our competitors of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments;
additions or departures of key personnel;
competition from existing products or new products that may emerge;


issuance of new or updated research or reports about us or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;
fluctuations in the valuation of companies perceived by investors to be comparable to us;
disputes or other developments related to proprietary rights, including patents, and our ability to obtain intellectual property protection for our products;
litigation or regulatory matters;
announcement or expectation of additional financing efforts;
our cash position;
our indebtedness and ability to pay such indebtedness, as well as our ability to comply with covenants under our credit agreement;

sales of our common stock by our stockholders;
issuance of equity or debt;
share price and volume fluctuations attributable to inconsistent trading volume levels of our common stock;
changes in accounting practices;
ineffectiveness of our internal controls;
short-selling of our common stock;
43


negative media or marketing campaigns undertaken by our competitors or lobbyists supporting the meat industry;
the public’s response to publicity relating to the health aspects or nutritional value of our products;
the effects of COVID-19 and any other pandemic, epidemic or other public health crisis; and
other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.
Furthermore, the stock markets have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. These fluctuations often have been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. These broad market and industry fluctuations, as well as general economic, political and market conditions such as recessions, interest rate changes, tariffs, international currency fluctuations, or the effects of disease outbreaks or pandemics (such as COVID-19), may negatively impact the market price of our common stock. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. For example, we are currently subject to multiple shareholder derivative lawsuits related, in part, to a securities case filed against us alleging federal securities law violations with respect to past disclosure, which case has since been dismissed with prejudice.disclosure. We are also currently subject to multiple shareholder derivative lawsuits related, in part, to the securities case. Securities litigation, and any other type of litigation, brought against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business and adversely affect our results of operations.


Future sales or issuances of our common stock in the public market could cause our share price to fall.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales,For example, we may sell additional shares of common stock in public or private offerings, or pursuant to the ATM Program, and may also sell securities convertible into common stock. In addition, 8,234,230 shares of our common stock are reserved for potential issuance upon the conversion of our Notes.
Sales of our common stock, by us or otherwise, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares of our common stock intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. Moreover, certain holdersWe cannot predict the size of future sales or issuances of our common stock have rights, subject to certain conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. We also have registered all shares ofsecurities convertible into our common stock or the effect, if any, that we may issue under our equity compensation plans following the IPOany such future sales or that are issuable upon exercise of outstanding options following the IPO. These shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and once vested, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates. If any of these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that theyissuances will be sold, in the public market,have on the market price of our common stock could decline.stock.
If securities or industry analysts issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our business or publish unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who cover us ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if any of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding us, our business model or our stock performance, or if our operating results fail to meet the expectations of the investor community, our share price could decline.
We have never paid dividends on our capital stock and we do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future. Consequently, any gains from an investment in our common stock will likely depend on whether the price of our common stock increases.
We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock and do not intend to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings for use in the operation of our business and for general corporate purposes. Accordingly, investors should rely on sales of their common stock after price appreciation, which may never occur, as the only way to realize any future gains on their investments.
44


Our charter documents and Delaware law could prevent a takeover that stockholders consider favorable and could also reduce the market price of our stock.
Our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change in control of our company. These provisions could also make it more difficult for stockholders to elect directors and take other corporate actions. These provisions include:
providing for a classified board of directors with staggered, three-year terms;
authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could discourage a takeover attempt or delay changes in control;
prohibiting cumulative voting in the election of directors;
providing that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled only by a majority of directors then in office, even though less than a quorum;
prohibiting the adoption, amendment or repeal of our amended and restated bylaws or the repeal of the provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation regarding the election and removal of directors without the required approval of at least 66.67% of the shares entitled to vote at an election of directors;
prohibiting stockholder action by written consent;


limiting the persons who may call special meetings of stockholders; and
requiring advance notification of stockholder nominations and proposals.proposals, including without limitation, compliance with the requirements of Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act, as applicable.
These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporate Law, or the DGCL, govern us. These provisions may prohibit large stockholders, in particular those owning 15% or more of our outstanding voting stock, from merging or combining with us for a certain period of time without the consent of our board of directors.
These and other provisions in our restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws and under Delaware law could discourage potential takeover attempts, reduce the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock and result in the market price of our common stock being lower than it would be without these provisions.
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forums for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.
Our restated certificate of incorporation provides that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for:
any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;
any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by, or other wrongdoing by, any of our directors, officers, employees or agents to us or our stockholders;
any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our restated certificate of incorporation, or our amended and restated bylaws;
any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws; and
45


any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine;
provided,with our amended and restated bylaws providing that stockholders will have been deemed to consent to the personal jurisdiction of the state and federal courts in the State of Delaware for such actions. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation provides that with respect to any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf to enforce any liability or duty created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder, the exclusive forum will be the federal district courts of the United States of America. Our restated certificate of incorporation further provides that the federal district courts of the United States of America will be the exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).Act.
These exclusive forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees.
Our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be limited under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”).
As of December 31, 2020, we had2023, the Company has accumulated federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $344.2$983.6 million, $92.5$413.3 million and $1.3$104.0 million, respectively. Approximately $252.4$891.9 million of the federal net operating losses and $63.4 million of the state net operating losses do not expire and the remaining federal, state and foreign tax loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2031, 20322031 and


2025 respectively, unless previously utilized. Utilization of the Company’s net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Code and similar state provisions.
The limitations apply if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period. We have experienced several ownership changes none of which is expected to result in a material limitation on the future use of our net operating loss and credit carryforwards generated prior to these ownership changes. However, any future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an ownership change and, consequently, Section 382 and 383 limitations. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit our use of accumulated state tax attributes. As a result, if we earn net taxable income, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset such taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future income tax liability to us. We are currently analyzing whether and to what extent we have experienced an ownership change pursuant to Section 382; and to the extent such change occurred, the impact to the availability of our tax attributes.
Risks Related to Regulatory and Legal Compliance Matters, Litigation and Legal Proceedings
Our operations are subject to FDA governmental regulation and other foreign, federal, state and local regulation, and there is no assurance that we will be in compliance with all regulations.
Our operations are subject to extensive regulation by the FDA, and other foreign, federal, state and local authorities. Specifically, for products manufactured or sold in the United States we are subject to the requirements of the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act and regulations promulgated thereunder by the FDA. This comprehensive regulatory program governs, among other things, the manufacturing, composition and ingredients, packaging, labeling and safety of food. Under this program, the FDA requires that facilities that manufacture food products comply with a range of requirements, including hazard analysis and preventive controls regulations, current good manufacturing practices, or cGMPs, and supplier verification requirements. Comparable regulations apply in foreign jurisdictions such as the European Union and the United Kingdom. Our processing and manufacturing facilities, including those of our co-manufacturers, are subject to periodic inspection by foreign, federal, state and local authorities. We do not control the manufacturing processes of, and rely upon, our co-manufacturers for compliance with cGMPs for the manufacturing of our products by our co-manufacturers. If we or our co-manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture products that conform to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or other non-U.S. regulators, we or they may be subject to adverse inspectional findings or enforcement actions, which could materially impact our ability to market our products, could result in our inability to manufacture our products or our co-manufacturers’ inability
46


to continue manufacturing for us, or could result in a recall of our product that has already been distributed. In addition, we rely upon our co-manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable state, local or foreign regulatory authority determines that we or these co-manufacturers have not complied with the applicable regulatory requirements, our business may be materially impacted.
We seek to comply with applicable regulations through a combination of employing internal experience and expert personnel to ensure quality-assurance compliance (i.e., assuring that our products are not adulterated or misbranded) and contracting with third-party laboratories that conduct analyses of products to ensure compliance with nutrition labeling requirements and to identify any potential contaminants before distribution. Failure by us or our co-manufacturers to comply with applicable laws and regulations or maintain permits, licenses or registrations relating to our or our co-manufacturers’ operations could subject us to civil remedies or penalties, including fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, warning letters, restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of products, or refusals to permit the import or export of products, as well as potential criminal sanctions, which could result in increased operating costs resulting in a material effect on our operating results and business.
Legal claims, government investigations or other regulatory enforcement actions could subject us to civil and criminal penalties.
We operate in a highly regulated environment with constantly evolving legal and regulatory frameworks. Consequently, we are subject to heightened risk of legal claims, government investigations or other regulatory enforcement actions. Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with existing laws and regulations, there can be no assurance that our employees, temporary workers, contractors or agents will not violate our policies and procedures. Moreover, a failure to maintain effective control processes could lead to violations, unintentional or otherwise, of laws and regulations. Legal claims, government investigations or regulatory enforcement actions arising out of our failure or alleged failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us to civil and criminal penalties that could materially and adversely affect our product sales, reputation, financial condition and operating results. In addition, the costs and other effects of defending potential and pending litigation and administrative actions against us may be difficult to determine and could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.
47


We are subject to international regulations that could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
We are subject to extensive regulations internationally where we manufacture, distribute and/or sell our products. Our products are subject to numerous food safety and other laws and regulations relating to the sourcing, manufacturing, composition and ingredients, storing, labeling, marketing, advertising and distribution of these products. For example, in early 2018, we received an inquiry from Canadian officials about the labeling and composition of products that we export to Canada. We responded promptly to that inquiry, identifying minor formulation changes that we made under Canadian regulations. If regulators determine that the labeling and/or composition of any of our products is not in compliance with Canadian law or regulations, or if we or our co-manufacturers otherwise fail to comply with applicable laws and regulations in Canada or other jurisdictions, we could be subject to civil remedies or penalties, such as fines, injunctions, recalls or seizures, warning letters, restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the products, or refusals to permit the import or export of products, as well as potential criminal sanctions. In addition, enforcement of existing laws and regulations, changes in legal requirements and/or evolving interpretations of existing regulatory requirements may result in increased compliance costs and create other obligations, financial or otherwise, that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. In addition, with our expanding international operations, we could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA, and similar worldwide anti-bribery laws, which generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to non-U.S. officials or other third parties for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. While our policies mandate compliance with these anti-bribery laws, our internal control policies and procedures may not protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, contractors or agents. Violations of these laws, or allegations of such violations, could disrupt our business and result in a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.
Changes in existing laws or regulations, or the adoption of new laws or regulations may increase our costs and otherwise adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
The manufacture and marketing of food products is highly regulated. We, our suppliers and co-manufacturers are subject to a variety of laws and regulations. These laws and regulations apply to many aspects of our business, including the manufacture, composition and ingredients, packaging, labeling, distribution, advertising, sale, quality and safety of our products, as well as the health and safety of our employees and the protection of the environment.
In the United States, we are subject to regulation by various government agencies, including the FDA, FTC, Occupational Safety and Health Administration and the Environmental Protection Agency, as well as the requirements of various state and local agencies, including, in California, the Safe Drinking Water and Toxic Enforcement Act of 1986 (“Proposition 65”). We are also regulated outside the United States by various international regulatory bodies. In addition, we are subject to certain third-party private standards, such as Global Food Safety Initiative, or GFSI, standards and review by voluntary organizations, such as the Council of Better Business Bureaus’ National Advertising Division. We could incur costs, including fines, penalties and third-party claims, because of any violations of, or liabilities under, such requirements, including any competitor or consumer challenges relating to compliance with such requirements. For example, in connection with the marketing and advertisement of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to false or deceptive advertising, including under the auspices of the FTC and the consumer protection statutes of some states. Such claims could include challenges to our label or labeling claims that, if successful, could require us to make labeling changes and/or pay monetary damages. In connection with the composition of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to perceived health risks, including under Proposition 65 and other state consumer protection statutes.
The regulatory environment in which we operate could change significantly and adversely in the future. Any change in manufacturing, labeling or packaging requirements for our products may lead to an increase in costs or interruptions in production, either of which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. New or revised government laws and regulations could result in additional compliance costs and, in the event of non-
48


compliance, civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, withdrawals, recalls or seizures and confiscations, as well as potential criminal sanctions, any of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. In particular, recent federal, state and foreign attention to the naming of plant-based meat products could result in standards or requirements that mandate changes to our current labeling.
Any changes in, or changes in the interpretation of, applicable laws, regulations or policies of the FDA or U.S. Department of Agriculture, or USDA, state regulators or similar foreign regulatory authorities that relate to the use of the word “meat” or other similar words in connection with plant-based protein products could adversely affect our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition.
The FDA and the USDA, state regulators or similar foreign regulatory authorities, such as Health Canada or the CFIA, or authorities of the UK, the EU or the EU member states, could take action to impact our ability to use the term “meat” or similar words (such as “beef”, “burger” or “sausage”) to describe or advertise our products. In addition, a food may be deemed misbranded if its labeling is false or misleading in any particular way, and the FDA, CFIA, EU member state authorities or other regulators could interpret the use of the term “meat” or any similar phrase(s) to describe our plant-based protein products as false or misleading or likely to create an erroneous impression regarding their composition.
For example, in 2018, the state of Missouri passed a law prohibiting any person engaged in advertising, offering for sale, or sale of food products from misrepresenting a product as meat that is not derived from harvested production livestock or poultry. The state of Missouri Department of Agriculture has clarified its interpretation that products which include prominent disclosure that the product is “made from plants,” or comparable disclosure such as through the use of the phrase “plant-based,” are not misrepresented under the Missouri law. Additional states, including Mississippi, Louisiana, and Oklahoma, have subsequently passed similar laws, and legislation, that would impose additional requirements on plant-based meat products is currently pending in a number of other states. The United States Congress recently considered (but did not pass) federal legislation, called the Real MEAT Act, that could require changes to our product labeling and marketing, including identifying products as “imitation” meat products, and that would give USDA certain oversight over the labeling of plant-based meat products. If similar bills gain traction and ultimately become law, we could be required to identify our products as “imitation” in our product labels. Further, the USDA has received a petition from the cattle industry requesting that USDA exclude products not derived from the tissue or flesh of animals that have been harvested in the traditional manner from being labeled and marketed as “meat,” and exclude products not derived from cattle born, raised and harvested in the traditional manner from being labeled and marketed as “beef.” The USDA has not yet responded substantively to this petition but has indicated that the petition is being considered as a petition for a policy change under the USDA’s regulations. We do not believe that USDA has the statutory authority to regulate plant-based products under the current legislative framework. Canadian Food and Drug Regulations also provide requirements for “simulated meat” products, including requirements around composition and naming.
In Europe, the Agriculture Committee of the European Parliament proposed in May 2019 to reserve the use of “meat” and meat-related terms and names for products that are manufactured from the edible parts of animals. In October 2020, the European Parliament rejected the adoption of this provision. In the absence of European Union legislation, Member States remain free to establish national restrictions on meat-related names. In June 2020, France adopted a prohibition on using names to indicate foodstuffs of animal origin to describe, market, or promote foodstuffs containing vegetable proteins. An implementing decree will likely be entered into force on July 1, 2021, to define e.g. the sanctions in case of non-compliance. We do not believe that the new French bill complies with the laws of the European Union, in particular the principle of free movement of goods. We also note that this prohibition has not been appropriately notified to the European Commission, and that as a result the prohibition is in principle non-enforceable. Should regulatory authorities take action with respect to the use of the term “meat” or similar terms, such that we are unable to use those terms with respect to our plant-based products, we could be subject to enforcement action or recall of our products marketed with these terms, we may be required to modify our marketing strategy, or required to identify our products as “imitation” in our product labels, and our business, prospects, results of operations or financial condition could be adversely affected. Competitors may also try to bring legal action against us. In late
49


September 2020, three meat trade associations announced that they had initiated a lawsuit against a French plant-based meat company for unfair competition and violating the prohibition on meaty names of June 2020. To the best of our knowledge, the lawsuit has not been filed yet. In October 2020, a French trade association representing the cattle industry sent a cease-and-desist letter to one of our contract manufacturers alleging that the use of “meat” and meat-related terms is misleading the French consumer. In February 2021, one of our distributors in Switzerland received a similar communication from the regional authority in the canton of Argau. We do not believe these allegations have any basis in law or fact. As of March 1, 2021, we continued to be actively engaged in negotiations to settle these disputes. Nonetheless, despite our best efforts, these disputes could result in litigation before the French and/or Swiss courts, which could be costly and disruptive to our ability to market in these countries.
Failure by our suppliers of raw materials or co-manufacturers to comply with food safety, environmental or other laws and regulations, or with the specifications and requirements of our products, may disrupt our supply of products and adversely affect our business.
If our suppliers or co-manufacturers fail to comply with food safety, environmental or other laws and regulations, or face allegations of non-compliance, their operations may be disrupted. Additionally, our co-manufacturers are required to maintain the quality of our products and to comply with our product specifications and our suppliers must supply ingredients that meet our internal quality standards. In the event of actual or alleged non-compliance, we might be forced to find an alternative supplier or co-manufacturer and we may be subject to lawsuits related to such non-compliance by our suppliers and co-manufacturers. As a result, our supply of raw materials or finished inventory could be disrupted or our costs could increase, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. The failure of any co-manufacturer to produce products that conform to our standards could adversely affect our reputation in the marketplace and result in product recalls, product liability claims and economic loss. For example, some of our co-manufacturers also process products with textured vegetable protein, a GMO product, or animal protein and while we require them to process our products in separate designated quarters in their facilities, cross-contamination may occur and result in genetically modified organisms or animal protein in our supply chain. Additionally, actions we may take to mitigate the impact of any disruption or potential disruption in our supply of raw materials or finished inventory, including increasing inventory in anticipation of a potential supply or production interruption, may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Litigation or legal proceedings could expose us to significant liabilities and have a negative impact on our reputation or business.
From time to time, we may be party to various claims and litigation proceedings. We evaluate these claims and litigation proceedings to assess the likelihood of unfavorable outcomes and to estimate, if possible, the amount of potential losses. Based on these assessments and estimates, we may establish reserves, as appropriate. These assessments and estimates are based on the information available to management at the time and involve a significant amount of management judgment. Actual outcomes or losses may differ materially from our assessments and estimates.
Don Lee Farms

For example, on May 25, 2017, following our termination of our supply agreement with Don Lee Farms, a former co-manufacturer, Don Lee Farms filed a lawsuit against us in California state court claiming, among other things, that we wrongfully terminated the parties’ contract and that we misappropriated their trade secrets principally by sharing with subsequent co-manufacturers the processes for manufacturing our products—processes which they claim to have developed.
On July 27, 2017 we filed a cross-complaint, alleging that Don Lee Farms (1) breached the supply agreement, including by failing to provide salable product, as certain of our products manufactured by Don Lee Farms were contaminated with salmonella and other foreign objects, and that Don Lee Farms did not take appropriate actions to address these issues; (2) engaged in unfair competition in violation of California’s Unfair Competition Law; and (3) unlawfully converted certain Beyond Meat property, including certain pieces of
50


equipment. In October 2018, Don Lee Farms filed an amended complaint that added ProPortion Foods, LLC (one of Beyond Meat’s current contract manufacturers) as a defendant, principally for claims arising from ProPortion’s alleged use of Don Lee Farms’ alleged trade secrets, and for replacing Don Lee Farms as one of Beyond Meat’s current co-manufacturers. ProPortion filed an answer denying all of Don Lee Farms’ claims and a cross-complaint against Beyond Meat asserting claims of total and partial equitable indemnity, contribution, and repayment. On March 11, 2019, Don Lee Farms filed a second amended complaint to add claims of fraud and negligent misrepresentation against us. On May 30, 2019, the judge denied our motion to dismiss the fraud and negligent misrepresentation claims, allowing the claims to proceed. On June 19, 2019, we filed an answer denying Don Lee Farms' claims.
On January 24, 2020, a writ judge granted Don Lee Farms a right to attach in the amount of $628,689 on the grounds that Don Lee Farms had established a “probable validity” of its claim that we owe it money for a small batch of unpaid invoices. This determination was not made by the trial judge. The trial judge has yet to determine the legitimacy or merits of Don Lee Farms’ claims.
On January 27, 2020, Don Lee Farms filed a third amended complaint to add three individual defendants, all of whom are current or former employees of ours, including Mark Nelson, our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, to Don Lee Farms’ existing fraud claims alleging that those individuals were involved in the alleged fraudulent misrepresentations. On June 23, 2020, the judge denied Beyond Meat and the individual defendants’ motion to dismiss the fraud and negligent misrepresentation claims, allowing the claims to proceed. On July 6, 2020, the Company and the individual defendants filed an answer denying all of Don Lee Farms’ claims, including denying all allegations of fraud and negligent misrepresentation.
On August 11, 2020, Beyond Meat filed an amended cross-complaint against Don Lee Farms, its parent Goodman Food Products, Inc., and its owners and employees, Donald, Daniel, and Brandon Goodman. Among other claims, the amended cross-complaint alleges that Don Lee Farms defrauded Beyond Meat, misappropriated its trade secrets, and infringed its trademarks.
On January 28, 2021, Don Lee Farms filed a motion for summary adjudication on its breach of contract and money owed claims and on Beyond Meat’s breach of contract claims. The trial judge has yet to determine the merits of this motion, and the hearing is currently scheduled for April 16, 2021. On February 18, 2021, Don Lee Farms and Donald, Daniel and Brandon Goodman filed a motion for summary adjudication on Beyond Meat’s fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and conversion claims. The trial judge has yet to determine the merits of these motions, and the hearing is currently scheduled for May 7, 2021.
On February 16, 2021, the Court entered an order consolidating this action with an action that Don Lee Farms filed against CLW Foods, LLC, a current Beyond Meat contract manufacturer. On February 22, 2021, CLW Foods, LLC requested a continuance of the trial date.
The previous trial date, June 14, 2021, was continued. Trial is currently set for September 27, 2021.
Don Lee Farms is seeking from us, the individual defendants, and ProPortion unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, declaratory and injunctive relief, including the prohibition of our use or disclosure of the alleged trade secrets, and attorneys’ fees and costs. We are seeking from Don Lee Farms monetary damages, restitution of monies paid to Don Lee Farms, injunctive relief, including the prohibition of Don Lee Farms’ use or disclosure of Beyond Meat’s trade secrets and the prohibition of Don Lee Farms’ infringing use of Beyond Meat’s trademarks, attorneys’ fees and costs. ProPortion is seeking indemnity, contribution, or repayment from us of any or all damages that ProPortion may be found liable to Don Lee Farms, and attorneys’ fees and costs.
We believe we were justified in terminating the supply agreement with Don Lee Farms, that we did not misappropriate Don Lee Farms’ alleged trade secrets, that we are not liable for the fraud or negligent misrepresentation alleged in the third amended complaint, that Don Lee Farms is liable for the conduct alleged in our amended cross-complaint, and that we are not liable to ProPortion for any indemnity, contribution, or repayment, including for any damages or attorneys’ fees and costs.
51


We intend to vigorously defend ourselves and our current and former employees against the claims and prosecute our own. However, we cannot assure you that Don Lee Farms or ProPortion will not prevail in all or some of their claims against us or the individual defendants, or that we will prevail in some or all of our claims against Don Lee Farms. For example, if Don Lee Farms succeeds in the lawsuit, we could be required to pay damages, including but not limited to contract damages reasonably calculated at what we would have paid Don Lee Farms to produce our products through 2019, the end of the contract term, and Don Lee Farms could also claim some ownership in the intellectual property associated with the production of certain of our products or in the products themselves, and thus claim a stake in the value we have derived and will derive from the use of that intellectual property after we terminated our supply agreement with Don Lee Farms. As another example, we also could be required to pay attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Don Lee Farms or ProPortion.
Securities Related Litigation

On January 30, 2020, Larry Tran, a purported shareholder of Beyond Meat, filed a putative securities class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Beyond Meat and two of our executive officers, our President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and is premised on allegedly false or misleading statements, and alleged non-disclosure of material facts, related to our public disclosures regarding our ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms during the proposed class period of May 2, 2019 to January 27, 2020. The Court appointed a lead plaintiff and lead counsel on May 18, 2020, and a First Amended Complaint (“FAC”) was filed on July 1, 2020. The FAC names the same defendants, proposes the same class period, and similarly asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act premised on allegedly false or misleading statements, and alleged non-disclosure of material facts, related to our public disclosures regarding our ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms. We filed a motion to dismiss on behalf of all defendants on July 31, 2020. On October 8, 2020, the Court entered an opinion and order granting defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave to amend. Plaintiffs did not file an amended complaint by the deadline set by the Court. As a result, on October 27, 2020, the Court entered an order dismissing the action with prejudice, except for the class allegations of absent putative class members, which were dismissed without prejudice. The dismissal is final, and the appeal period has now expired.
On March 16, 2020, Eric Weiner, a purported shareholder of Beyond Meat, filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, putatively on behalf of the Company, against two of our executive officers, our President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson, and each of our directors, including one former director, who signed our initial public offering registration statement. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act, claims of breaches of fiduciary duty as directors and/or officers of Beyond Meat, and claims of unjust enrichment and waste of corporate assets, all relating to our ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms, related actions taken by Beyond Meat and the named individuals during the period of May 2, 2019 to March 16, 2020, and the securities case brought against us.
On March 18, 2020, Kimberly Brink and Melvyn Klein, purported shareholders of Beyond Meat, filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, putatively on behalf of the Company, against two of our executive officers, our President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson, and each of our directors who signed our initial public offering registration statement. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act, claims of breaches of fiduciary duty as directors and/or officers of Beyond Meat, and claims of unjust enrichment and waste of corporate assets, all relating to our ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms, related actions taken by Beyond Meat and the named individuals during the period of May 2, 2019 to March 18, 2020, and the securities case brought against us.
On April 1, 2020, the United States District Court for the Central District of California entered an order consolidating the Weiner action and the Brink action for all purposes and designated the consolidated case In re: Beyond Meat, Inc. Derivative Litigation. On April 13, 2020, the Court entered an order appointing co-lead counsel for the consolidated derivative action. On June 23, 2020, the Court entered an order approving a Joint
52


Stipulation Regarding Stay of Actions. Under the terms of the stay approval order, all proceedings in the consolidated derivative case are stayed until (1) the securities class action is dismissed, with prejudice, and all appeals related thereto have been exhausted; or (2) any motion to dismiss the securities class action is denied in whole or in part. We are unable to estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit.
On May 27, 2020, Kevin Chew, a purported shareholder of Beyond Meat, filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court of the District of Delaware, putatively on behalf of the Company, against two of our executive officers, our President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson, and each of our directors, including one former director, who signed our initial public offering registration statement. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act and claims of breaches of fiduciary duty, relating to our ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms, related actions taken by Beyond Meat and the named individuals during the period of May 2, 2019 to May 27, 2020. On June 16, 2020, the Court entered an order staying all proceedings in the derivative action until (1) the securities class action is dismissed, with prejudice, and all appeals related thereto have been exhausted; or (2) any motion to dismiss the securities class action is denied in whole or in part. On June 17, 2020, the Court entered an order administratively closing the derivative case based on the stay order. We are unable to estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit.
On June 17, 2020, James Janolek, purported shareholder of Beyond Meat, filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court of the District of Delaware, putatively on behalf of the Company, against two of our executive officers, our President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and our Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson, and each of our directors, including one former director, who signed our initial public offering registration statement. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 14(a) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, claims of breaches of fiduciary duty as directors and/or officers of Beyond Meat, and claims of unjust enrichment and waste of corporate assets, all relating to our ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms, related actions taken by Beyond Meat and the named individuals during the period of May 2, 2019 to June 17, 2020. On July 10, 2020, the Court entered an order staying all proceedings in the derivative action until (1) the securities class action is dismissed, with prejudice, and all appeals related thereto have been exhausted; or (2) any motion to dismiss the securities class action is denied in whole or in part. On July 10, 2020, the Court entered an order administratively closing the derivative case based on the stay order. On November 9, 2020, Plaintiff filed a Notice of Voluntary Dismissal without prejudice and without costs or attorney fees to either party.
Even when not merited, the defense of these lawsuits may divert our management’s attention, and we may incur significant expenses in defending these lawsuits. The results of litigation and other legal proceedings are inherently uncertain, and adverse judgments or settlements in some of these legal disputes may result in adverse monetary damages, penalties or injunctive relief against us, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. Any claims or litigation, even if fully indemnified or insured, could damage our reputation and make it more difficult to compete effectively or to obtain adequate insurance in the future.
Furthermore, while we maintain insurance for certain potential liabilities, such insurance does not cover all types and amounts of potential liabilities and is subject to self-insured retentions, various exclusions as well as caps on amounts recoverable. Even if we believe a claim is covered by insurance, insurers may dispute our entitlement to recovery for a variety of potential reasons, which may affect the timing and, if the insurers prevail, the amount of our recovery.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
None.

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY.

Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy

We have developed and implemented a cybersecurity risk management program led by the Company’s Vice President, IT, that is designed to protect the confidentiality, integrity, and availability of the Company’s data and systems. Our cybersecurity risk management program includes a cybersecurity incident response plan.
We design and assess our program based on the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework (NIST CSF 2.0). This does not imply that we meet any particular technical standards, specifications, or requirements, only that we use the NIST CSF 2.0 as a guide to help us identify, assess, and manage cybersecurity risks relevant to our business.
Our cybersecurity risk management program is integrated into our overall enterprise risk management program, and shares common methodologies, reporting channels and governance processes that apply across the enterprise risk management program to other legal, compliance, strategic, operational, and financial risk areas.
Our cybersecurity risk management program includes:
A risk assessment process designed to help identify material cybersecurity risks to our critical systems, information, services, and our broader enterprise IT environment;
A security team principally responsible for managing (1) our cybersecurity risk assessment processes, (2) our security controls, and (3) our response to cybersecurity incidents;
The use of external service providers, where appropriate, to assess, test or otherwise assist with aspects of our security controls;
Cybersecurity awareness training of our employees, incident response personnel, and senior management;
A cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents; and
A third party risk management process for service providers, suppliers, and vendors.


As of the date of this filing, we have not identified risks from known cybersecurity threats, including as a result of any prior cybersecurity incidents, that have materially affected us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. We face risks from cybersecurity threats that, if realized, are reasonably likely to materially affect us, including our operations, business strategy, results of operations, or financial condition. For additional information, see Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property, Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Privacy—A cybersecurity incident, other technology disruptions or failure to comply with laws and regulations relating to privacy and the protection of data relating to individuals could negatively impact our business, our reputation and our relationships with customers.
Cybersecurity Governance
Our board of directors considers cybersecurity risk as part of its risk oversight function and in February 2024, delegated to the risk committee of the board of directors (“Committee”) oversight of cybersecurity risks and incidents and any other risks and incidents relevant to the Company’s computerized information system controls and security. Prior to February 2024, the board of directors had delegated this oversight to the audit committee of the board of directors. The Committee oversees management’s implementation of our cybersecurity risk management program.
The Committee receives annual reports from management on our cybersecurity risks. In addition, management updates the Committee, as necessary, regarding any material cybersecurity incidents, as well as any incidents with lesser impact potential. The Committee reports to the full board of directors regarding its activities.
Our IT team, including our Vice President of IT, is responsible for assessing and managing our material risks from cybersecurity threats. The IT team has primary responsibility for our overall cybersecurity risk management program and supervises both our internal cybersecurity personnel and our retained external cybersecurity consultants. Members of our IT team have over 10+ years of experience in operations technology support across multiple industries. The team holds industry standard certifications, related to System, Security and Network Administration, and are required to complete security awareness training multiple times per year.
Our IT team supervises efforts to prevent, detect, mitigate, and remediate cybersecurity risks and incidents through various means, which may include briefings from internal security personnel; threat intelligence and other information obtained from governmental, public or private sources, including external consultants engaged by us; and alerts and reports produced by security tools deployed in the IT environment.


ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
In the second quarterOur principal facilities, which are leased except where otherwise indicated, are as follows:
Primary UseLocationApproximate Area (SF)Expiration of Lease
United States:
Production of woven protein and dry blend flavor systemsColumbia, MO26,000 6/30/2025
Production of woven protein and dry blend flavor systemsColumbia, MO64,000 7/31/2025
Warehousing and dry blendingColumbia, MO142,000 Owned
Production of finished goodsDevault, PA86,000 Owned
Corporate headquarters, lab and innovation (“Campus Headquarters”)(1)
El Segundo, CA282,000 11/30/2033
Lab and innovation space(2)
El Segundo, CA16,300 1/31/2024
International:
Production of woven protein and dry blend flavor systemsEnschede,
the Netherlands
46,000 Owned
Production of woven protein and finished goodsJiaxing, China38,000 9/09/2027
Research and developmentShanghai, China12,000 1/11/2030
______________
(1) As of 2020, we acquired landDecember 31, 2023, Phase 1-A and a 46,000 square foot manufacturing facility where we produce our woven protein, in Enschede, the Netherlands. In the fourth quarter of 2020, we acquired
53


approximately 19.34 acres of land and approximately 92,000 square foot manufacturing facility and related improvements from a former co-manufacturer, which we use primarily for finished goods manufacturing. All other properties that we use are leased.
In addition to our headquarters, we lease approximately 30,000 square feet for our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center in El Segundo, California under a 5-year lease expiring January 31, 2022, subject to an option to extend for an additional 24 months. Our primary production facilities for our woven protein and dry blends are located in Columbia, Missouri. We lease three manufacturing facilitiesPhase 1-B consisting of approximately 26,000142,000 rentable square feet under a lease expiring June 30, 2022, approximately 64,000 square feet under a lease expiring July 31, 2025, subject to automatic extensions for two consecutive three-year periods in accordance with the terms of the lease unless we provide notice terminating the lease at least one year before its expiration date,has been completed and approximately 142,317 square feet leased in the second quarter of 2020, expiring April 30, 2023 with no renewal options.
In the third quarter of 2020, we and BYND JX entered into an investment agreement and related factory leasing contract to design and develop manufacturing facilities in the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone to manufacture plant-based meat products. Renovations in the leased facility, which is approximately 38,000 square feet, commenced at the end of 2020 with trial production expected in the first quarter of 2021 and full-scale end-to-end production expected by the end of the second quarter of 2021.
Subsequentdelivered to the year ended December 31, 2020, on January 14, 2021, we entered into a 12-year lease with two 5-year renewal options to house our corporate headquarters, lab and innovation space in El Segundo, California.Company. See Note 1410, Subsequent Event,Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
(2) Effective November 1, 2023, we partially terminated the lease of our former El Segundo, California lab and innovation space reducing the area leased from approximately 30,000 square feet to 16,300 square feet. This lease expired subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2023 on January 31, 2024.

In 2021, we assumed an operating lease for a building in Commerce, California to house our commercialization center, which was terminated in February 2023.
In 2021, we entered into a lease agreement for our Campus Headquarters in El Segundo, California. In 2022, upon completion of the Phase1-A, we moved our Innovation team from our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center to the new campus facility. In 2023, upon completion of the tenant improvements associated with Phase 1-B, we moved our headquarters, sales and marketing operations into the new campus facility. On June 30, 2023, we terminated the lease of our former headquarters, also in El Segundo, California.
In 2022, we entered into an agreement to purchase certain property on a neighboring site to our manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands, for cash consideration of approximately €6.3 million, of which a €0.9 million deposit was made during 2022. Given our intention to reduce our overall operating expenses and cash expenditures, subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2023, on February 2, 2024, we terminated the purchase agreement and entered into a lease agreement with the subsequent purchaser of the property to lease the approximately 114,000 square foot property. See Note 14 Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of our business. The Company establishes an accrued liability for legal matters when those matters present loss contingencies


that are both probable and estimable. For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, please see Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. Although the outcome of these and other claims cannot be predicted with certainty, other than the settlement of certain actions, management is not currently able to estimate the reasonable possible amount of loss or range of loss and does not believe that it is probable that the ultimate resolution of the current matters will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. However, the final results of any current or future proceeding cannot be predicted with certainty, and until there is final resolution on any such matter that we may be required to accrue for, we may be exposed to loss in excess of the amount accrued. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.
For a description of our material pending legal proceedings, please see Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
Market Information
Our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol “BYND” on May 2, 2019. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock.
54


Holders
As of February 26, 2021,28, 2024, there were 104463 holders of record of our common stock. This number does not include beneficial owners whose shares are held by nominees in street name.
Dividends
The Company has not declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock.


Performance Graph
The following performance graph and related information shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the SEC, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any future filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, except to the extent that we specifically incorporate it by reference into such filing.
The following graph depicts the total cumulative stockholder return on our common stock from May 2, 2019, the first day of trading of our common stock on the Nasdaq Global Select Market, through December 31, 2020,2023, relative to the performance of the NASDAQ Composite Index and the S&P Food and Beverage Select Industry Index, a peer group that includes Beyond Meat. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100.00 at the close of trading on May 2, 2019 and that all dividends paid by companies included in these indices have been reinvested. The performance shown in the graph below is not intended to forecast or be indicative of future stock price performance.
bynd-20201231_g2.jpg
1887Copyright© 20212023 Standard & Poor's, a division of S&P Global. All rights reserved.


55


ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The following selected financial data should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Risk Factors,” and our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this report. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in the future.
(in thousands, except share and per share data)Year Ended December 31,
Statements of Operations Data:20202019201820172016
Net revenues$406,785 $297,897 $87,934 $32,581 $16,182 
Cost of goods sold284,510 198,141 70,360 34,772 22,494 
Gross profit (loss)122,275 99,756 17,574 (2,191)(6,312)
Research and development expenses31,535 20,650 9,587 5,722 5,782 
Selling, general and administrative expenses133,655 74,726 34,461 17,143 12,672 
Restructuring expenses(1)
6,430 4,869 1,515 3,509 — 
Total operating expenses171,620 100,245 45,563 26,374 18,454 
Loss from operations(49,345)(489)(27,989)(28,565)(24,766)
Other expense:
Interest expense(2,576)(3,071)(1,128)(1,002)(380)
Remeasurement of warrant liability(2)
— (12,503)(1,120)(385)— 
Other, net(759)3,629 352 (427)— 
Total other expense, net(3,335)(11,945)(1,896)(1,814)(380)
Loss before taxes(52,680)(12,434)(29,885)(30,379)(25,146)
Income tax expense72 
Net loss$(52,752)$(12,443)$(29,886)$(30,384)$(25,149)
Net loss per share available to common stockholders—basic and diluted(3)(4)
$(0.85)$(0.29)$(4.75)$(5.57)$(5.51)
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted(4)
62,290,445 42,274,777 6,287,172 5,457,629 4,566,757 

(in thousands)As of December 31,
Balance Sheet Data:202020192018
Cash and cash equivalents$159,127 $275,988 $54,271 
Working capital(5)
$243,259 $355,897 $77,659 
Property, plant and equipment, net$115,299 $47,474 $30,527 
Total assets$468,006 $451,923 $133,749 
Total debt$25,000 $30,569 $30,388 
Stock warrant liability(2)
$— $— $1,918 
Convertible preferred stock(6)
$— $— $199,540 
Stockholders' equity (deficit)$367,097 $384,090 $(121,750)
_________
(1) Restructuring expenses include expenses related to the impairment write-off of long-lived assets and legal and other expenses associated with a dispute with a co-manufacturer. See Note 3, Restructuring, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, and Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies—Litigation, included elsewhere in this report.
56


(2) Reflects remeasurement of warrant liability in the years ended December 31, 2017, 2018 and 2019. See Note 8, Debt—Stock Warrant Liability, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
(3) See Note 13, Net Loss Per Share Available to Common Stockholders, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, for an explanation of the method used to calculate net loss per share available to common stockholders and the number of shares used in the computation of the per share amounts.
(4) For the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016, all common stock and per share amounts have been adjusted retrospectively to reflect the 3-for-2 reverse stock split of our common stock on January 2, 2019. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Reverse Stock Split, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
(5) Working capital is defined as total current assets minus total current liabilities.
(6) Reflects automatic conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock upon closing of IPO. See Note 9, Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Convertible Preferred Stock, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.


[RESERVED]



57


ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors,” and “NoteNote Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”Statements included elsewhere in this report. The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this report, as well asreport.
Our Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations included in this document generally discusses 2023 and 2022 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2023 and 2022. Discussions of 2021 items and year-to-year comparisons between 2022 and 2021 that are not included in this document can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the information presented under “Selected Financial Data.”fiscal year ended December 31, 2022.
Overview
Beyond Meat is one of the fastest growing food companies in the United States,a leading plant-based meat company, offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats. We build meat directly from plants, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating our plant-based meat products. Our brand commitment,promise, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based meat, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare. The success of our breakthrough innovation model and products has allowed us to appeal to a broad range of consumers, including those who typically eat animal-based meats, positioning us to compete directly in the $1.4 trillion global meat industry.
We sell a range of plant-based meat products across theour three main meatcore platforms of beef, pork and poultry. As of December 31, 2020, our2023, Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 122,000133,000 retail and foodservice outlets in more than 8065 countries worldwide, across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club convenience store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools. To make plant-based meat accessibleThe number of retail and foodservice outlets where Beyond Meat branded products are available was derived from rolling 52-week data as of December 2023 and excludes approximately 44,000 U.S. retail outlets unique to more consumers, in August 2020, we launched an e-commerce site and began offering our products direct to consumers in bulk packs, mixed product bundles, limited-time offers, and trial packs.
On May 6, 2019, we completed our IPO, in which we sold 11,068,750 shares. The shares began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on May 2, 2019. The shares were sold at a public offering price of $25.00 per share for net proceeds of approximately $252.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $19.4 million and issuance costs of approximately $4.9 million payable by us. Upon the closing of the IPO, all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 41,562,111 shares of common stockBeyond Meat Jerky or 2,300 outlets on a one-for-one basis,rolling 12-week basis. In 2023, we continued the process of renegotiating certain contracts and warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into warrants exercisable for 160,767 shares of common stock.
On August 5, 2019, we completed our Secondary Offering, in which we sold 250,000 shares. The shares were sold at a public offering price of $160.00 per share for net proceedschanging operating activities related to the Company of approximately $37.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $1.5 million and issuance costs of approximately $1.1 million payable by us. Total Secondary Offering costs paid in 2019 were approximately $2.2 million, of which approximately $1.1 million was capitalized to reflect the costs associated with the issuance of new shares and offset against proceeds from the Secondary Offering. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders in the Secondary Offering.
The consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020 include the accounts of the Company and its foreign subsidiaries, Beyond Meat EU B.V.Jerky and BYND JX. All inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Subsequent toassumed the year ended December 31, 2020, on January 25, 2021, we entered into The PLANeT Partnership, LLC, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack and
58


beverage products made from plant-based protein. We believe the joint venture will allow us to reach more consumers by entering new product categories and distribution channels, increasing accessibility to plant-based protein around the world.
Our primary production facilities are located in Columbia, Missouri, and research and development and administrative offices are located in El Segundo, California. In addition to our own production facilities, we use co-manufacturers in various locations in the United States, Canada and the Netherlands. In the second quarter of 2020, we acquired our first manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands. This facility completed operational testing of dry blend production in late 2020 and is expected to begin commercial trial runs in the second quarter of 2021. We also announced the official opening of a new co-manufacturing facility, built by our distributor in the Netherlands, to be usedresponsibilities for Beyond Meat production. InJerky in the thirdfourth quarter of 2020,2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, we and BYND JX entered into an investment agreement and related factory leasing contractmade the decision to design and develop manufacturing facilities in the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone to manufacture plant-based meat products underdiscontinue the Beyond Meat brand in China. Renovations in the leased facility commenced at the end of 2020 with trial production expected in the first quarter of 2021 and full-scale end-to-end production expected by the end of the second quarter of 2021.Jerky product line.
On October 30, 2020, we acquired certain assets including land, building, manufacturing equipment and assembled workforce from one of our former co-manufacturers for cash consideration of $14.5 million, subject to adjustment for customary prorations, transfer taxes, escrow holdbacks and other adjustments. Expenses related to this acquisition amounted to $1.0 million. As part of this transaction, we also acquired an assembled workforce of approximately 180 employees. We are using this manufacturing facility primarily for the production of our finished goods. See Note 5, Asset Acquisition, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, on January 14, 2021, we entered into a 12-year lease with two 5-year renewal options to house our corporate headquarters, lab and innovation space in El Segundo, California. See Note 14, Subsequent Events, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Our sales growth in 2020 was negatively impacted by COVID-19. Net revenues increaseddecreased to $406.8$343.4 million in 20202023 from $297.9$418.9 million in 2019 and $87.9 million in 2018,2022, representing a 115% compound annual growth rate over a two-year period, compared to a 202% compound growth rate over a two-year period in 2019.an 18.0% reduction. We have generated losses fromsince inception. Net loss in 2020, 20192023 and 20182022 was $52.8 million, $12.4$338.1 million and $29.9$366.1 million, respectively, as we invested in innovation and growth of our business.
We operate on a fiscal calendar year, and each interim quarter is comprised of one 5-week period and two 4-week periods, with each week ending on a Saturday. Our fiscal year always begins on January 1 and ends on December 31. As a result, our first and fourth fiscal quarters may have more or fewer days included than a traditional 91-day fiscal quarter.
Impact of COVID-19 on Our Business

The COVID-19 pandemic has had, and we expect will continue to have certain negative impacts on our business. COVID-19 has led governments and other authorities around the world to implement significant measures intended to control the spread of the virus, including social distancing measures, business closures or restrictions on operations, quarantines and travel bans. While some of these restrictions have been lifted or eased in many jurisdictions as the rates of COVID-19 infections have decreased or stabilized, a resurgence of COVID-19 and the discovery of various new COVID-19 variants in some markets has slowed, halted or reversed the reopening process altogether.
In the fourth quarter of 2020, the FDA approved the distribution of various COVID-19 vaccines for emergency use. Other COVID-19 vaccines have also been approved for emergency use in other countries or are pending approval in the U.S. While the rollout of the vaccines is currently underway in the United States, we expect that it will take significant time before the vaccines are widely available on a significant scale.
59


As government authorities around the world continue to implement significant measures intended to control the spread of the virus and institute restrictions on commercial operations, while at the same time rolling our vaccines and implementing multi-step policies with the goal of re-opening certain markets, we are working to ensure our compliance while also maintaining business continuity for essential operations in our facilities. We have established a cross-functional task force that meets regularly and continually monitors and tracks relevant data including guidance from local, national and international health agencies. This task force works closely with our senior leadership and is instrumental in making critical, timely decisions and is committed to continuing to communicate to our employees as more information is available to share.
While our manufacturing facilities remain operational, beginning in March 2020 employees at our corporate headquarters began working remotely. For essential activities at our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center, we are strictly limiting the number of employees allowed in the building and have implemented physical distancing protocols, mandatory face coverings, temperature screening of all personnel entering the site, and comprehensive preventative hygienic measures to support the health and safety of our employees. We expect our corporate headquarters employees to remain working remotely pending further notice and guidelines from local, state and federal agencies. At our manufacturing facilities, we have implemented a series of physical distancing and hygienic practices to further support the health and safety of our manufacturing employees. Our manufacturing employees are all being monitored for COVID-19 symptoms, including temperature screening of all personnel entering the site; and are following strict COVID-19 suggested Personal Protective Equipment guidelines per United States Centers for Disease Control and World Health Organization, including mandatory face coverings, increased hand washing and significantly increased sanitation of hard surfaces. All non-essential company-sponsored travel has been suspended and field marketing activities have been curbed due to the COVID-19-related restrictions.
COVID-19 had a significant negative impact on our foodservice channel net revenues in 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2020, foodservice channel net revenues were $106.2 million compared to $153.1 million in the prior year. Various regions around the world implemented stay-at-home orders, social distancing measures and various restrictions on commercial operations, resulting in the closure or limited operations of many of our foodservice customers. Such closures or scaled back operations have also resulted in delays in tests or launches of our products among our foodservice customers and negatively impacted the rate of our growth. Although certain of these restrictions have been lifted pursuant to multi-step reopening plans and exceptions to allow for carry-out and delivery, which enabled certain of our customers to continue to generate business, we continue to experience a significant deterioration in sales to foodservice customers. Excluding our sales to large QSR customers, our foodservice channel has broad exposure to certain markets within that channel that have been disproportionately affectedweak demand, driven by COVID-19. These include, among others: amusement parks; academic institutions; hospitality; corporate catering services; movie theaters; sports arenas; and bars and pubs. As such, we continue to expect recovery in our foodservice channel net revenues to generally lag the broader foodservice sector.
In response to the recent COVID-19 resurgence and the discovery of new COVID-19 variants in some markets, new lockdowns, curfews and other restrictive measures are being imposed which have slowed, halted or reversed the reopening process altogether, and may adversely impact the foodservice recovery. We continue to partner with our QSR and foodservice customers during this challenging environment. During 2020, we offered promotional programs to many of our foodservice partners to allow them to offer our products to consumers at reduced price points or on other promotional terms. While we began to see some improvementprolonged softness in demand in the category and for our foodservice channel during the thirdproducts in certain channels and fourth quarters of 2020, amid relaxed stay-at-home orders in some states, the environment remains highly uncertain given the ongoing pandemic and recent COVID-19 resurgenceregions, increased competition and the discoverylingering effects of new COVID-19 variants. As a result, it is unclear how long it will take for foodservice demand to return to pre-pandemic levels, if at all. We expect revenuesCOVID, among other things, resulted in declines in our foodservice channel will continuenet revenues that we were unable to offset with commensurate cost reductions. In 2023, our operating environment continued to be negatively impactedaffected by uncertainty related to macroeconomic issues, including prolonged and further softening of demand in 2021.
At the same time while foodservice channel net revenues declined, our retail channel net revenues increased. During the second quarter of 2020, we experienced a meaningful increase in retail demand as consumers shifted toward more at-home consumption. In response to the deterioration in the foodservice
60


channel and the significant shift in consumer preferences to retail, beginning in the second quarter of 2020 and continuing into the beginning of the third quarter of 2020, we re-purposed and re-routed a certain portion of our existing foodservice inventory into retail SKUs. These activities led to increased net revenues in our retail channel but negatively impacted our gross profit and gross margin due to increased expenses associated with such activities, additional inventory reserves and the write-off of unrecoverable portions of the original foodservice inventory items.
Following the retail surge in the second quarter of 2020 amid panic buying in response to COVID-19, the level of retail demand meaningfully slowed during the second half of 2020 consistent with broader market trends across grocery foodstuffs and the plant-based meat category, as stay-at-home ordershigh inflation, higher interest rates, and commercial restrictions were relaxed. Our net revenues inconcerns about the retail channel during the second halflikelihood of 2020, as compared to the prior-year period, were primarily driven by our expansion in total retail outlets, higher sales velocity at existing retail outletsa recession, among other things, all of which have had and new product introductions. We also continued to offer promotional and reduced pricing to certain of our retail customers and higher trade discounts in the second half of 2020 to encourage greater consumer trial and adoption of our products. As COVID-19 rates surge in numerous regions of the world, the environment is continuously evolving and remains highly uncertain. It is therefore difficult to predict the level of retail demand going forward.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, our retail and foodservice channels accounted for approximately 73.9% and 26.1% of our net revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our retail and foodservice channels accounted for approximately 48.6% and 51.4% of our net revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2020, our U.S. and international channels accounted for approximately 79.9% and 20.1% of our net revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our U.S. and international channels accounted for approximately 67.1% and 32.9% of our net revenues, respectively. The change in mix of our distribution channels has been significant since the start of the COVID-19 pandemic, which is likely tocould continue to cause fluctuation in our quarterly results pending its duration, magnitude and effects.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, in the second quarter of 2020 we undertook our Feed A Million+ campaign, where we, with the support of our brand ambassadors and other partners, donated and distributed more than one million Beyond Burgers and nourishing meals at no cost to food banks, healthcare workers, frontline responders and communities in need across the country.
At December 31, 2020, our inventory balances increased 49% compared to the levels at December 31, 2019, primarily due to a 127% increase in raw materials and packaging, specifically our core pea protein isolate received pursuant to agreed-upon delivery schedules to meet our anticipated product demand which did not materialize as expected. We also incurred $4.8 million in costs attributable to COVID-19 from inventory write-offs and reserves associated with foodservice products determined to be unsalable.
We source ingredients from multiple suppliers from around the world. We also maintain inventory positions near our manufacturing operations, as well as floor stock agreements with many of our vendors. With respect to pea protein, given the nature of our contractual commitments, our volume deliveries are front loaded during the year in anticipation of higher demand levels during the summer season. Given that we scaled back our production in response to COVID-19 and to reduce our existing finished goods and work in process inventory levels, we have seen an increase in our pea protein stocks. However, in light of the expected shelf life of our pea protein raw materials, we do not believe there is a risk of inventory obsolescence of these raw materials at this time.
It is challenging to estimate the extent of the adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemicunforeseen impacts on our results of operations, due to continued uncertainty regarding the duration, magnitude and effects of the COVID-19 pandemic (including any resurgences), impact of the new COVID-19 variants, rollout and uptake of the COVID-19 vaccines and the public’s willingness to receive them, potential supply chain or manufacturing disruptions, and the magnitude of reduced customer traffic at our foodservice customers, or the extent to which this reduction may be offset by increased retail demand, or increasing consumer awareness of the benefits of plant-based meat products. We also are unable to predict whether the increase in demand by our retail
61


customers will resume at the levels experienced in the second quarter of 2020 or continue to be subject to the downward pressure seen in the second half of 2020. While the ultimate health and economic impact of COVID-19 is highly uncertain, we expect that our business operations and results of operations, including ouractual realized results. Our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows willhave been and may continue to be adversely impacted through 2021,in 2024 and beyond by the following:
unfavorable changes in our product sales mix, including the launch of new products, which may carry lower margin profiles relative to existing products, increased sales to strategic QSR customers, generally carrying a lower selling price per pound as a result of:percentage of our total sales, and changing demand for our core products;


continued weak demand and its resultant impact on our sales due to slower category growth, particularly for refrigerated plant-based meat, unfavorable changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of plant-based meats and increased competitive activity;
deceleration of the adoption of plant-based meat across Europe and our ability to successfully launch extended shelf-life products, which could negatively impact our ability to expand distribution of our products;
the impact of high inflation and the plant-based meat sector’s premium pricing relative to animal protein, which have caused and could continue to cause consumers to trade down into cheaper forms of protein, including animal meat, beans and other non-animal meat protein sources;
negative impacts on capacity utilization as a result of lower than anticipated revenues, which have in the foodservice channel from decreased foot trafficpast and could in foodservice establishmentsthe future give rise to increased costs per unit, underutilization fees and termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product lines, and/or the write-down or write-off of certain equipment, driving less leverage on fixed costs and delaying the speed at which cost savings initiatives positively impact our financial results;
changes in forecasted demand, including for our core products—namely Beyond Burger, Beyond Beef, and Beyond Sausage—and others;
changes in operating and distribution activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky, including the impact of discontinuing the product line;
managing inventory levels, including sales to liquidation channels and the level of demand shift from foodserviceinventory provision;
changes in our pricing strategy, including actions intended to retail business;improve our price competitiveness relative to competing products or to improve profitability;
increased unit cost of goods sold due to lower production volumes in response to weaker demand, which has and may continue in the future to adversely impact coverage of fixed production costs within our manufacturing facilities;
increased unit cost of goods sold due to input cost inflation, including higher transportation, raw materials, energy, labor and supply chain costs;
increased promotional programs and trade discounts or a failure or reduction in the efficacy of such programs to our retail and foodservice customers, including to bolster support for our core products, and shifts in product and channel mix resulting in negative impacts on our gross margins;
potential disruption to theour supply chain generally caused by distribution and other logistical issues;issues, including the impact of cyber incidents at suppliers and vendors; and
potential disruption or closurelabor needs at the Company, as well as in the supply chain and at customers.
Cost-Reduction Initiatives and Global Operations Review
In response to the current difficult environment and the negative impact of certain factors on our business and the overall plant-based meat category, beginning in 2022 we pivoted our focus toward sustainable long-term growth supported by three pillars: (1) driving margin recovery and operating expense reduction through the implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms; (2) inventory reduction and cash flow generation through more efficient inventory management; and (3) focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting strategic key long-term partners and opportunities. Based on cost reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses, in August 2022 and October 2022, we implemented reductions in force affecting approximately 4% and 19%, respectively, of our facilities or thoseglobal workforce.


To further reduce operating expenses, in November 2023, we announced that we were initiating a review of our suppliersglobal operations (the “Global Operations Review”), narrowing our commercial focus to certain growth opportunities, and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts may include the exit or co-manufacturers due to employee contractiondiscontinuation of COVID-19;
the timing and success of strategic partnership launches and resumption of any expansion plans for ourselect product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels; accelerated, cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; and the continued review of our operations in China. As part of this review, on November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce).
The following table summarizes the non-cash charges recorded in our consolidated statement of operations for those QSR customers who are in trial or test phase;
reduced consumer confidence and consumer spending (includingthe year ended December 31, 2023 as a result of lower discretionary income dueour Global Operations Review:
(in thousands)
Non-cash charges recorded in cost of goods sold:
Incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory(1)
$38,045 
Accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets(2)
23,860 
Write-off of prepaid raw materials cost5,000 
Total non-cash charges recorded in cost of goods sold$66,905 
Non-cash charges recorded in operating expenses :
Accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets recorded in research and development expenses$962 
Loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets recorded in SG&A expenses to fair value16,639 
Total non-cash charges recorded in operating expenses$17,601 
Total$84,506
__________
(1) Includes $16.5 million associated with Beyond Meat Jerky. As part of our ongoing Global Operations Review, we made the decision to unemployment or reduced or limited work as a result of measures taken in response todiscontinue the pandemic), including spending to purchase our products; and negative trends in consumer purchasing patterns due to consumers’ disposable income, credit availability and debt levels;Beyond Meat Jerky product line.
(2) Includes $3.6 million associated with Beyond Meat Jerky fixed assets.

We may not be able to fully realize the cost savings and benefits initially anticipated from our cost-reduction initiatives and Global Operations Review, and the realized costs may be greater than expected. See Part I,continued foodservice customer closures (including re-closures in connection with resurgences of COVID-19) or further reduced operations;
Item 1A. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic initiatives to improve our ability to introduce new foodservice products as QSRcost structure could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and other partners look to simplify menu offerings as a result of the pandemic;
changes in the retail landscape, including the timing and level of trade and promotion discounts, our ability to grow market share and increase household penetration, repeat buying rates and purchase frequency, and our ability to maintain and increase sales velocity of our products;
the pace and success of new product introductions;
the uncertain economic and political outlook in the U.S. and worldwide;
uncertainty in the length of recovery time for the U.S. and world economies; and
disruptions in our ability to expand to new international locations.
In 2020, we focused on navigating these recent challenges presented by COVID-19 through offensive measures, such as switching foodservice production lines over to retail products, selling retail value packs and offering aggressive pricing with a strategic opportunity to encourage consumer trials, as well as defensive measures focused on reducing or delaying discretionary spending in areas where effectiveness has been impeded by the pandemic, and streamlining operations, including furloughs and headcount reductions in light of inventory levels, demand shifts and company-wide capacity planning. In 2021, we may take similarnot realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions, if necessary, which will continue to negatively impact our gross margins and profitability into 2021. Future events and effects related to COVID-19 cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates including achieving and/or forecasts.sustaining cash flow positive operations.
62


Components of Our Results of Operations and Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business
Net Revenues
We generate net revenues primarily from sales of our products to our customers across mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club convenience store and natural retailer channels, and various food-away-from-home channels, including restaurants, foodservice outlets and schools, mainly in the United States. To make plant-based meat accessible to more consumers, in August 2020, we launched an e-commerce siteStates and began offeringthe EU.
We present our products direct to consumers in bulk packs, mixed product bundles, limited-time offers, and trial packs.
Effective January 1, 2020, we began presenting net revenues by geography and distribution channel as follows:

Distribution ChannelDescription
U.S. Retail
Net revenues from retail sales to the U.S. market and, sales to TPP, our joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc.(1)
U.S. FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to the U.S. market
International RetailNet revenues from retail sales to international markets, including Canada
International FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to international markets, including Canada
_________________________
(1) IncludesThere were no net revenues from direct-to-consumer sales.associated with Beyond Meat Jerky sold to TPP in the second half of 2023 as we assumed distribution responsibilities in the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line.

Net revenues from sales to the Canadian market, previously included with net revenues from sales to the U.S. market, have been reclassified to International net revenues. Prior period amounts have been recast to conform to the current period presentation. The foregoing change in presentation had no impact on our net revenues, results of operations or cash flows.
Effective January 1, 2020, we also eliminated the presentation of net revenues by platform as it is no longer material to an understanding of our financial results. Previously, we presented net revenues by platform for our “ready-to-cook” or fresh platform, and “ready-to-heat” or frozen platform. Gross revenues from sales of products in our frozen platform were 5.5% of gross revenues in the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 16.3% of gross revenues in the year ended December 31, 2018.
The following table presents our 2019 quarterly net revenues by channel (unaudited):

Three Months Ended
(in thousands)March 30,
2019
June 29,
2019
September 28,
2019
December 31,
2019
U.S.:
Retail$19,461 $30,531 $44,170 $35,221 
Foodservice8,834 16,504 18,359 26,675 
U.S. net revenues28,295 47,035 62,529 61,896 
International:
Retail118 3,589 6,295 5,424 
Foodservice11,793 16,627 23,137 31,159 
International net revenues11,911 20,216 29,432 36,583 
Net revenues$40,206 $67,251 $91,961 $98,479 

63


The following factors and trends in our business have driven net revenue growth over prior periods and are expected to be key drivers of our net revenue growth over time, subject to the ultimate duration, magnitude and effects of COVID-19:challenges discussed above:
increased penetration across our retail channel, including mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser, club convenience store and natural retailer channels, and our foodservice channel, including increased desire by foodservice establishments, including large full service restaurantsFull Service Restaurant and/or global QSR customers, to add plant-based products to their menus and to highlight and retain these offerings;
the strength and breadth of our partnerships with global QSR restaurants and retail and foodservice customers;
the success of our pivot to focus on sustainable long-term growth, including focusing on near-term retail and foodservice growth drivers while supporting strategic key long-term partners and opportunities, and intensifying focus on channels and geographies that are exhibiting revenue growth;
distribution expansion, increased sales velocity, household penetration, and repeat purchases, buying rates (amount spent per buyer) and purchase frequency across our channels;channels, including the success of promotional programs at attracting new users to the plant-based meat category;
increased international sales of our products across geographies, markets and channels as we continueseek to expand the breadth and depth of our international distribution and grow our numbers of international customers;
our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time;
our continued innovation and product commercialization, including enhancing existing products such as the recent announcement of our Beyond IV generation of products, and introducing new products such as Beyond Meatballs, Beyond Breakfast Sausage Patties and Beyond Breakfast Sausage Links, across our plant-based platforms that appeal to a broad range of consumers, includingspecifically those who typically eat animal-based meat;
enhanced marketing efforts and the success thereof, as we continue to build our brand, use our portfolio and marketing to directly counter misinformation about our products and category, amplify our value proposition around taste, health and sustainability,planet, serve as a best-in-class partner to strategicboth retail and other QSR


foodservice customers to support product development and category management, and drive consumer adoption of our products, including scaling our Go Beyond marketing campaign, which seeksproducts;
investment in in-store execution and field resources focused on shelf availability and presentation, particularly in the U.S. refrigerated meat case, to mobilize our ambassadors to welcome consumers to the brand, define the category and remain its leader, and the launch of our What if We all Go Beyond? brand anthem, inviting consumers to see how over time through small changes, such as what you put at the center of your plate, there can be a meaningful collective impact on human health and the health of our planet;drive increased sales;
overall market trends, including growing consumer awareness and demand for nutritious, convenient and high protein plant-based foods; and
increased production levels as we scale production to meet demand for our products across our distribution channels both domestically and internationally.
In addition to the factors and trends above, we expect the following to positively impact net revenues going forward, subject to the ultimate duration, magnitude and effects of COVID-19:
expansion of our own internal production facilities domestically and abroad to produce our woven proteins, blends of flavor systems and binding systems, and finished goods, while pursuing additional relationships with co-manufacturers; and
localized production and third-partythird party partnerships to improve our cost of production and increase the availability, accessibility and speed with which we can get our products to customers internationally.
We distribute our products internationally in more than 80 countries worldwide as of December 31, 2020. In addition to our own production facilities, we use co-manufacturers in various locations in the United States, Canada and the Netherlands. International net revenues decreased 16.5% in the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared 2019, primarily due to the decline in international foodservice net revenues attributable to COVID-19.
As we seek to continue to rapidly grow our net revenues, we continue to face several challenges. The extentchallenges, including prolonged, weakened demand within the plant-based meat category overall, broad macroeconomic headwinds, including elevated levels of COVID-19’s effect oninflation, higher interest rates, waning consumer confidence and recessionary concerns, adverse changes in consumers’ perceptions about the health attributes of our operationalproducts, increased competitive activity in the plant-based meat category, and financial performance will depend on future developments, includingglobal events such as the duration, spread and intensity of COVID-19 (including any resurgences), impact of the new COVID-19 variantswar in Ukraine and the rolloutconflict in Israel, Gaza and uptakesurrounding areas and their potential impact on availability of COVID-19 vaccines, and the level of social and economic restrictions imposed in the United States and abroad in an effort to curb the spread of the virus, all of which are uncertain
64


and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. For example, the impact of COVID-19 on anyraw materials and/or distribution of our suppliers, co-manufacturers, distributors or transportation or logistics providers may negatively affect the price and availability of our ingredients and/or packaging materials and impact our supply chain. Additionally, if we are forced to scale back hours of production or close our production facilities or our Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center in response to COVID-19, we expect our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. In addition, our growth strategy to expand our operations internationally may be impeded. We expect to also continue to be impacted by decreased customer and consumer demand as a result of event cancellations and social distancing, government-imposed restrictions on public gatherings and businesses, shelter-in place orders and temporary restaurant and retail store closures and operating restrictions. The uncertainty created by COVID-19 significantly increases the difficulty in forecasting operating results and strategic planning. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of COVID-19 on our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. However, the pandemic has had and may continue to have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows and may adversely impact the trading price of our common stock. While the ultimate economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is highly uncertain, we expect that the adverse impact of COVID-19 pandemic on our business operations and results of operations, including our net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows, will continue into 2021. Future events and effects related to the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates or forecasts.products.
We routinely offer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on-shelf price reductions, buy-one-get-one-free programs, off-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. We anticipate that over time we will need to continue to offer more trade and promotion discounts to both our retail and foodservice customers, to drive increased consumer trialtrials and in response to COVID-19.changing consumer and customer behavior and increased competition and pressure on the plant-based meat category. The expense associated with these discounts and promotions is estimated and recorded as a reduction in total gross revenues in order to arrive at reported net revenues. At the end of each accounting period, we recognize a contra asset to “Accounts receivable” for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid which totaled $6.9 million and $4.6 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. We anticipate that these promotional activities will impact our net revenues as well as negatively impact our gross margins and profitability and that changescontinue to face increasing competition across all channels, especially if consumers continue to trade down among proteins in such activities will impact period-over-period results.the context of significant inflationary pressure.
In addition, because we do not have any purchase commitments from our distributors or customers, the amount of net revenues we recognize has varied and will vary in the future, from period to period depending on the volume, timing and the channels through which our products are sold, and the impact of customer orders ahead of holidays, causing variability in our results. Similarly, the timing of retail shelf resets are not within our control, and to the extent that retail customers change the timing of such events, variability of our results may also increase. Lower customer orders ahead of holidays, shifts in customer shelf reset activity and changes in order patterns of one or more of our large retail customers could cause a significant fluctuation in our quarterly results and could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.
WeOur financial performance also depends on our operational effectiveness and ability to fulfill orders in full and on time. Disruptions in our supply chain could affect customer demand, orders that may not materialize due to delayed deliveries and subsequent lost sales that we may not be able to recover in full, or at all.
Further, we may not be able to recapture missed opportunities in later periods, for example if the opportunity is related to a significant grilling holiday like Memorial Day weekend, the Fourth of July, or Labor Day weekend. Missed opportunities may also result in missing subsequent additional opportunities. Internal and external operational issues therefore may impact the amount and variability of our results.
Seasonality
Generally, we expect to face increasing competition across all channels, especially as additional plant-based protein product brandsexperience greater demand for certain of our products during the U.S. summer grilling season. In 2023, 2022 and 2021, U.S. retail channel net revenues during the second quarter were 10%, 16% and 21% higher than the first quarter, respectively. While we expected to continue to entersee additional seasonality effects in 2023, as compared to 2022 and 2021, we saw more muted effects from seasonality in the marketplace.


third and fourth quarters of 2023 as compared to the prior-year period and the second quarter of 2023, primarily reflecting weak category demand and pricing actions. In general, any historical effects of seasonality have been more pronounced within our U.S. retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel generally tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year, driven by increased levels of grilling activity, higher levels of purchasing by customers ahead of holidays, the impact of customer shelf reset activity and the timing of product restocking by our retail customers. In an environment of heightened uncertainty from recessionary and inflationary pressures, prolonged weakness in the plant-based meat category, competition and other factors impacting our business, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Gross profit consists of our net revenues less cost of goods sold. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of our net revenues. Our cost of goods sold primarily consists of the cost of raw materials including ingredients and ingredients for our products,packaging, co-manufacturing fees, direct and indirect labor and certain supply costs, co-manufacturing fees, in-boundinbound and internal shipping and handling costs incurred in manufacturing our products, warehouse storage fees, plant and equipment overhead, depreciation and amortization expense, as well as theprovision for excess and obsolete inventory, and accelerated depreciation on write-offs and disposals of certain fixed assets. Under certain circumstances, our cost of packaging our products. In anticipation of future growth, we have had to very quickly scale production and expand our sources of supply for our core protein inputs such as pea protein. Our growth hasgoods sold may also significantly increased facility and warehouse utilization rates.
We intend to continue to increase our production capabilities at our two in-house manufacturing facilities in Columbia, Missouri, while expandinginclude underutilization and/or termination fees associated with our co-manufacturing capacityagreements. Gross profit and exploring additional production facilities domestically and abroad. In the second quarter of 2020, we acquired our first manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands. This facility completed operational testing of dry blend production in late 2020 and is expected to begin commercial trial runsgross margin in the second quarter of 2021. In addition, in June 2020 we announcedyear ended December 31, 2023 as compared to the official opening ofprior-year periods were positively impacted by lower manufacturing costs including lower depreciation expense resulting from a new co-manufacturing facility, built by our distributorchange in the Netherlands, to be used for Beyond Meat production. In the third quarterestimated useful lives of 2020, we and BYND JX entered into an investment
65


agreement and related factory leasing contract to design and develop manufacturing facilities to manufacture plant-based meat products under the Beyond Meat brand in China. Renovations in the leased facility commenced at the end of 2020 with trial production expected in the first quarter of 2021 and full-scale end-to-end production expected by the end of the second quarter of 2021. On October 30, 2020, we acquired certain assets including land, building, manufacturing equipment and assembled workforce from one of our former co-manufacturers. We are using thislarge manufacturing facility for the production of our finished goods.equipment. See Note 56, Asset Acquisition,Property, Plant and Equipment, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. Acquisition of these assets is expected to allow us to reduce manufacturing and packaging costs through vertical integration and provide opportunities for us to test new processes and scale new products more quickly. As a result of these expansion initiatives, we expect our cost of goods sold in absolute dollars to increase to support our growth.
In addition, in responseSubject to the deteriorationrecessionary and inflationary pressures, competition, prolonged weakness in the foodservice channelplant-based meat category and the significant shift in consumer preferencesother factors impacting our business, which are discussed above, we continue to retail, beginning in the second quarter of 2020 and continuing into the beginning of the third quarter of 2020, we re-purposed and re-routed a certain portion of our existing foodservice inventory into retail SKUs. In the third and fourth quarters of 2020, we wrote off inventory associated with foodservice products determined to be unsalable. These activities increased our costs of goods sold and negatively impacted ourexpect that long-term gross profit and gross margin in 2020.
Although our anticipated cost reductions didn’t materialize in 2020 primarily due to the impact of COVID-19, subject to the ultimate duration, magnitude and effects of COVID-19, we continue to expect that gross profit improvements will be delivered primarily through through:
implementation of lean value streams across our beef, pork and poultry platforms;
reviewing and adjusting our pricing architecture within certain channels;
exiting select product lines in order to eliminate margin-dilutive products or to streamline our supply chain operations;
improved volume leverage and throughput, throughput;
reduced manufacturing conversion costs driven in part by network consolidation and optimization of our production network;
greater internalization and geographic localization of our manufacturing footprint and expansion of our own internal production facilities domestically and abroad to produce our woven proteins, blends of flavor systems and binding systems, and footprint;
finished goods, materials and packaging input cost reductions tolling feeand scale of purchasing;
end-to-end production processes across a greater proportion of our manufacturing network;
scale-driven efficiencies in procurement and fixed cost absorption;
product and process innovations and reformulations; and
improved supply chain logistics and distribution costs. We are also working to improve gross
Gross margin through ingredient cost savings achieved through scale of purchasing and through expanding our co-manufacturing network while negotiating lower tolling fees. We intend to pass some of these cost savings on to the consumer as we pursue our goal to achieve price parity with animal protein in at least one of our product categories by 2024.
Margin improvement may, however, may continue to be negatively impacted by reduced capacity utilization if demand for our focus on growingproducts continues to decline, investments in our customer base, volume deleveraging,production infrastructure across the U.S., EU and China in advance of anticipated demand, which may not materialize within the expected timeframe, investing in production personnel, partnerships and product pipeline, aggressive pricing strategies


and increased discounting, expandingincreases in inventory provision, write-down or write-off of obsolete inventory and potentially increased sales to liquidation channels at lower prices, changes in our product and customer sales mix, expansion into new geographies and markets enhancingwhere cost and pricing structures may differ from our production infrastructure, improving our innovation capabilities, enhancing ourexisting markets, and underutilization fees, termination fees and other costs to exit certain supply chain arrangements and product offeringslines. Gross margin improvement may also be negatively impacted by the impact of inflation, increasing labor costs, materials costs and increasing consumer engagement.transportation costs.
Operating Expenses
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and share-based compensation, scale-up expenses, and depreciation and amortization expenseexpenses on research and development assets.assets, and facility lease costs. Our research and development efforts are focused on enhancements to our existing product formulations and production processes in addition to the development of new products. We expect to continue to invest substantial amounts in research and development over time, as research and development and innovation are core elements of our business strategy, and we believe they represent a critical competitive advantage for us. We believe that we need to continue to rapidly innovate in order to continue to capture a larger market share of consumers who typically eat animal-based meats. Over timeWe decreased our research and subject to the ultimate duration, magnitudedevelopment expenses in 2023 and effects of COVID-19, we expect theseresearch and development expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but2024 to decrease further from the levels in 2023 primarily as a percentageresult of net revenuesthe reduction-in-force implemented in November 2023 and as we continue to scale production volume.
66


focus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
SG&A expenses consist primarily of selling, marketing and administrative expenses, including personnel and related expenses, share-based compensation, outbound shipping and handling costs, non-manufacturing lease expense, depreciation and amortization expense on non-manufacturing and non-research and development assets, charges related to asset write-offs including loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets, consulting fees and other non-production operating expenses. Marketing and selling expenses include advertising costs, share-based compensation awards to brand ambassadors, advertising costs, costs associated with consumer promotions, product donations, product samples and sales aids incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build our brand awareness. Administrative expenses include the expenses related to management, accounting, legal, IT and other office functions.
We decreased SG&A expenses in 2023 and expect SG&A expenses in absolute dollars2024 to increasedecrease further from the levels in 2023, as we increasefocus on reducing and optimizing operating expenses more broadly, including as part of the implementation of lean value streams across our domesticbeef, pork and international expansion effortspoultry platforms.
Reduction-In-Force
On November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce). This decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2023, we incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $1.8 million in connection with the reduction-in-force, primarily consisting of notice period and incur costsseverance payments, employee benefits and related costs. These charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023, and the reduction-in-force was substantially complete by the end of 2023.
In aggregate, in 2024, the reduction-in-force, combined with the elimination of certain open positions, is expected to result in approximately $9.5 million to $10.5 million in cash operating expense savings, and an additional approximately $1.0 million to $2.0 million in non-cash savings related to our status as a public company. In response to COVID-19, we expect to continue to undertake measures focused on reducing or delaying discretionary spending in areas where effectiveness has been impeded by the pandemic, and streamlining operations, including potential furloughs and headcount reductions, in light of inventory levels, demand shifts and company-wide capacity planning.
We have historically had a very small sales force, with only nine full-time sales employees as of December 31, 2017 growing to 36 full-time sales employees as of December 31, 2020. As we continue to grow, including internationally, we expect to expand our sales force to address additional opportunities,previously granted, unvested stock-based compensation which would substantially increasehave vested in 2024. See Part I, Item 1A. Risk Factors— Risks Related to Our Business—Our strategic initiatives to improve our selling expense. Our administrative expenses are expected to increase as a public company with increased personnel cost in accounting, legal, ITstructure could have long-term adverse effects on our business, and compliance-related functions.we may not realize the operational or financial benefits from such actions, including achieving and/or sustaining cash flow positive operations.


Restructuring Expenses
In May 2017, management approved a plan to terminate an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers. ForOn October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a discussion of these expenses, seeconfidential written settlement agreement and mutual release in connection with this matter. See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 1110, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Seasonality
Generally, we expect to experience greater demand for certain of our products during the summer grilling season. In 2020, the impact of COVID-19, and in each of 2019 and 2018, the strong net revenue growth compared to the previous year, masked this seasonal impact. As our business continues to grow, we expect to see additional seasonality effects, especially within our retail channel, with revenue contribution from this channel tending to be greater in the second and third quarters of the year. In an environment of uncertainty from the impact of COVID-19, we are unable to assess the ultimate impact on the demand for our products as a result of seasonality.
Results of Operations
The following table sets forth selected items in our consolidated statements of operations for the respective periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)202020192018(in thousands)202320222021
Net revenuesNet revenues$406,785 $297,897 $87,934 
Cost of goods soldCost of goods sold284,510 198,141 70,360 
Gross profit122,275 99,756 17,574 
Gross (loss) profit
Research and development expensesResearch and development expenses31,535 20,650 9,587 
Selling, general and administrative expensesSelling, general and administrative expenses133,655 74,726 34,461 
Restructuring expensesRestructuring expenses6,430 4,869 1,515 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses171,620 100,245 45,563 
Loss from operationsLoss from operations$(49,345)$(489)$(27,989)

67


The following table presents selected items in our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of net revenues for the respective periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023202320222021
Net revenuesNet revenues100.0 %100.0 %100.0 %Net revenues100.0 %100.0 %100.0 %
Cost of goods soldCost of goods sold69.9 66.5 80.0 
Gross profit30.1 33.5 20.0 
Gross (loss) profit
Research and development expensesResearch and development expenses7.7 6.9 10.9 
Selling, general and administrative expensesSelling, general and administrative expenses32.9 25.1 39.2 
Restructuring expensesRestructuring expenses1.6 1.6 1.7 
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses42.2 33.7 51.8 
Loss from operationsLoss from operations(12.1)%(0.2)%(31.8)%Loss from operations(99.6)%(81.9)%(37.7)%


Year Ended December 31, 20202023 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 20192022
Net Revenues
Year Ended December 31,Change
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)(in thousands)20202019Amount%(in thousands)20232022Amount%
U.S.:U.S.:
Retail
Retail
RetailRetail$264,111 $129,383 $134,728 104.1 %$155,240 $$234,744 $$(79,504)(33.9)(33.9)%
FoodserviceFoodservice60,763 70,372 (9,609)(13.7)%Foodservice50,647 69,289 69,289 (18,642)(18,642)(26.9)(26.9)%
U.S. net revenuesU.S. net revenues324,874 199,755 125,119 62.6 %U.S. net revenues205,887 304,033 304,033 (98,146)(98,146)(32.3)(32.3)%
International:International:
RetailRetail$36,472 $15,426 $21,046 136.4 %
Retail
Retail$61,723 $60,907 $816 1.3 %
FoodserviceFoodservice45,439 82,716 (37,277)(45.1)%Foodservice75,766 53,993 53,993 21,773 21,773 40.3 40.3 %
International net revenuesInternational net revenues81,911 98,142 (16,231)(16.5)%International net revenues137,489 114,900 114,900 22,589 22,589 19.7 19.7 %
Net revenuesNet revenues$406,785 $297,897 $108,888 36.6 %Net revenues$343,376 $$418,933 $$(75,557)(18.0)(18.0)%
Net revenues in the year ended December 31, 2020 increased by $108.92023 decreased $75.6 million, or 36.6%18.0%, as compared to the prior year driven by a 10.8% decrease in net revenue per pound and an 8.1% decrease in volume of products sold. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by changes in product sales mix and increased trade discounts, partially offset by pricing changes and favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The decrease in volume of products sold primarily reflected weak category demand and the cycling of significant sell-in of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP in 2022. Net revenues from sales of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP were $5.3 million in 2023, as compared to $33.5 million in 2022. Net revenues from retail channel sales decreased 26.6% primarily due to higher trade discounts and reduced pricing, and lower overall demand as a result of a deceleration in growth of the plant-based meat category. Net revenues from foodservice channel sales increased 2.5%, primarily from international foodservice channel sales.
Net revenues from U.S. retail sales in 2023 decreased $79.5 million, or 33.9%, as compared to the prior year. Total volume of products sold decreased 26.4%, primarily reflecting weak category demand and the cycling of significant sell-in of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP in 2022. Net revenue per pound decreased 10.1%. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily driven by higher trade discounts and changes in product sales mix, partially offset by changes in product pricing. By product, the decrease in U.S. retail channel net revenues was primarily due to decreased sales of Beyond Meat Jerky to TPP, Beyond Burger, Beyond Sausage and Beyond Breakfast Sausage, partially offset by increased revenues from sales of Beyond Steak and Beyond Chicken products. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 32,000 U.S. retail outlets as of December 2023, excluding outlets unique to Beyond Meat Jerky.
Net revenues from U.S. foodservice sales in 2023 decreased $18.6 million, or 26.9%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to an increasea 30.2% decrease in volume of products sold, primarily reflecting the cycling of sales to a large QSR customer for a limited time offering in the prior year which did not repeat in 2023, partially offset by lower net price per pound driven by our strategic investments in promotional activity intended to encourage greater consumer trial and adoption and, to a lesser extent, product mix shifts as larger-pack items carrying a lower net price per unit volume accounted for a greater proportion of our retail net revenues compared to the prior-year period. Growth4.8% increase in net revenuesrevenue per pound. The increase in net revenue per pound was primarily due to increased retail channelchanges in product sales resulting from distribution gains both domestically and abroad,mix, partially offset by higher sales velocities at existing retail customers, and contribution from newtrade discounts. By product, introductions. The increasethe decrease in retailU.S. foodservice channel sales was largely offset by a decline in foodservice channel sales as a result of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic and the impact of widespread domestic and international stay-at-home orders, social distancing measures and various restrictions on commercial operations, resulting in the closure or limited operations of many of our foodservice customers. Our foodservice channel has broad exposure to, among others, hotels, academic institutions, amusement parks, sports arenas, movie theaters, convention centers, corporate catering services and bars and pubs, all of which have been disproportionately impacted by COVID-19.
Net revenues from U.S. retail sales in the year ended December 31, 2020 increased $134.7 million, or 104.1%, primarily due to increases indecreased sales of Beyond Beef, Beyond Burgercertain chicken products, which included the impact from a limited time offering at a large QSR customer in 2022 that ended in early 2023, and Beyond Sausage.
68


Approximately 7.7% of the increase in U.S. retail sales in the year ended December 31, 2020 was due to the introduction ofBurger. Beyond Breakfast Sausage during the second quarter of 2020.
Net revenues from U.S. foodservice sales in the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased $9.6 million, or 13.7%, primarily due to decreases in sales of Beyond Burger, Beyond Sausage, Beyond Beef Crumble and Beyond Meatball, primarily due to the impact of COVID-19, partially offset by increases in sales of Beyond Breakfast Sausage and Beyond Beef. OurMeat branded products were available at approximately 28,000 U.S. retail outlets and 42,00041,000 U.S. foodservice outlets as of December 31, 2020.2023.
Net revenues from international retail channel sales in the year ended December 31, 20202023 increased $21.0$0.8 million, or 136.4%1.3%, primarily due to increases in sales of Beyond Burger, Beyond Sausage and Beyond Beef, and to a lesser extent, due to increases in sales of Beyond Breakfast Sausage, Beyond Meatballs and Beyond Beef Crumble. Net revenues from international foodservice sales in the year ended December 31, 2020 decreased $37.3 million, or 45.1%, primarily due to the impact of COVID-19. Our products were available at approximately 52,000 international retail and foodservice outlets as of December 31, 2020.
The following table presents volume of our products sold in pounds:
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20202019Amount%
U.S.:
Retail45,706 21,347 24,359 114.1 %
Foodservice10,860 11,845 (985)(8.3)%
International:
Retail6,684 2,816 3,868 137.4 %
Foodservice9,281 15,364 (6,083)(39.6)%
Volume of products sold72,531 51,372 21,159 41.2 %
Cost of Goods Sold
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20202019Amount%
Cost of goods sold$284,510 $198,141 $86,369 43.6 %

Cost of goods sold increased by $86.4 million, or 43.6%, in 2020 as compared to the prior year primarily due to a 3.5% increase in volume of products sold, primarily reflecting strong sales from new product introductions and the lapping of a weak year-ago comparison, partially offset by a 2.0% decrease in net revenue per pound. The decrease in net revenue per pound was primarily due to higher trade discounts and pricing changes, partially offset by favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates. By


product, the increase in net revenues was primarily due to increased sales of certain chicken products, including Beyond Chicken Tenders, and Beyond Beef, partially offset by the decreased sales of Beyond Sausage and Beyond Burger. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 36,000 international retail outlets as of December 2023.
Net revenues from international foodservice channel sales in 2023 increased $21.8 million, or 40.3%, as compared to the prior year primarily due to a 59.6% increase in volume of products sold, partially offset by a 12.1% decrease in net revenue per pound. The decrease in net revenue per pound was mainly due to higher trade discounts and changes in product sales mix, partially offset by the impact of favorable foreign currency exchange rates. By product, the increase in net revenues was primarily due to increases in sales of certain chicken products, including sales to a large QSR customer, and Beyond Burger, partially offset by decreased sales of Beyond Sausage and Beyond Beef Crumble. Beyond Meat branded products were available at approximately 24,000 international foodservice outlets as of December 2023.
The following table presents consolidated volume of our products.products sold in pounds for the respective periods presented:
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
U.S.:
Retail32,971 44,784 (11,813)(26.4)%
Foodservice8,923 12,786 (3,863)(30.2)%
International:
Retail13,909 13,435 474 3.5 %
Foodservice22,272 13,951 8,321 59.6 %
Volume of products sold78,075 84,956 (6,881)(8.1)%
Cost of Goods Sold
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
Cost of goods sold$426,031 $442,676 $(16,645)(3.8)%
Cost of goods sold decreased by $16.6 million, or 3.8%, to $426.0 million in 2023 as compared to the prior year. As a percentage of net revenues, cost of goods sold increased to 124.1% of net revenues in 2023 from 105.7% of net revenues in the prior year. The increasedecrease in cost of goods sold was alsoprimarily due to lower absorptionvolume of products sold and, to a lesser extent, increased cost per pound. On a per pound basis, cost of goods sold was impacted by higher provision for excess and obsolete inventory and accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs and disposals of certain fixed overheadassets, partially offset by lower logistics costs, lower manufacturing costs and lower materials costs. The introduction of Beyond Meat Jerky in the first quarter of 2022 negatively impacted cost per pound in 2022 but had a substantially lower impact in 2023 as we scaled back productiona result of meaningfully reduced sales of Beyond Meat Jerky to reduce inventory levels.TPP in 2023 as compared to 2022. In the year ended December 31, 2023, depreciation expense benefited by $19.0 million as a result of a change in the estimated useful lives of certain of our large manufacturing equipment, relative to depreciation expense utilizing our previous estimated useful lives. See Note 6, Property, Plant and Equipment, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report. Cost of goods sold in 20202022 included $10.8$22.6 million in write offwrite-offs of excess and obsolete inventories relatedand $1.0 million in write-down of inventory to the impactlower of COVID-19 including product repacking activities to repurpose certain foodservice inventory, and charges and write offs associated with foodservice products determined to be unsalable. cost or net realizable value.
Cost of goods sold in 20192023 included $6.4$66.9 million in write off ofcosts resulting from our Global Operations Review including incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventories.
Gross Profitinventory, accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs or disposals of fixed assets, and Gross Margin
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20202019Amount%
Gross profit$122,275 $99,756 $22,519 22.6 %
Gross margin30.1 %33.5 %N/AN/A

write-off of prepaid raw materials cost. In addition, cost of goods sold in
69


2023 included contract termination costs associated with certain co-manufacturing agreements in the amount of $4.4 million and additional specific provision, primarily for inventory associated with a large QSR customer in the amount of $6.1 million. Cost of goods sold in 2022 included contract termination and underutilization fees associated with a certain co-manufacturing agreement in the amounts of $4.1 million and $5.0 million, respectively.
Gross (Loss) Profit and Gross Margin
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
Gross (loss) profit$(82,655)$(23,743)$(58,912)248.1 %
Gross margin(24.1)%(5.7)%N/AN/A
Gross profit in 20202023 was $122.3a loss of $82.7 million, or 30.1% of net revenues, as compared to gross profita loss of $99.8$23.7 million, or 33.5% of net revenues, in the prior year, an improvementa decline of $22.5 million. The improvement$58.9 million or 248.1%. Gross margin in 2023 decreased to a negative gross margin of 24.1% from a negative gross margin of 5.7% in the prior year. Gross profit wasand gross margin decreased primarily due to an increasea 10.8% decrease in thenet revenue per pound, a 8.1% decrease in total volume of products sold. The decreasesold, and a 4.8% increase in cost per pound in 2023 compared to the prior year.
Gross profit and gross margin was primarily duein 2023 as compared to 2022 were negatively impacted by lower absorptionnet revenues per pound, higher inventory provision per pound and higher manufacturing costs including depreciation, partially offset by lower logistics costs and lower materials costs per pound. The increase in inventory provision included $38.0 million in non-cash charges resulting from our Global Operations Review. In addition, gross profit and gross margin in 2023 included a $4.4 million in contract termination costs associated with a certain co-manufacturing agreement and $6.1 million in additional provision for inventory associated with a large QSR customer. In 2023, gross profit and gross margin benefited by $19.0 million and 23%, respectively, as a result of fixed overhead production costsa change in the estimated useful lives of certain of our large manufacturing equipment, as we scaled back productioncompared to reduce inventory levels in responsethose same measures calculated using our previous estimated useful lives. See Note 6, Property, Plant and Equipment, to the lower than anticipated customer demandNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in the foodservice channel due to the impact of COVID-19. Additionally, lower net price realization resulting from higher trade discounts also contributed to the decrease in gross margin. this report.
As disclosed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Shipping and Handling Costs, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, we include outbound shipping and handling costs within SG&A expenses. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to other entities that present all shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of goods sold.
Research and Development Expenses
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20202019Amount%
Research and development expenses$31,535 $20,650 $10,885 52.7 %

Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20232022Amount%
Research and development expenses$39,530 $62,264 $(22,734)(36.5)%
Research and development expenses increased $10.9decreased $22.7 million, or 52.7%36.5%, in 2020,2023, as compared to the prior year. Research and development expenses increaseddecreased primarily due to higher headcount of approximately 69 more employees, $4.0$17.4 million in higherlower scale-up expenses and $1.2$14.3 million in higher depreciationlower salaries and amortization expenserelated expenses compared to the prior year.year, resulting from a lower headcount, partially offset by higher facility lease-related costs and approximately $1.0 million in incremental accelerated depreciation from planned write-offs and disposals of certain fixed assets associated with research and development resulting from our Global Operations Review.
SG&A Expenses
Year Ended December 31,Change
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)(in thousands)20202019Amount%(in thousands)20232022Amount%
Selling, general and administrative expensesSelling, general and administrative expenses$133,655 $74,726 $58,929 78.9 %Selling, general and administrative expenses$220,344 $$239,505 $$(19,161)(8.0)(8.0)%


SG&A expenses increaseddecreased by $58.9$19.2 million, or 78.9%8.0%, in 2020,2023, to $220.3 million or 64.2% of net revenues as compared to the prior year. The increasedecrease was primarily due to $16.1$15.6 million in higher share-based compensation expense, $14.1 million in higherlower salaries and related expenses resulting from a higherlower headcount, $9.2$14.0 million in lower marketing expenses including $5.4 million in lower advertising expenses, $6.8 million in lower outbound freight expenses, $4.8 million in lower share-based compensation expenses, $2.7 million in lower product donations and $2.1 million in lower legal fees, partially offset by $19.2 million in higher marketing-related expenses, $3.9loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets to fair value, $3.8 million in higher legal expenses, $3.2 million in higher brokerwrite-off of an uncollectible note receivable that was previously recorded for assets sold and distributor commissions, $2.9 million in higher general insurance costs, $2.7 million in higher expense related to product donations for our Feed A Million+ campaign attributable to COVID-19 relief efforts, $2.0$2.5 million in higher consulting expenses. In 2023, SG&A expenses $1.4included $16.6 million in higher public company-related expenses, $1.1 million in higher postagenon-cash charges from the loss on sale and delivery expenses, $1.0 million in higher outbound shipping and handling expenses, and $1.0 million in higher information technology-related expenses. The increase in share-based compensation expense inwrite-down of fixed assets to fair value resulting from the year ended December 31, 2020 wasGlobal Operations Review, which primarily dueincluded the write-down of assets held for sale to appreciation in our stock price as well as substantially higher staffing levels versus the prior years.their estimated net realizable value less cost to sell.
Restructuring Expenses
As a result of the termination in May 2017 of an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co- manufacturers due to non-performance under the agreement, we recorded a credit of $(0.6) million, primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals in 2023 and restructuring expenses of $6.4 million and $4.9$17.3 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively,2022, primarily related to legal and other expenses associated with the dispute. As of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, there were $0.8 million$0 and $1.1$0.7 million, respectively, in accrued unpaid liabilitiesrestructuring expenses. On October 18, 2022, the parties entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release pursuant to which the parties agreed to dismiss with prejudice all claims and cross-claims asserted in the associated with this contract termination representing legal fees. We continue to incur legal feescases filed in connection with our ongoing efforts to resolve this dispute.the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles and the United States District Court for the Central District of California. See Note 3, Restructuring, and Note 1110, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
70


Loss from Operations
Loss from operations in 20202023 was $49.3$341.9 million compared to loss from operations of $0.5$342.8 million in the prior year. This increaseThe decrease in loss from operations was primarily driven by the year-over-year increasedecline in cost of goods sold, higher operatinggross profit, fully offset by lower SG&A expenses, to support our expanded manufacturingresearch and supply chain operations, higher share-based compensation expense, higher administrative costs associated with being a public company, higher restructuringdevelopment expenses and continued investmentrestructuring expenses.
Total Other Income (Expense), Net
Total other income (expense), net, in innovationthe year ended December 31, 2023 of $7.7 million consisted primarily of $10.8 million in interest income and marketing capabilities,$1.1 million in realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains due to favorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates of the Euro and Chinese Yuan, partially offset by $4.0 million in interest expense from the improvement in gross profit.
Total Other Expense, Net
amortization of convertible debt issuance costs. Total other expense, net, in the year ended December 31, 20202022 of $4.4 million consisted primarily includesof $4.0 million in interest expense on ourfrom the amortization of convertible debt balances, loss on extinguishment of debtissuance costs and $4.9 million in realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction losses due to unfavorable changes in foreign currency exchange rates of the Euro and Chinese Yuan, partially offset by interest income. Total other expense, net in the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily includes interest expense on our debt balances and expense associated with the remeasurement of our preferred stock warrant liability and common stock warrant liability, partially offset by interest income. On May 6, 2019, in connection with the IPO, our then outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into warrants exercisable for common stock. We remeasured and reclassified the common stock warrant liability to additional-paid-in-capital in connection with the IPO and recorded $12.5$4.5 million in expense associated with the remeasurement of warrant liability in 2019.
Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock were cashless exercised. No warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 2020.
Other, net was a net expense of $0.8 million in 2020 as compared to net income of $3.6 million in 2019. Other, net in 2020 included $1.5 million in loss on extinguishment of our refinanced credit arrangements, partially offset by interest income from invested cash balances. Interest income decreased to $0.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 from $3.9 million in the prior year.income.
Income Tax Expense
For 20202023 and 2019,2022, we recorded an income tax expense of $72,000$5,000 and $9,000,$32,000, respectively. These amounts primarily consist of income taxes for state jurisdictions which have minimum tax requirements. No tax benefit was provided for losses incurred because those losses were offset by a full valuation allowance.
Net Loss
Net loss was $52.8$338.1 million in 20202023 compared to a net loss of $12.4$366.1 million in the prior year. This increasedecrease in net loss was driven by the year-over-year increasedecrease in operating expenses to support our expanded manufacturing and supply chain operations, higher share-based compensation expense, higher administrative costs associated with being a public company, higher restructuring expenses, and continued investmentincrease in innovation and marketing capabilities,Other income, net, partially offset by the improvementdecrease in gross profit. During 2020, net loss included $14.1 million in costs attributable to COVID-19 including $6.6 million in product repacking costs, $4.8 million in inventory write-offs and charges associated with foodservice products determined to be unsalable and $2.7 million in product donation costs related to our COVID-19 relief efforts, and $1.5 million of debt extinguishment costs associated with our refinanced credit arrangements.
71



Year Ended December 31, 2019 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2018
Net Revenues
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20192018Amount%
U.S.:
Retail$129,383 $49,772 $79,611 160.0 %
Foodservice70,372 20,717 49,655 239.7 %
U.S. net revenues199,755 70,489 129,266 183.4 %
International:
Retail$15,426 $1,007 $14,419 1,431.9 %
Foodservice82,716 16,438 66,278 403.2 %
International net revenues98,142 17,445 80,697 462.6 %
Net revenues$297,897 $87,934 $209,963 238.8 %
Net revenues increased by $210.0 million, or 238.8%, in 2019 as compared to 2018 primarily due to strong growth in sales volumes of products across both our retail and our foodservice channels, driven by expansion in the number of retail and foodservice outlets, including new strategic customers, new international customers, higher sales velocities from our existing customers and contribution from new products introduced in 2019.
Net revenues from retail channel increased $94.0 million, or 185.2%, primarily due to expansion in the number of retail outlets, increased sales of the Beyond Burger and Beyond Sausage, as well as the introduction of Beyond Beef. Net revenues from foodservice channel increased $115.9 million, or 312.0%, primarily due to expansion in the number of foodservice outlets, including new strategic customers and international customers, increases in sales of the Beyond Burger, as well as due to increased sales of Beyond Sausage and the introduction of Beyond Beef.
The following table presents volume of our products sold in pounds:
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20192018Amount%
U.S.:
Retail21,347 8,565 12,782 149.2 %
Foodservice11,845 3,559 8,286 232.8 %
International:
Retail2,816 147 2,669 1,815.6 %
Foodservice15,364 2,971 12,393 417.1 %
Volume of products sold51,372 5137200015,242 36,130 237.0 %

Cost of Goods Sold
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20192018AmountPercentage
Cost of goods sold$198,141 $70,360 $127,781 181.6 %

72


Cost of goods sold increased by $127.8 million, or 181.6%, in 2019 as compared to the prior year, primarily due to the increase in the sales volume of our products. Cost of goods sold in 2019 and 2018 included $6.4 million and $0.8 million, respectively, in write off of excess and obsolete inventories.
Gross Profit and Gross Margin
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20192018AmountPercentage
Gross profit$99,756 $17,574 $82,182 467.6 %
Gross margin33.5 %20.0 %N/AN/A

Gross profit in 2019 was $99.8 million, or 33.5% of net revenues, as compared to gross profit of $17.6 million, or 20% of net revenues, in the prior year, an improvement of $82.2 million. The improvement in gross profit and gross margin was primarily due to an increase in the volume of products sold, with resulting operating leverage, and improved production efficiencies. The greater proportion of net revenues from products with higher net selling price per pound also contributed to the increase in gross profit. The increase in gross margin was partially offset by temporary disruptions related to capacity expansion projects at two co-manufacturing partners’ plants in the fourth quarter of 2019. As disclosed in Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Shipping and Handling Costs, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report, we include outbound shipping and handling costs within SG&A expenses. As a result, our gross profit and gross margin may not be comparable to other entities that present all shipping and handling costs as a component of cost of goods sold.
Research and Development Expenses
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20192018AmountPercentage
Research and development expenses$20,650 $9,587 $11,063 115.4 %
Research and development expenses increased $11.1 million, or 115.4%, in 2019, as compared to the prior year. Research and development expenses increased primarily due to higher headcount, higher scale-up expenses and higher depreciation and amortization expense compared to the prior year.
SG&A Expenses
Year Ended December 31,Change
(in thousands)20192018AmountPercentage
Selling, general and administrative expenses$74,726 $34,461 $40,265 116.8 %

SG&A expenses increased by $40.3 million, or 116.8%, in 2019, as compared to the prior year. The increase was primarily due to $12.4 million in higher salaries, bonuses and related expenses due to higher headcount, $10.4 million in higher share-based compensation expense, including $3.2 million relating to equity awards made to brand ambassadors, $4.8 million in higher outbound shipping and handling expenses, $3.1 million in higher broker and distributor commissions, $2.4 million in higher legal expenses primarily due to the Secondary Offering and costs associated with being a public company, $1.9 million in higher insurance costs, and continued investment in marketing capabilities.
Restructuring Expenses
As a result of the termination in May 2017 of an exclusive supply agreement with one of our co-manufacturers due to non-performance under the agreement, we recorded restructuring expenses of $4.9
73


million and $1.5 million in 2019 and 2018, respectively, primarily related to legal and other expenses associated with the dispute. As of December 31, 2019 and 2018, there were $1.1 million and $0, respectively, in accrued unpaid liabilities associated with this contract termination representing legal fees. We continue to incur legal fees in connection with our ongoing efforts to resolve this dispute. See Note 3, Restructuring and Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, included elsewhere in this report.
Total Other Expense, Net
Total other expense, net primarily includes interest expense on the Company’s debt balances and expense associated with the remeasurement of our preferred stock warrant liability and common stock warrant liability, partially offset by interest income. On May 6, 2019, in connection with the IPO, our then outstanding warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into warrants exercisable for common stock. We remeasured and reclassified the common stock warrant liability to additional-paid-in-capital in connection with the IPO and recorded $12.5 million in expense associated with the remeasurement of warrant liability in 2019. Interest income in 2019 increased due to interest income from invested proceeds from the IPO and Secondary Offering.
Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock were cashless exercised. No warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 2019.
Other, net was $3.6 million in 2019 as compared to $0.4 million in 2018 primarily due to increased interest income resulting from investment of proceeds from the IPO and Secondary Offering.
Loss from Operations
Loss from operations in 2019 was $0.5 million compared to loss from operations of $28.0 million in the prior year. This improvement was driven entirely by the year-over-year increase in gross profit, partially offset by higher operating expenses to support our expanded manufacturing and supply chain operations, higher share-based compensation expense, higher administrative costs associated with being a public company, higher restructuring expenses, and continued investment in innovation and marketing capabilities.
Income Tax Expense
For 2019 and 2018, we recorded income tax expense of $9,000 and $1,000, respectively. These amounts primarily consist of income taxes for state jurisdictions which have minimum tax requirements. No tax benefit was provided for losses incurred because those losses were offset by a full valuation allowance.
Net Loss
Net loss was $12.4 million in 2019 compared to a net loss of $29.9 million in the prior year. The decrease in net loss was primarily the result of the higher gross profit in 2019 and interest income, partially offset by higher operating expenses, higher share-based compensation expense, expenses associated with the remeasurement of our preferred stock warrant liability and common stock warrant liability in connection with the IPO, and higher interest expense.

74


Non-GAAP Financial Measures
We use the non-GAAP financial measures set forth below in assessing our operating performance and in our financial communications. Management believes these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful


additional information to investors about current trends in our operations and are useful for period-over-period comparisons of operations. In addition, management uses these non-GAAP financial measures to assess operating performance and for business planning purposes. Management also believes these measures are widely used by investors, securities analysts, rating agencies and other parties in evaluating companies in our industry as a measure of our operational performance. These non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for the comparable GAAP measures. In addition, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be computed in the same manner as similarly titled measures used by other companies.
“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net (loss) incomeloss adjusted to exclude, when applicable, income tax expense, (benefit), interest expense, depreciation and amortization expense, restructuring expenses, share-based compensation expense, expenses attributable to COVID-19, remeasurement of our warrant liability, and Other, net, including investmentinterest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and foreign currency transaction gains and losses.
“Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues” is defined as Adjusted EBITDA divided by net revenues.
There are a number of limitations related to the use of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues rather than net (loss) income, which is thetheir most directly comparable GAAP measure.measures. Some of these limitations are:
Adjusted EBITDA excludes depreciation and amortization expense and, although these are non-cash expenses, the assets being depreciated may have to be replaced in the future increasing our cash requirements;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense, or the cash required to service our debt, which reduces cash available to us;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect income tax payments that reduce cash available to us;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect restructuring expenses that reduce cash available to us;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect expenses attributable to COVID-19 that reduce cash available to us;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect share-based compensation expense and therefore does not include all of our compensation costs;
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect Other, net, including investmentinterest income, loss on extinguishment of debt and foreign currency transaction gains and losses, that may increase or decrease cash available to us; and
other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

7572


The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to its most comparable GAAP measure, net loss, as reported (unaudited):
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)202020192018(in thousands)202320222021
Net loss, as reportedNet loss, as reported$(52,752)$(12,443)$(29,886)
Income tax expenseIncome tax expense72 
Interest expenseInterest expense2,576 3,071 1,128 
Depreciation and amortization expenseDepreciation and amortization expense13,299 8,106 4,921 
Restructuring expenses(1)
Restructuring expenses(1)
6,430 4,869 1,515 
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense27,279 12,807 2,241 
Expenses attributable to COVID-19(2)
14,137 — — 
Remeasurement of warrant liability— 12,503 1,120 
Other, net(3)
759 (3,629)(352)
Other, net(2)(3)
Adjusted EBITDAAdjusted EBITDA$11,800 $25,293 $(19,312)
Net loss as a % of net revenuesNet loss as a % of net revenues(13.0)%(4.2)%(33.9)%
Net loss as a % of net revenues
Net loss as a % of net revenues(98.5)%(87.4)%(39.2)%
Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenuesAdjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues2.9 %8.5 %(22.0)%Adjusted EBITDA as a % of net revenues(78.4)%(66.4)%(24.3)%
_____________

(1)
Primarily comprised of legal and other expenses associated with the dispute with a co-manufacturer with whom an exclusive supply agreement was terminated in May 2017.See2017. On October 18, 2022, the parties to this dispute entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release related to this matter. In the year ended December 31, 2023, we recorded a credit of $(0.6) million, in restructuring expenses, primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals. See Note 3, Restructuring,, and Note 11, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
(2)
In 2020, comprised of $14.1Includes $1.1 million, $(4.9) million and $(0.2) million in costs attributable to COVID-19 consisting of $6.6net foreign currency transaction gains (losses) in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Also includes $1.0 million in product repacking costs, $4.8 million in inventory write-offs and charges associated with foodservice products determined to be unsalable and $2.7 million in product donation costs related to our COVID-19 relief efforts. Expenses attributable to COVID-19 in the twelve months ended December 31, 2020 include $1.2 million in product donation costs related to the Company's COVID-19 relief efforts in the first quarter of 2020, which were not previously included in the Company's Adjusted EBITDA calculation for the three months ended March 28, 2020 as these were deemed immaterial to its first quarter 2020 financial results. Given the significant increase in COVID-19-related expenses in the subsequent quarters of 2020, and to facilitate better comparison from period to period, management determined that it was appropriate to recast its previous first quarter 2020 Adjusted EBITDA calculation to include these costs.

(3)Includes $1.5 million in loss on extinguishment of debt associated with termination of the Company’s credit facility in the year ended December 31, 2020.2021.
(3)Includes $10.8 million, $4.5 million and $0.2 million in interest income in 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
73


Liquidity and Capital Resources
ATM Program
On May 10, 2023, we filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the SEC, which allows us to sell, from time to time, and at our discretion, subject to our compliance with applicable laws and the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement (as defined below), shares of our common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $200.0 million pursuant to an “at the market” offering program (the “ATM Program”). We intend to use the net proceeds, if any, from sales of our common stock issued under the ATM Program for general corporate and working capital purposes. The timing of any sales and the number of shares sold, if any, will depend on a variety of factors to be determined by us.
The shares will be offered pursuant to an equity distribution agreement between us and Goldman Sachs and Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), as sales agent (the “Equity Distribution Agreement”). We will pay Goldman Sachs a commission equal to 3.25% of the aggregate gross proceeds of any shares sold through Goldman Sachs pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement. We are not obligated to sell any shares under the Equity Distribution Agreement. As of December 31, 2023, no sales had been made under the Equity Distribution Agreement and the ATM Program’s full capacity remained available.
Convertible Senior Notes
In 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). For a discussion about the Notes, see Note 7, Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Liquidity Outlook
In 2024, our cash from operations could be affected by various risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, the risks detailed in Part I, Item 1A, Risk Factors, and Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements included elsewhere in this report. In addition, inflation, rising and higher interest rates, overall economic conditions, concerns about the likelihood of a recession and hostilities in Eastern Europe and the Middle East, among other factors, have led to increased disruption and volatility in capital markets and credit markets generally, which could adversely affect our ability to access capital resources in the future and potentially harm our liquidity outlook.
Our current business plan is to continue to reduce operating expenses and utilize inventory management to reduce working capital. To further reduce operating expenses, in the fourth quarter of 2023, we announced the initiation of our Global Operations Review, which involves narrowing our commercial focus to certain growth opportunities and accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and cash generation. These efforts have to date included, and may in the future include, the discontinuation of select product lines such as Beyond Meat Jerky; changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels (including our current plan to increase the prices of certain of our products); accelerated, cash-accretive inventory reduction initiatives; further optimization of our manufacturing capacity and real estate footprint; and the continued review of our operations in China.
Based on our current business plan, we believe that our existing cash balances, including our anticipated cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to finance our operations and meet our foreseeable cash requirements through at least the next twelve months. We anticipate that we will seek to raise additional capital in 2024, which may include the issuance of debt or equity securities, including through the ATM Program, subject to our compliance with applicable laws and the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. Such financing and other potential financings may result in dilution to stockholders, reduction in the market price of our common stock, imposition of debt covenants and repayment obligations, or other restrictions that may adversely affect our business. In addition, we may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic
74


considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. However, we may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other arrangements when needed, on favorable terms or at all. Our cash requirements under our significant contractual obligations and commitments are listed below in the section titled “Contractual Obligations and Commitments.”
Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors including, among others, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products; our rate of revenue growth; the results of our review of our global operations and the successful implementation of our ongoing cost-reduction initiatives; timing to adjust our supply chain and cost structure in response to material fluctuations in product demand; the number and characteristics of any additional products or manufacturing processes we develop or acquire to serve new or existing markets; our investment in and build out of our Campus Headquarters, including the timing and success of subleasing excess space at our Campus Headquarters; the success of, and expenses associated with, our marketing initiatives; our investment in manufacturing and facilities to optimize our manufacturing and production capacity, including underutilization fees, termination fees and exit costs; our investments in real property and joint ventures; the costs required to fund domestic and international operations and growth; the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing future products or improvements to existing products or manufacturing processes; any lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us or our directors and officers; the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel; variations in product selling prices and costs, the timing and success of changes to our pricing architecture within certain channels and the mix of products sold; the level of trade and promotional spending to support our products appropriately; the expenses associated with our sales force; our management of accounts receivable, inventory, accounts payable and other working capital accounts; the impact of foreign currency exchange fluctuations on our cash balances; the costs associated with being a public company; the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing intellectual property claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and the timing, receipt and amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.
Our operating environment continues to be affected by uncertainty related to macroeconomic issues, including ongoing, further weakened demand in the plant-based meat category, high inflation, higher interest rates, and concerns about the likelihood of a recession, among other things, all of which have had and could continue to have unforeseen impacts on our actual realized results, including our liquidity outlook. Although in the third quarter of 2023 we met our previously stated target of achieving cash flow positive operations within the second half of 2023, this outcome included the benefit of certain transitory factors which abated and, as such, we did not sustain free cash flow positive operations in the fourth quarter of 2023. Our ability to make progress toward our goal of achieving sustained cash flow positive operations is dependent on a number of assumptions and uncertainties, including, without limitation, demand in the plant-based meat category and for our products; our ability to reduce costs and achieve positive gross margins; our ability to grow revenues and meet operating expense reduction targets, which may be subject to factors beyond our control; timing of capital expenditures; and our ability to monetize inventory and manage working capital.
On November 1, 2023, our board of directors approved a plan to reduce our workforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of our global non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of our total global workforce). This decision was based on cost-reduction initiatives intended to reduce operating expenses. In 2023, we incurred one-time cash charges of approximately $1.8 million in connection with the reduction-in-force, primarily consisting of notice period and severance payments, employee benefits and related costs. These charges were incurred in the fourth quarter of 2023, and the reduction-in-force was substantially complete by the end of 2023, but local law and consultation requirements may extend the process beyond the end of 2023 in certain countries.
75


Sources of Liquidity
Our primary cash needs are for operating expenses, working capital and capital expenditures to support the growth in our business. Prior to our IPO, we financedWe finance our operations through private sales of equity securities andprimarily through sales of our products. Since our inceptionproducts and through our IPO, weexisting cash. We raised a total of $199.5 million from the sale of convertible preferred stock, including through sales of convertible notes which were converted into preferred stock, net of costs associated with such financings. In connection with our IPO, we sold an aggregate of 11,068,750 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of $25.00 per share and received approximately $252.4 million in net proceeds.
In connection with the Secondary Offering2019, we completed a secondary public offering of our common stock in which we sold 250,000 shares and certain selling stockholders sold 3,487,500 shares. We sold 250,000 shares of our common stock. The shares were soldstock at a public offering price of $160.00 per share and we received net proceeds of approximately $37.4 million. We did
76


not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders in the Secondary Offering. We have also entered into the credit facilities described below with J.P. Morgan Chase (“Revolving Credit Facility”).
As of December 31, 2020, we had $159.1 million in cash and cash equivalents. We believe that our cash and cash equivalents, cash flow from operating activities and available borrowings under our credit facilities will be sufficient to fund our working capital and meet our anticipated capital requirements for the next 12 months. Additionally,net proceeds.
In 2021, we may also raise funds by issuing debt or equity securities. Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including the impactissued a total of COVID-19; the number and characteristics of any additional products or manufacturing processes we develop or acquire to serve new or existing markets; the expenses associated with our marketing initiatives; our investment$1.15 billion in manufacturing and facilities to expand our manufacturing and production capacity; the costs required to fund domestic and international growth; the scope, progress, results and costs of researching and developing future products or improvements to existing products or manufacturing processes; our investment in our new headquarters campus; any lawsuits related to our products or commenced against us, including the costs associated with our current litigation with a former co-manufacturer, the shareholder derivative lawsuits putatively brought on our behalf; the expenses needed to attract and retain skilled personnel; the costs associated with being a public company; the costs involved in preparing, filing, prosecuting, maintaining, defending and enforcing intellectual property claims, including litigation costs and the outcome of such litigation; and the timing, receipt andaggregate principal amount of sales of, or royalties on, any future approved products, if any.
Revolving Credit Facility
On April 21, 2020, we entered into a $150 million five-year secured revolving credit agreement (“2020 Credit Agreement”) by and among the Company, the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,Notes as the administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”). JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Silicon Valley Bank acted as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers under the 2020 Credit Agreement. The 2020 Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature for up to an additional $200 million. We incurred debt issuance costs, net of amortization, of $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2020 in connection with the new revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility matures on April 21, 2025.discussed above. See Note 87, Debt,, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Concurrently with the effectiveness of the 2020 Credit Agreement, On May 10, 2023, we filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on April 21, 2020, we terminated the $6.0 million revolving credit line and $20.0 million term loan facility with Silicon Valley Bank (the “SVB Credit Facilities”), and the $5.0 million equipment loan facility with Structural Capital Investments II, LP, as Lender, and Ocean II, PLC, LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent (the “Equipment Loan Facility”), and incurred an aggregate of $1.2 million of termination, prepayment, and related feesForm S-3, in connection with such terminations.
our ATM Program, discussed above. As of December 31, 2020,2023, no sales had been made under the Equity Distribution Agreement and the ATM Program’s full capacity remained available.
As of December 31, 2023, we had outstanding borrowings$190.5 million in unrestricted cash and cash equivalents and $15.4 million in restricted cash, which was comprised of $25.0$12.6 million to secure the letter of credit to support the development and no excess availability under the revolving credit facility. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2020 was 3.5%. We exceeded the maximum permitted total leverage ratio financial covenant in the 2020 Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarterleasing of our Campus Headquarters and year ended December 31, 2020. Subsequent$2.8 million to the year ended December 31, 2020, on February 25, 2021, we paid down our outstanding borrowings and had no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, concurrent with our execution of the campus headquarters lease, as a security deposit, we delivered to the landlordsecure a letter of credit underassociated with a third party contract manufacturer in Europe.
We anticipate that we will seek to raise additional capital in 2024, which may include the revolving credit facility inissuance of debt or equity securities, including through our ATM Program, subject to our compliance with applicable laws and the amountapplicable requirements of $12.5 million. See Note 14, Subsequent Events, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.Equity Distribution Agreement, or securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock.
Cash Flows
In the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately $114.3 million in aggregate expenditures to purchase inventory and property, plant and equipment, acquire assets from our former co-manufacturer, and pay loan payments net of borrowings (including extinguishing prior credit facilities) of $6.0 million, were funded by $116.7 million of existing cash, and approximately $3.7 million from other operating, investing and financing activities.
77


The following table presents the major components of net cash flows used in and provided by operating, investing and financing activities for the periods indicated.
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)202020192018(in thousands)202320222021
Cash (used in) provided by:Cash (used in) provided by:
Operating activitiesOperating activities$(39,995)$(46,995)$(37,721)
Operating activities
Operating activities
Investing activitiesInvesting activities$(74,900)$(26,164)$(23,242)
Financing activitiesFinancing activities$(1,762)$294,876 $76,199 
Net Cash Used in Operating Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020,In 2023, we incurred a net loss of $52.8$338.1 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $40.0$107.8 million. Net cash used in operating activities also included $32.2 million in net cash outflowsinflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities were $114.7 million, primarily due to increasea decrease in inventory andbalances, decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets, partially offset by an increase in accounts payable and a decrease in accounts receivable. Increasereceivable balances, partially offset by cash outflows due to an increase in inventories,prepaid lease costs in the amount of $4.2 million associated with the Campus Lease (see Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report), a decrease in operating lease liabilities and a decrease in accrued expenses and other current liabilities. Net loss in 2023, included $115.7 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization expense, share-based compensation expense, loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets, non-cash lease expense, amortization of debt issuance costs, equity in losses in TPP and write-down of a note receivable.
76


In 2022, we incurred a net loss of $366.1 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $320.2 million. Net cash outflows from changes in operating assets and liabilities were primarily due to $55.1 million in cash outflows associated with the increase in raw materials inventory resulting from pea protein isolate received pursuant to agreed-upon delivery schedules to meet our anticipated product demand, negatively impacted cash flows from operations because dueprepaid lease costs for the Campus Lease (see Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, to the impact of COVID-19 the anticipated salesNotes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report), payments toward accounts payable and the resultinga decrease in accrued expenses. The net cash inflows did not materialize as expected.outflows were partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets and a decrease in inventory. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2020,in 2022 included $44.9$100.1 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, depreciation and amortization expense, non-cash lease expense, andunrealized loss on extinguishment of debt.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, we incurred a net loss of $12.4 million. The primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $47.0 million was the $68.2 million in net cash outflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities, primarily due to increases in inventory to meet growth in anticipated sales and to accommodate longer lead times for international shipments, and increases in accounts receivable, partially offset by $33.7 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of share-based compensation expense, change in warrant liability and depreciationforeign currency transactions and amortization expense.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, we incurred a net loss of $29.9 million, which was the primary reason for net cash used in operating activities of $37.7 million. Net cash used in operating activities also included $16.3 million in net cash outflows from changes in our operating assets and liabilities, partially offset by $8.5 million in non-cash expenses primarily comprised of depreciation and amortization expense, share-based compensation expense and change in warrant liability.debt issuance costs.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $13.3 million, $8.1$48.1 million and $4.9$32.6 million in 2020, 20192023 and 2018,2022, respectively. Depreciation expense in 2023 includes accelerated depreciation on planned write-offs and disposals of fixed assets primarily recorded in cost of good sold as a result of our Global Operations Review.
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities primarily relates to capital expenditures to support our growth and investmentinvestments in property, plant and equipment.equipment and investment in TPP, offset by proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets.
For the year ended December 31, 2020,In 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $74.9$9.5 million and consisted of $57.7$10.6 million in cash outflows to support maintenance and our investments in property, plant and equipment, and $3.3 million for investment in TPP that was previously committed, partially offset by $4.3 million in proceeds from sales of certain fixed assets.
In 2022, net cash used in investing activities was $87.5 million and consisted of $70.5 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily driven by continued investments in production equipment and facilities related to our capacity expansion initiatives and international expansion, including the acquisition of a manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands, $15.5and $13.3 million for the acquisition of assets from a former co-manufacturer, $2.3 millioninvestment in cash outflows related to property, plant and equipment purchased for sale to co-manufacturers, and security deposits, partially offset by proceeds from sale of assets held for sale.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $26.2 million and consisted of $23.8 million in cash outflows for purchases of property, plant and equipment, primarily for manufacturing facility improvements and manufacturing equipment, $2.1 million in cash outflows related to property, plant and equipment purchased for sale to co-manufacturers, and security deposits, partially offset by proceeds from sale of assets held for sale.
78


For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in investing activities was $23.2 million and consisted of $22.2 million in cash outflows for the purchases of property, plant and equipment, manufacturing facility improvements and manufacturing equipment, $1.0 million in cash outflows related to property, plant and equipment purchased for sale to co-manufacturers, and security deposits, partially offset by proceeds from sale of fixed assets.TPP.
Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities
For the year ended December 31, 2020,In 2023, net cash used byin financing activities was $1.8$0.6 million primarily due to $31.0 million in extinguishmentwhich consisted of prior credit facilities, debt issuance costs of $1.2 million associated with our new revolving credit facility and debt extinguishment costs of $1.2 million associated with our refinanced credit arrangements, partially offset by $25.0 million in net proceeds to us from our revolving credit facility. Cash flows from financing activities included $9.0 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $2.3$0.5 million in payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards and $70,000 in$0.2 million for payments ofunder finance lease obligations.obligations, partially offset by $0.2 million in proceeds from stock option exercises.
For the year ended December 31, 2019,In 2022, net cash provided by financing activities was $294.9$0.3 million primarily as a result of $254.9 million in net proceeds from our IPO, net of issuance costs, $37.4 million in net proceeds to us from the Secondary Offering, net of issuance costs, and $2.7$1.6 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by $55,000$1.1 million in payments towardof minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards and $0.2 million in payments under finance lease obligations.
For the year ended December 31, 2018, financing activities provided $76.2 million in cash as a result of $51.3 million of proceeds from the issuance of our Series G and H preferred stock, net of issuance costs, $20.0 million in borrowings under our term loan facility, $6.0 million in borrowings under our revolving credit line, $5.0 million in borrowings under an equipment loan facility, and $1.4 million in proceeds from stock option exercises, partially offset by cash outflows for repayment of a note with the Missouri Department of Economic Development, and borrowings under our 2016 Revolving Credit Facility and 2016 Term Loan Facility. The proceeds from the borrowings were used to finance our operations.
Contractual Obligations and Commitments
Revolving Credit FacilityConvertible Senior Notes
On April 21, 2020,In March 2021, we entered intoissued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of Notes. The proceeds from the 2020 Credit Agreement. Concurrently with the effectivenessissuance of the 2020 Credit Agreement, on April 21, 2020, we terminated the SVB Credit FacilitiesNotes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and the Equipment Loan Facility, paying off an aggregate of $31.0 million in loan balances.debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 87Debt, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Leases
On January 1, 2020,In 2021, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842)(“ASU 2016-02”) usingentered into the modified retrospective approach, which permits application of this new guidance atCampus Lease with HC Hornet Way, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”), to house our Campus Headquarters. Although we are involved in the beginningdesign of the periodtenant improvements of adoption, with comparative periods continuingthe Campus Headquarters, we do not have title or possession of the assets during construction. In addition, we do not have the ability to be reported under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) No. 840 (“ASC 840”). Upon adoptioncontrol the leased Campus Headquarters until each phase of ASU 2016-02, we recognized operating lease right-of-use assets of $11.9the tenant improvements is complete. We contributed $4.2 million adjusted for $0.3 million previously recorded as deferred rent and $0.2 million previously recorded as prepaid rent on our consolidated balance sheets. We also recorded $1.4$55.1 million in current operating lease liabilities and $10.6 millionpayments towards the construction of the Campus Headquarters in operating lease liabilities, net of current portion.
As part of this adoption, we elected to not record operating lease right-of-use assets or operating lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. We elected to separate the lease and non-lease components on all new or modified operating leases for the co-manufacturing class of assets for the purpose of recording operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities and to combine lease and non-lease components on all new or modified operating leases into a single lease component for all other classes of assets. Short-term lease payments for the yearyears ended December 31, 2020 totaled $0.3 million.
As of December 31, 2020, we had2023 and 2022, respectively. These payments are initially recorded $14.6 million in operating“Prepaid lease right-of-use assets, $3.1 millioncosts, non-current” in current operating lease liabilities and $11.8 million in operating lease liabilities, net of current portion.
During the year ended December 31, 2020, we amended two operating leases for our manufacturing facilities in Columbia, Missouri, one to extend the lease term by two years and another to include land adjacent to theCompany’s
7977


facilityconsolidated balance sheet and will ultimately be recorded as a component of a right-of-use asset upon lease commencement for each phase of the lease. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has recognized a right-of-use asset and lease liability for Phase 1-A and Phase 1-B in its consolidated balance sheet. Aggregate payments towards base rent over the initial lease term associated with the remaining phases not yet delivered to the Company are approximately $79.4 million.
Concurrent with our execution of the Campus Lease, as a security deposit, we delivered to the Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $12.5 million, which amount will decrease to: (i) $6.3 million on the landlordfifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, which amount will constructdecrease to: (i) $6.3 million on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in the Campus Lease); (ii) $3.1 million on the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date; and (iii) $0 in the event the Company receives certain credit ratings; provided the Company is not then in default of its obligations under the Campus Lease.
The letter of credit is secured by a parking lot. We also assumed an operating lease under which we are leasing certain real property$12.6 million deposit reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as “Restricted cash, non-current” as of December 31, 2023 and a building consisting of approximately 142,317 square feet in Columbia, Missouri, for a term expiring on April 30, 2023 with no renewal options.2022. See Note 4, Leases, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, on January 14, 2021, we entered into a 12-year lease with two 5-year renewal options to house our corporate headquarters, lab and innovation space in El Segundo, California. See Note 1410, Subsequent Events,Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
China Investment and Lease Agreement
On September 22,In 2020, we and our subsidiary, BYND JX, entered into an investment agreement with the Administrative Committee (the “JX Committee”) of the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone (the “JXEDZ”) pursuant to which, among other things, BYND JX has agreed to make certain investments in the JXEDZ in two phases of development, and we have agreed to guarantee certain repayment obligations of BYND JX under such agreement.
During Phase 1, the Company haswe agreed to invest $10.0 million as the registered capital of BYND JX in the JXEDZ through an intercompany investment in BYND JX and BYND JX has agreed to lease a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two (2) years. In connection with such agreement, BYND JX entered into a factory leasing contract on September 11, 2020 with an affiliate of the JX Committee, pursuant to which BYND JX has agreed to lease and renovate a facility in the JXEDZ for a minimum of two (2) years. In 2022, we amended the event thatlease to extend the Company andterm for an additional five years without rent escalation. In the fourth quarter of 2021, BYND JX determine,leased an approximately 12,000 square foot facility in their sole discretion,Shanghai, China, for a period of eight years, which is used as a local research and development facility to proceed withsupport the Phase 2 development inlocal manufacturing operations.
As of December 31, 2023, we had invested $22.0 million as the JXEDZ,registered capital of BYND JX has agreed in the first stage of Phase 2 to invest $30.0and advanced $20.0 million to acquire the land use right to a state-owned land plot in the JXEDZ to conduct development and construction of a new production facility. Following the first stage of Phase 2, the Company and BYND JX may determine, in their sole discretion, to permit BYND JX to invest an additional $10.0 million to obtain a second state-owned land plot in the JXEDZ in order to construct an additional facility thereon.JX. See Note 1110, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
The Planet Partnership
In 2021, we entered into TPP, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack products made from plant-based protein. In 2023 and 2022, we recognized our share of the net losses in TPP in the amount of $3.9 million and $18.9 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, we contributed our share of the investment in TPP of $3.3 million and $13.3 million, respectively. As of the year ended December 31, 2022, we had contributed our share of the investment in TPP in the amount of $24.3 million. In 2023, we contributed an additional $3.3 million as our share of an additional investment in TPP resulting in a total contribution of $27.6 million as of December 31, 2023. See Note 2,Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, Note 10, Commitments and Contingencies, and Note 13, Related Party Transactions, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
In 2023, we continued the process of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky and assumed sales and distribution responsibilities associated with Beyond Meat Jerky in the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of our Global Operations Review, we made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line. For a discussion of the risks associated with our assumption of
78


the distribution responsibilities for Beyond Meat Jerky, see Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Investments—Joint ventures may not operate according to their business plans if our partners fail to fulfill their obligations, which may adversely affect our results of operations and compel us to dedicate additional resources to these joint ventures.
Purchase Commitments
In 2022, we entered into a co-manufacturing agreement (“Agreement”) with a co- manufacturer to manufacture various products. The Agreement included a minimum order quantity commitment per month and an aggregate quantity over a five-year term. On JanuaryNovember 21, 2023, we terminated the Agreement because the co-manufacturer failed to meet its obligations under the Agreement and recorded $4.4 million in termination-related charges. As of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, we had $0 and $84.6 million, respectively, in fee commitments related to the Agreement. See Note 10 2020,, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
In 2022, we entered into an agreement to purchase certain property on a neighboring site to our manufacturing facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands, for cash consideration of approximately €6.3 million, of which a €0.9 million deposit was made during 2022. Given our intention to reduce our overall operating expenses and cash expenditures, subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2023, on February 2, 2024, we terminated the purchase agreement and entered into a lease agreement with the subsequent purchaser of the property to lease the approximately 114,000 square foot property. The original security deposit was returned to us and was paid to the purchaser as a prepaid lease payment. See Note 14 Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
On July 1, 2023, we and Roquette Frères (“Roquette”) entered into a multi-year salessecond amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to our existing pea protein supply agreement pursuantdated January 10, 2020, as amended by the first amendment dated August 3, 2022 (the “First Amendment”). Pursuant to which Roquette will provide us with plant-based protein. Thethe Second Amendment, the terms of the agreement expires onand existing purchase commitments set forth in the First Amendment were revised and extended through December 31, 2022; however it can be terminated after 18 months under certain circumstances. This agreement increases the amount of plant-based protein to be supplied by Roquette in each of 2020, 2021 and 2022 compared2025. Pursuant to the amount supplied 2019. The plant-based protein sourced underSecond Amendment, the supply agreement is secured on a purchase order basis regularly, per specified minimum monthly and semi-annual quantities, throughout the term. We are not required to purchase plant based protein in amounts in excess ofcommitment was revised such specified minimum quantities; however the Company has the option to increase such minimum quantities for delivery in each of 2021 and 2022. The total annual amount purchased each year by us must be at least the minimum amount specified in the agreement, which totals in the aggregate $154.1 million over the term of the agreement. We alsothat we have the right to be indemnified by Roquette in certain circumstances.
As of December 31, 2020, we had committed to purchase pea protein inventory totaling $141.9 million, approximately $83.4$10.9 million in 20212024 and $58.5$17.1 million in 2022. 2025. In 2023, as a result of our Global Operations Review, we wrote off $5.0 million in prepayments for an option to purchase pea protein inventory in the future that we estimated that we may not be able to use.
In addition, as of December 31, 2020,2023, we had approximately $19.5$9.2 million in outstanding purchase order commitments for capital expenditures primarily to purchase machinery and equipment. Payments for these purchases will be due within twelve months.

months of December 31, 2023.
8079


The following table summarizes our significant contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020:2023:
Payments Due by Period
Payments Due by PeriodPayments Due by Period
(in thousands)(in thousands)TotalLess Than
One Year
1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than
Five Years
(in thousands)TotalLess Than
One Year
1-3 Years3-5 YearsMore Than
Five Years
Operating lease obligations(1)(2)
Operating lease obligations(1)(2)
$16,325 $3,455 $5,993 $2,963 $3,914 
Financing lease obligations(3)
Financing lease obligations(3)
238 80 128 30 — 
Revolving Credit Facility(4)
25,887 25,887 — — — 
Convertible debt(4)
Purchase commitments—inventory(5)
Purchase commitments—inventory(5)
141,863 83,362 58,501 — — 
Purchase commitments—assets(6)
Purchase commitments—assets(6)
19,477 19,477 — — — 
Purchase commitment—Enschede facility(7)
TotalTotal$203,790 $132,261 $64,622 $2,993 $3,914 
___________________
(1)Includes lease payments for our former Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center, obligations under the Campus Lease relating to Phase 1-A and corporate offices in El Segundo, California, andPhase 1-B, our manufacturing facilities in Columbia, Missouri.Missouri and all other operating lease obligations.
(2)Excludes El Segundoobligations under Campus lease agreement entered into subsequentLease, except for those relating to the year ended December 31, 2020.Phase 1-A and Phase 1-B. See Note 1410, Subsequent EventsCommitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
(3)Consists of payments under various financing leases for certain equipment.
(4)Includes principal and interest accrued at a floating rateamount under the Revolving Credit Facility. Subsequentour Notes issued March 2021. See Note 7, Debt, to the year ended December 31, 2020, on February 25, 2021, we paid down our outstanding borrowings and had no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility.Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
(5)Consists of commitments to purchase pea protein inventory.
(6)Consists of commitments to purchase property, plant and equipment.equipment
(7)Consists of the commitment to purchase the adjacent Enschede facility. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2023, on February 2, 2024, we terminated our commitment to purchase the Enschede property and entered into a lease with the subsequent purchaser. See Note 14, Subsequent Event, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any holdings in variable interest entities.
Segment Information
We have one operating segment and one reportable segment, as our CODM,Chief Operating Decision Maker, who is our Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any holdings in variable interest entities.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
In preparing our financial statements in accordance with GAAP, we are required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue, costs and expenses, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities that are reported in the financial statements and accompanying disclosures. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows will be affected.
We believe that the estimates, assumptions and judgments involved in the accounting policies described below have the greatest potential impact on our financial statements because they involve the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Therefore, we
80


consider these to be our critical accounting policies. Accordingly, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our actual results may differ from these estimates and assumptions. See Note 2.2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for information about these critical accounting policies as well as a description of our other accounting policies.
Revenue Recognition
While our revenue recognition does not involve significant judgment, it represents an important accounting policy. Our revenues are generated through sales of our products to distributors or customers. Revenue is recognized at the point in which the performance obligation under the terms of a contract with the customer have been satisfied and control has transferred. The Company’sOur performance obligation is typically defined as the accepted purchase order, the direct-to-consumer order, or the contract, with the customer which requires the Companyus to deliver the requested
81


products at agreed upon prices at the time and location of the customer’s choice. The Company doesWe generally do not offer warranties or a right to return on the products it sellswe sell except in the instance of a product recall.recall or other limited circumstances.
Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expectswe expect to receive in exchange for fulfilling the performance obligation. Sales and other taxes the Company collectswe collect concurrent with the sale of products are excluded from revenue. The Company'sOur normal payment terms vary by the type and location of itsour customers and the products offered. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. None of the Company'sour customer contracts as of December 31, 20202023 contains a significant financing component.
The CompanyWe routinely offersoffer sales discounts and promotions through various programs to itsour customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on shelfon-shelf price reductions, off invoiceoff-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. Provision for discounts and incentives are recorded in the same period in which the related revenues are recognized. At the end of each accounting period, the Company recognizeswe recognize a liabilitycontra asset to accounts receivable for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid. The offsetting charge is recorded as a reduction of revenues in the same period when the expense is incurred.
The Company recognizesWe recognize the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Companywe otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. The incremental cost to obtain contracts was not material.
Asset AcquisitionInventories and Purchase Price AllocationCost of Goods Sold
Inventories are recorded at lower of cost or net realizable value. We followaccount for inventory using the guidanceweighted average cost method. In addition to product cost, inventory costs include expenditures such as direct labor and certain supply and overhead expenses including in-bound shipping and handling costs incurred in ASC 805, Business Combinations,bringing the inventory to its existing condition and location. Inventories are comprised primarily of raw materials, direct labor and overhead costs. Weighted average cost method is used to absorb raw materials, direct labor, and overhead into inventory. We review inventory quantities on hand and record a provision for determining whether an acquisition meetsexcess and obsolete inventory based primarily on historical and forecasted demand, estimated shelf life of various raw materials and packaging, work in process and finished goods inventory, as well as the definition of a business combination or asset acquisition. ASC 805-10-55-5A through 5C provides a practical screen test to determine if substantially all the fair valueage of the assets acquired, generally 90%inventory, among other factors.
Property, Plant and Equipment and Estimate of Useful Lives
During the first quarter of 2023, we completed a reassessment of the total fair valueuseful lives of assets acquired, is concentrated inits large manufacturing and research and development equipment, and determined that we should increase the estimated useful lives for certain of our equipment from a single asset or grouprange of similar assets. If the initial screening test is met, the transaction is considered an asset acquisition and not5 to 10 years a business combination. If the initial screening test is not met, further assessment is necessary to determine if the following are present—outputs, inputs and substantive processes, an organized workforce to convert existing inputs into output. Based on the resultsuniform 10 years. The timing of this analysis and conclusion on an acquisition’s classification of a business combination or asset acquisition, the accounting treatment is determined. We use considerable judgment in determining whether the acquisition of a pool of assets is an acquisition of assets or of a business. Because acquisition costs are expensed for an acquisition of a business and capitalized for an acquisition of assets, results of operations could be materially differentreassessment was based on a combination of factors accumulating over time, including historical useful life information and changes in our determination.
For acquisitionsplanned use of the equipment, that areprovided us with updated information that allowed us to make a better estimate of the economic lives of such equipment. This reassessment was accounted for as acquisitionsa change in accounting estimate and was made on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2023. This change in
81


accounting estimate decreased depreciation expense for 2023 by $21.0 million, impacting cost of assets, we record the acquired tangiblegoods sold and intangible assetsresearch and assumed liabilities, if any, based on each asset’sdevelopment expenses by $19.0 million and liability's relative fair value at the acquisition date$2.0 million, respectively, and decreased both basic and diluted net loss per share available to the total purchase price plus capitalized acquisition costs.
Emerging Growth Company Status
Effective December 31, 2020, we lost our EGC status and are now categorized as a Large Accelerated Filer based upon the current market capitalization of the Company according to Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we must comply with all financial disclosure and governance requirements applicable to Large Accelerated Filers.common stockholders by $0.33.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
Please refer to Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report for a discussion of recently adopted accounting pronouncements and new accounting pronouncements that may impact us.


82


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business, including fluctuations in interest rates, raw material prices, foreign currency exchange fluctuations and inflation as follows:
Interest Rate Risk
Our cash consists of amounts held by third-partythird party financial institutions. In May 2019, upon closing of our IPO, we adopted anOur investment policy which has as its primary objective investment activities which preserve principal without significantly increasing risk.
We are subject to interest rate risk in connection withIn March 2021, we issued a total of $1.15 billion aggregate principal amount of our borrowings under credit facilities. Borrowings under0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027. The proceeds from the 2020 Credit Agreement bear interest, atissuance of the Company’s option, calculated according to an Alternate Base Rate or LIBO Rate, as the case may be, plus an applicable margin. Until the deliveryNotes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million. See Note 7, Debt, to the Administrative Agent of the Company’s consolidated financial information for the fiscal quarter ended September 26, 2020, the applicable margin was 1.5% per annum for Alternate Base Rate loans and 2.5% per annum for LIBO Rate loans. Thereafter, the applicable margin for Alternate Base Rate loans will range from 1.25%Notes to 1.75% per annum,Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report. The Notes do not bear regular interest, and the applicable margin for LIBO Rate loans will range from 2.25% to 2.75% per annum, in each case, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio at the end of each quarter. In addition, we are required to pay an unused commitment fee of 0.375% per annum, which shall accrue at the applicable rate on the dailyprincipal amount of the undrawn portionNotes do not accrete. However, special interest and additional interest may accrue on the Notes at a rate per annum not exceeding 0.50% (subject to certain exceptions) upon the occurrence of the commitment of each Lender, and feescertain events relating to the issuance of letters of credit.
As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding borrowings of $25.0 million and had no excess availability underfailure to file certain SEC reports or to remove certain restrictive legends from the revolving credit facility. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2020 was 3.5%. We exceeded the maximum permitted total leverage ratio financial covenant in the 2020 Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter and year ended December 31, 2020; however, subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, on February 25, 2021, we paid down our outstanding borrowings and had no borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Based on the average interest rate on our 2020 Credit Agreement and to the extent that borrowings were outstanding, we do not believe that a 1.0% change in the interest rate would have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.Notes.
Ingredient Risk
We are exposed to risk related to the price and availability of our ingredients because our profitability is dependent on, among other things, our ability to anticipate and react to raw material and food costs. Currently, the main ingredient in our products is pea protein, which is sourced from peas grown in the United States, France and Canada. The prices of pea protein and other ingredients we use are subject to many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that grow yellow peas, the vagaries of thesethe farming businesses, including poor harvests due to adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and pestilence, and changes in national and world economic conditions, including as a result of COVID-19.conditions. In addition, we purchase some ingredients and other materials offshore, and the price and availability of such ingredients and materials may be affected by political events or other conditions in these countries or tariffs or trade wars. As of
During the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, a hypothetical 10% increase or 10% decrease in the weighted-average cost of pea protein, our primary ingredient, would have resulted in an increase of approximately $3.2$2.9 million, or a decrease of approximately $3.2$2.9 million, respectively, to cost of goods sold. We are working to diversify our sources of supply and intend to enter into long-term contracts to better ensure stability of prices of our raw materials. In the first quarterAs of 2020,December 31, 2023, we entered intohad a multi-year sales agreement with Roquette for the supply of pea protein.which expires in December 2025. See Note 1110, Commitments and Contingencies, to the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this report.
Foreign ExchangeCurrency Risk
We are exposed to foreign currency risks that arise from normal business operations. These risks include the translation of local currency balances of foreign subsidiaries, transaction gains and losses associated with intercompany loans with foreign subsidiaries and transactions denominated in currencies other than a location's
83


functional currency. Our foreign entities use their local currency as the functional currency. For these entities, we translate net assets into U.S. dollars at period end exchange rates, while revenue and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the periods being reported. Resulting currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated“Accumulated other comprehensive incomeincome” and foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other,“Other, net. Transaction gains and losses on long-term intra-entity transactions are recorded as a component of other“Other comprehensive income.loss.” Transactions denominated in a currency other than the reporting entity’s functional currency may give rise to transaction gains and losses that impact our results of operations.
UnrealizedOur foreign exchange risk is primarily related to our intercompany balances denominated in various foreign currencies. We have exposure to the European Euro and the Chinese Yuan.
83


Foreign currency translation gains,losses, net of tax, reported as cumulative translation adjustments through other“Other comprehensive incomeloss” were $1.7$0.4 million and $4.2 million in 2023 and 2022, respectively. Net realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction gains (losses) included in “Other, net” were $1.1 million and $(4.9) million, respectively, in 2023 and 2022.
Based on the intercompany balances as of December 31, 2020. Foreign currency transaction losses included in other, net were $0.2 million, $0 and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
Sensitivity2023, an assumed 5% or 10% adverse change to foreign currency exchange rates was not material aswould result in a loss of December 31, 2020 and 2019.approximately $5.2 million or $10.4 million, respectively, recorded in “Other, net.”
Inflation Risk
WeAlthough we have seen inflation in certain raw materials, and in the cost of logistics and labor, we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on the costs of our business, results of operations, or financial condition.inputs to date. Although difficult to quantify, we believe inflation is likely having an adverse effect on our end customers’ ability to purchase our products, resulting in decreased sales. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, we may not be able to fully offset such higher costs through price increases. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. For additional information, see Part 1, Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Inflationary price pressures of raw materials, labor, transportation, fuel or other inputs used by us and our suppliers, including the effects of higher interest rates, has negatively impacted, and could continue to negatively impact our business and results of operations.

84


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Page
(PCAOB ID:34)

85


REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Beyond Meat, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Beyond Meat, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the related consolidated statements ofoperations,, comprehensive loss, convertible preferred stock and stockholders'stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2023, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020,2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 1, 2021,2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Asset AcquisitionInventory — Provision for Excess and Obsolete Raw Materials and Work in Process Inventory — Refer to Notes 2 and 5 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company completedaccounts for inventory using the acquisitionweighted average cost method and records inventory at the lower of certain assets from a former co-manufacturer for cash consideration of $15.5 million (including $1 million of acquisition costs) on October 30, 2020. The Company accounted for the acquisition as an asset acquisition. Accordingly, the purchase price paid for assets acquired was allocated, based on relative fair value, to property, plant, and equipment and assembled workforce in the amounts of $13.6cost or net realizable value.
86


millionThe determination of the provision to be recorded for excess and $1.9 million, respectively. The methodobsolete raw materials and work in process inventory requires management to evaluate the historical demand and remaining shelf life for determining relative fair value varied dependingexisting raw materials and work in process inventory quantities on hand compared to estimates of future demand for the type of asset.

Company’s products, which involves significant assumptions.
We identified the accountingprovision for the acquisitionexcess and obsolete ingredients included in raw materials and work in process inventory as a critical audit matter due tobecause of the complexity involved and the management judgment necessary to determine whether the acquisition represents a business combination or an asset acquisition, including whether the Company acquired the necessary inputs and processes to meet the definition of a business. This required a highsignificant degree of auditor judgment and an increased extent of effort including the need to involve professionals having expertise in business combination accounting,required when performing audit procedures to evaluate management’s judgmentsestimates and conclusions.

assumptions described above due to their subjective nature.
How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the determination of whether the acquisition represented a business combination or an asset acquisitionprovision for excess and obsolete raw materials and work in process inventory included the following, among others:

• We obtained an understanding of the process and assumptions used by management to determine the provision for excess and obsolete raw materials and work in process inventory.
We evaluated the appropriateness of key inputs supporting management's estimate, including historical demand levels, the age of existing quantities on hand, forecasts of future demand, and shelf life.
• We evaluated trends in the recorded raw materials and work in process inventory balances and raw materials and work in process inventory turnover ratios.
We tested the effectivenessmathematical accuracy of controls overmanagement's key calculations supporting the accounting treatment of the acquisition.

We read and analyzed the asset purchase agreement to evaluate the accounting treatment for the acquisition.

With the assistance of professionals having expertise in business combination accounting, we evaluated management’s conclusion that the acquisition represented an asset acquisition.provision recorded.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 1, 20212024

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2015.



87


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands, except share and per share data)
December 31,
20202019
December 31,December 31,
202320232022
AssetsAssets
Current assets:Current assets:
Current assets:
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalentsCash and cash equivalents$159,127 $275,988 
Accounts receivable35,975 40,080 
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash, current
Accounts receivable, net
InventoryInventory121,717 81,596 
Prepaid expenses and other current assetsPrepaid expenses and other current assets15,407 5,930 
Assets held for sale
Total current assetsTotal current assets332,226 403,594 
Restricted cash, non-current
Property, plant, and equipment, netProperty, plant, and equipment, net115,299 47,474 
Operating lease right-of-use assetsOperating lease right-of-use assets14,570 — 
Prepaid lease costs, non-current
Other non-current assets, netOther non-current assets, net5,911 855 
Investment in unconsolidated joint venture
Total assetsTotal assets$468,006 $451,923 
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
Liabilities and stockholders’ (deficit) equity:
Current liabilities:
Current liabilities:
Current liabilities:Current liabilities:
Accounts payableAccounts payable$53,071 $26,923 
Wages payable2,843 1,768 
Accounts payable
Accounts payable
Accrued bonus
Accrued bonus
Accrued bonusAccrued bonus57 4,129 
Current portion of operating lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of operating lease liabilities3,095 — 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilitiesAccrued expenses and other current liabilities4,830 3,805 
Short-term borrowings under revolving credit facility25,000 
Short-term borrowings under revolving credit line and bank term loan11,000 
Short-term finance lease liabilities71 72 
Total current liabilities$88,967 $47,697 
Long-term liabilities:
Long-term portion of bank term loan, net$$14,637 
Equipment loan, net4,932 
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion11,793 — 
Finance lease obligations and other long term liabilities149 567 
Total long-term liabilities$11,942 $20,136 
Commitments and Contingencies (Note 11)00
Total current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Total current liabilities
Long-term liabilities:
Convertible senior notes, net
Convertible senior notes, net
Convertible senior notes, net
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
Stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share—500,000 shares authorized, NaN issued and outstanding$$
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share—500,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019; 62,820,351 and 61,576,494 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion
Finance lease obligations and other long term liabilities
Total long-term liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)Commitments and contingencies (Note 10)
Stockholders’ deficit:
Stockholders’ deficit:
Stockholders’ deficit:
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share—500,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share—500,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share—500,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding
Common stock, par value $0.0001 per share—500,000,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2023 and 2022; 64,624,140 and 63,773,982 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively
Additional paid-in capitalAdditional paid-in capital560,210 526,199 
Accumulated deficitAccumulated deficit(194,867)(142,115)
Accumulated other comprehensive income1,748 
Total stockholders’ equity$367,097 $384,090 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$468,006 $451,923 
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Total stockholders’ deficit
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
88


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except share and per share data)

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
Year Ended December 31,
2023202320222021
Net revenuesNet revenues$406,785 $297,897 $87,934 
Cost of goods soldCost of goods sold284,510 198,141 70,360 
Gross profit122,275 99,756 17,574 
Gross (loss) profit
Research and development expensesResearch and development expenses31,535 20,650 9,587 
Research and development expenses
Research and development expenses
Selling, general and administrative expensesSelling, general and administrative expenses133,655 74,726 34,461 
Restructuring expenses6,430 4,869 1,515 
Restructuring (income) expenses
Total operating expensesTotal operating expenses171,620 100,245 45,563 
Loss from operationsLoss from operations(49,345)(489)(27,989)
Other expense, net:
Other income (expense), net:
Other income (expense), net:
Other income (expense), net:
Interest expenseInterest expense(2,576)(3,071)(1,128)
Remeasurement of warrant liability(12,503)(1,120)
Interest expense
Interest expense
Other, netOther, net(759)3,629 352 
Total other expense, net(3,335)(11,945)(1,896)
Other, net
Other, net
Total other income (expense), net
Loss before taxesLoss before taxes(52,680)(12,434)(29,885)
Loss before taxes
Loss before taxes
Income tax expenseIncome tax expense72 
Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint venture
Net lossNet loss$(52,752)$(12,443)$(29,886)
Net loss per share available to common stockholders—basic and dilutedNet loss per share available to common stockholders—basic and diluted$(0.85)$(0.29)$(4.75)
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic and dilutedWeighted average common shares outstanding—basic and diluted62,290,445 42,274,777 6,287,172 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
89


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss
(In thousands)

Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2023202320222021
Net lossNet loss$(52,752)$(12,443)$(29,886)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation gain, net of tax1,748 
Net loss
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax:
Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax
Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax
Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax
Comprehensive loss, net of taxComprehensive loss, net of tax$(51,004)$(12,443)$(29,886)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
90


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)
(In thousands, except share data)
Preferred StockCommon StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalLoans to Related PartiesAccumulated DeficitAccumulated Comprehensive IncomeTotal
SharesAmountSharesAmount
Balance at December 31, 201739,361,211 $148,194 5,724,506 $$4,823 $(951)$(99,786)$$(95,913)
  Net loss— — — — — — (29,886)(29,886)
  Exercise of common stock options— — 1,139,962 — 1,369 — — 1,369 
  Share-based compensation— — — — 2,241 — — 2,241 
  Re-purchase of common stock— — (48,909)— (514)— — (514)
  Grant of restricted stock— — 135,791 — — — 
   Payoff of promissory notes receivable for restricted stock purchase— — — — — 951 — 951 
  Issuance of Series G Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $27125,684 1,347 — — — — — — 
  Issuance of Series H Preferred Stock, net of issuance costs of $2842,075,216 49,999 — — — — — — 
Balance at December 31, 201841,562,111 $199,540 6,951,350 $$7,921 $$(129,672)$$(121,750)
  Net loss— — — — — — (12,443)(12,443)
  Issuance of common stock pursuant to the IPO, net of issuance costs of $4.9 million— — 11,068,750 252,452 — — 252,453 
  Issuance of common stock upon conversion of convertible preferred stock(41,562,111)(199,540)41,562,111 199,536 — — 199,540 
Issuance of common stock upon exercise of common stock warrants— — 214,875 — — — — — 
Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon closing of the initial public offering— — — — 14,421 — — 14,421 
  Issuance of common stock pursuant to the Secondary Offering, net of issuance costs of $1.1 million— — 250,000 — 37,394 — — 37,394 
  Exercise of common stock options— — 1,529,408 — 2,669 — — 2,669 
  Share-based compensation for equity-classified awards— — — — 11,806 — — 11,806 
Balance at December 31, 2019$61,576,494 $$526,199 $$(142,115)$$384,090 
Net loss— — — — — — (52,752)— (52,752)
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, net— $— 1,243,857 — 6,732 — — — 6,732 
Share-based compensation for equity classified awards— $— — — 27,279 — — — 27,279 
Foreign currency translation adjustment— $— — — — — — 1,748 1,748 
Balance at December 31, 202062,820,351 $$560,210 $$(194,867)$1,748 $367,097 
Common StockAdditional Paid-in CapitalAccumulated DeficitAccumulated Comprehensive Income (Loss)Total
SharesAmount
Balance at December 31, 202062,820,351 $$560,210 $(194,867)$1,748 $367,097 
Net loss— — — (182,105)— (182,105)
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, net580,548 — 5,055 — — 5,055 
Share-based compensation for equity classified awards— — 28,699 — — 28,699 
Purchase of capped calls related to convertible senior notes— — (83,950)— — (83,950)
Foreign currency translation adjustment— — — — (2,301)(2,301)
Balance at December 31, 202163,400,899 $$510,014 $(376,972)$(553)$132,495 
Net loss— — — (366,137)— (366,137)
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, net373,083 — 486 — — 486 
Share-based compensation for equity classified awards— — 33,857 — — 33,857 
Foreign currency translation adjustment— — — — (4,249)(4,249)
Balance at December 31, 202263,773,982 $$544,357 $(743,109)$(4,802)$(203,548)
Net loss— — — (338,144)— (338,144)
Issuance of common stock under equity incentive plans, net850,158 — (327)— — (327)
Share-based compensation for equity classified awards— — 29,098 — — 29,098 
Foreign currency translation adjustment— — — — (447)(447)
Balance at December 31, 202364,624,140 $$573,128 $(1,081,253)$(5,249)$(513,368)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


91


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIESConsolidated Statements of Cash Flows(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2023202320222021
Cash flows from operating activities:Cash flows from operating activities:
Net lossNet loss$(52,752)$(12,443)$(29,886)
Net loss
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortizationDepreciation and amortization13,299 8,106 4,921 
Non-cash lease expenseNon-cash lease expense2,341 — — 
Share-based compensation expenseShare-based compensation expense27,279 12,807 2,241 
Loss on sale of fixed assets222 93 76 
Share-based compensation expense
Share-based compensation expense
Loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets
Amortization of debt issuance costsAmortization of debt issuance costs256 181 109 
Loss on extinguishment of debtLoss on extinguishment of debt1,538 
Change in preferred and common stock warrant liabilities12,503 1,120 
Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint venture
Write-down of note receivable
Unrealized (gain) loss on foreign currency transactions
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Net change in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivable
Accounts receivableAccounts receivable4,516 (27,454)(9,045)
InventoriesInventories(38,863)(51,339)(22,113)
Prepaid expenses and other assetsPrepaid expenses and other assets(9,699)(2,362)325 
Accounts payableAccounts payable16,027 10,149 10,455 
Accrued expenses and other current liabilitiesAccrued expenses and other current liabilities(1,965)2,743 3,798 
Prepaid lease costs, non-current
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities(2,194)— — 
Long-term liabilities21 278 
Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash used in operating activities
Net cash used in operating activitiesNet cash used in operating activities$(39,995)$(46,995)$(37,721)
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash flows from investing activities:
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property, plant and equipmentPurchases of property, plant and equipment$(57,696)$(23,795)$(22,228)
Asset acquisition(15,482)
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Purchases of property, plant and equipment
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets
Proceeds from sale of fixed assetsProceeds from sale of fixed assets67 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment held for salePurchases of property, plant and equipment held for sale(2,288)(2,123)(1,022)
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale599 299 
Payments for investment in joint venture
Payments for investment in joint venture
Payments for investment in joint venture
Payment of security depositsPayment of security deposits(33)(545)(59)
Net cash used in investing activitiesNet cash used in investing activities$(74,900)$(26,164)$(23,242)
Cash flows from financing activities:Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to the initial public offering, net of issuance costs$$254,868 $
Proceeds from issuance of common stock pursuant to the secondary public offering, net of issuance costs37,394 
Proceeds from Series H preferred stock offering, net of offering costs49,999 
Proceeds from Series G preferred stock offering, net of offering costs1,347 
Proceeds from revolving credit facility50,000 
Cash flows from financing activities:
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from revolving credit line6,000 
Proceeds from term loan borrowing20,000 
(continued on next page)
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes
Proceeds from issuance of convertible senior notes
Purchase of capped calls related to convertible senior notes
(continued on the next page)(continued on the next page)
92


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Proceeds from equipment loan borrowing5,000 
Proceeds from payoff of notes receivable for restricted stock purchase951 
Debt issuance costs(1,224)(437)
Debt extinguishment costs(1,200)
Repayments on revolving credit facility(25,000)
Repayments on revolving credit line(6,000)(2,500)
Repayment on term loan(20,000)(1,000)
Repayment of equipment loan(5,000)
Repayment of Missouri Note(1,450)
Principal payments under finance lease obligations(70)(55)(153)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options9,007 2,669 1,369 
   Proceeds from restricted stock exercise
Payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards(2,275)
Payments of deferred offering costs(2,415)
Payment for repurchase of common stock(514)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities$(1,762)$294,876 $76,199 
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents$(116,657)$221,717 $15,236 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period275,988 54,271 39,035 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash(204)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period$159,127 $275,988 $54,271 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:
Interest$2,564 $3,019 $924 
Taxes$18 $$
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Finance lease obligations for the purchase of property, plant and equipment$$225 $85 
Issuance of convertible preferred stock warrants in connection with debt$$$248 
Non-cash additions to property, plant and equipment$10,719 $1,418 $1,146 
Offering costs, accrued not yet paid$$$745 
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities$4,706 $— $— 
Note receivable from sale of assets held for sale$4,558 $$
    Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital in connection with the initial public offering$$14,421 $
Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock upon initial public offering$$199,540 $
(concluded)
BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Debt issuance costs— — (23,605)
Repayment of revolving credit facility— — (25,000)
Principal payments under finance lease obligations(223)(210)(177)
Proceeds from exercise of stock options170 1,626 8,135 
Payments of minimum withholding taxes on net share settlement of equity awards(497)(1,140)(3,081)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities$(550)$276 $1,022,322 
Net (decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash$(117,866)$(407,495)$573,473 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of the period322,549 733,294 159,127 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash1,252 (3,250)694 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of the period$205,935 $322,549 $733,294 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:
Cash paid (received) during the period for:
Interest$— $10 $348 
Taxes$(1)$38 $(10)
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Non-cash additions to property, plant and equipment$909 $3,507 $5,239 
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities$36,400 $37,245 $16,701 
Reclassification of pre-paid lease costs to operating lease right-of-use assets$28,082 $29,000 $— 
Non-cash addition to financing leases$— $280 $580 
Reclassification of other current liability to additional paid-in capital in connection with the share-settled obligation$— $— $2,535 
(concluded)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
93


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Note 1. Introduction
The Company
Beyond Meat, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the(including its subsidiaries unless the context otherwise requires, the “Company”), is one of the fastest growing food companies in the United States,a leading plant-based meat company offering a portfolio of revolutionary plant-based meats. The Company builds meat directly from plants, an innovation that enables consumers to experience the taste, texture and other sensory attributes of popular animal-based meat products while enjoying the nutritional and environmental benefits of eating the Company’s plant-based meat products. The Company’s brand commitment,promise, “Eat What You Love,” represents a strong belief that there is a better way to feed our future and that the positive choices we all make, no matter how small, can have a great impact on our personal health and the health of our planet. By shifting from animal-based meat to plant-based meat, we can positively impact four growing global issues: human health, climate change, constraints on natural resources and animal welfare.
On September 7, 2018,The Company has the Company changed its name from Savage River, Inc. to Beyond Meat, Inc. On January 14, 2020, the Company registered its subsidiary, following subsidiaries:
Beyond Meat EU B.V., in the Netherlands. On April 28, 2020, the Company registered its subsidiary, Netherlands
Beyond Meat (Jiaxing) Food Co., Ltd. (“BYND JX”), in the Zhejiang Province in China.China
Beyond Meat Canada Inc., in Canada.
On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into the Planet Partnership, LLC, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack and beverage products made from plant-based protein.
The Company’s primary production facilities are located in Columbia, Missouri, and Devault, Pennsylvania, and its research and development and administrative offices are located in El Segundo, California. The Company owns a manufacturing facility in Enschede, the Netherlands, where it produces its woven protein and dry blend flavor systems for shipment to local co-manufacturers, including one of the Company’s distributors who built a co-manufacturing facility in the Netherlands used for production of the Company’s finished goods.
In Jiaxing, China, the Company leases a manufacturing facility, and leases a facility in Shanghai, China, which is used as a local research and development facility. In addition to its own production facilities, the Company uses co-manufacturers in various locations in the United States, CanadaGermany, the Netherlands and the Netherlands. China.
In the second quarter of 2020,2021, the Company acquiredassumed an operating lease for a building in Commerce, California to house its first manufacturingcommercialization center, which was terminated in February 2023.
In 2021, the Company entered into a lease agreement to house its corporate headquarters, lab and innovation space in El Segundo, California. In 2022, upon completion of the Phase1-A of the new campus facility in Europe located in Enschede, the Netherlands. This facility completed operational testing of dry blend production in late 2020 and is expected to begin commercial trial runs in the second quarter of 2021. In addition, in June 2020El Segundo, the Company announcedmoved its Innovation team from the official openingManhattan Beach Project Innovation Center to the new campus facility. In June 2023, upon completion of a new co-manufacturing facility to be used for Beyond Meat production built by the Company’s distributor in the Netherlands. In the third quarter of 2020,tenant improvements associated with Phase 1-B, the Company moved its headquarters, sales and BYND JX enteredmarketing operations into an investment agreement and related factory leasing contract to design and develop manufacturing facilitiesthe newly constructed Campus Headquarters. In June 2023, the Company terminated the lease of its former headquarters, also in the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone to manufacture plant-based meat products under the Beyond Meat brand in China. Renovations in the leased facility commenced at the end of 2020 with trial production expected in the first quarter of 2021 and full-scale end-to-end production expected by the end of the second quarter of 2021.El Segundo, California.
The Company sells to a variety of customers in the retail and foodservice channels throughout the United States and internationally primarily through distributors who purchase, store, sell, and deliver the Company’s products. In addition, the Company sells directly to customers in the retail and foodservice channels who handle their own distribution. In the third quarter of 2020, the Company launched an e-commerce site to sell its products direct to consumers.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, approximately 90%85% of the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the United States.
Initial Public Offering
On May 6, 2019, the Company completed its initial public offering (“IPO”) of common stock in which it sold 11,068,750 shares. The shares began trading on the Nasdaq Global Select Market on May 2, 2019. The shares were sold at a public offering price of $25.00 per share for net proceeds of approximately $252.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $19.4 million and issuance costs of approximately $4.9 million payable by the Company. Upon the closing of the IPO, all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 41,562,111 shares of
94


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
common stock on a 1-for-one basis, and warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into warrants exercisable for a total of 160,767 shares of common stock.Global Operations Review
Secondary Public Offering
On August 5, 2019,In November 2023, to further reduce operating expenses, the Company completedannounced that it was initiating a secondary public offering (“Secondary Offering”)review of common stock in which it sold 250,000 sharesits global operations (the “Global Operations Review”), narrowing the Company’s commercial focus to certain growth opportunities, and the selling stockholders sold 3,487,500 shares. The shares were sold at a public offering price of $160.00 per share for net proceeds to the Company of approximately $37.4 million, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $1.5 million and issuance costs of approximately $1.1 million payable by the Company. Total Secondary Offering issuance costs paid in 2019 were approximately $2.2 million, of which approximately $1.1 million was capitalized to reflect the costs associated with the issuance of new shares and offset against proceeds from the Secondary Offering. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders.
COVID-19
On March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. The global spread and unprecedented impact of COVID-19 continues to create significant volatility, uncertainty and economic disruption. The Company’s operations and its financial results including net revenues, gross profit,accelerating activities that prioritize gross margin expansion and operating expenses were negatively impacted by COVID-19 in 2020. The extentcash generation. As part of COVID-19’s effectthis review, on November 1, 2023, the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on future developments, including the duration, spread and intensityboard of the pandemic (including any resurgences), impact of the new COVID-19 variants and the rollout of COVID-19 vaccines, and the level of social and economic restrictions imposed in the United States and abroad in an effortdirectors approved a plan to curb the spread of the virus, all of which are uncertain and difficult to predict considering the rapidly evolving landscape. As a result, it is not currently possible to ascertain the overall impact of COVID-19 onreduce the Company’s business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity. While the ultimate economic impact of COVID-19 continues to be uncertain, the Company expects that the adverse impact of COVID-19 on its business operations and results of operations, including its net revenues, gross profit, gross margin, earnings and cash flows, will continue into 2021. Future events and effects related to COVID-19 cannot be determined with precision and actual results could significantly differ from estimates or forecasts.
Emerging Growth Company Status
Upon the completionworkforce by approximately 65 employees, representing approximately 19% of the Company’s IPO, the Company elected to be an Emerging Growth Company (“EGC”), as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”). Effective December 31, 2020, the Company lost its EGC status and is now categorized as a Large Accelerated Filer based upon the current market capitalizationglobal non-production workforce (or approximately 8% of the Company according to Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. As a result, the Company must comply with all financial disclosure and governance requirements applicable to Large Accelerated Filers.our total global workforce).
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and include the accounts of the Company and its subsidiaries. All inter-companyintercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.
Fiscal Year
The Company operates on a fiscal calendar year, and each interim quarter is comprised of one 5-week period and two 4-week periods, with each week ending on a Saturday. The Company’s fiscal year
95


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
always begins on January 1 and ends on December 31. As a result, the Company’s first and fourth fiscal quarters may have more or fewer days included than a traditional 91-day fiscal quarter.
Segment Information
The Company has 1one operating segment and 1one reportable segment, as the Company’s chief operating decision maker, who is the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, reviews financial information on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.
Management’s Use of Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect certain reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Significant accounting estimates made by the Company include trade promotion accruals; useful lives of property, plant and equipment; valuation of fixed assets; valuation of deferred tax assets; valuation of inventory; incremental borrowing rate used to determine operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities; assessment of contract-based factors, asset-based factors, entity-based factors and market-based factors to determine the lease term impacting right-of-use assets and lease liabilities; the valuation of the fair value of stock options used to determine share-based compensation expense; and the valuation of the fair value of common stockloss contingency accruals in connection with claims, lawsuits and preferred stock used in the remeasurement of warrants and liabilities.administrative proceedings. These estimates and assumptions are based on current facts, historical experience and various other factors believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the recording of expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from those estimates and such differences may be material to the financial statements.
Reverse Stock Split
On January 2, 2019, the Company effected a 3-to-2 reverse stock split of its outstanding common stock and convertible preferred stock, including outstanding stock options and common and convertible preferred stock warrants. The reverse stock split did not result in an adjustment to par value. All references in the accompanying financial statements and related notes to the number of shares of common stock, convertible preferred stock, warrants and options to purchase common stock and per share data reflect the effect of the reverse stock split.
Comprehensive Loss
Comprehensive loss includes unrealized gains (losses) on the Company’s foreign currency translation adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2020. During the years ended December 31, 20192023, 2022 and 2018, the Company had no foreign operations, and as a result, comprehensive loss was equal to net loss for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018.2021. Income taxes on the unrealized losses are not material.
95


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Convertible Senior Notes
On March 5, 2021, the Company issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of its 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Convertible Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act. On March 12, 2021, the initial purchasers of the Convertible Notes exercised their option to purchase an additional $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Additional Notes”, and together with the Convertible Notes, the “Notes”), and such Additional Notes were issued on March 16, 2021. See Note 7. The Company accounts for the Notes under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2020-06, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity” (ASU 2020-06”), which the Company early adopted in the first quarter of 2021 concurrent with the issuance of the Notes. The Company records the Notes in “Long-term liabilities” at face value net of issuance costs. If any of the conditions to the convertibility of the Notes is satisfied, or the Notes become due within one year, then the Company may be required under applicable accounting standards to reclassify the liability carrying value of the Notes as a current, rather than a long-term, liability.
Capped Call Transactions
Capped call transactions cover the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock that will initially underlie the Notes, and generally reduce potential dilution to the Company’s common stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company may make in excess of the principal amount of the converted Notes, as the case may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap, based on the cap price of the capped call transactions. The Company determined that the freestanding capped call option contracts qualify as equity under the accounting guidance on indexation and equity classification, and recognized the contract by recording an entry to “Additional paid-in capital” (“APIC”) in stockholders’ equity in its consolidated balance sheet. The Company also determined that the capped call option contracts meet the definition of a derivative under Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC 815”), but are not required to be accounted for as a derivative as they meet the scope exception outlined in ASC 815. Instead the capped call options are recorded in APIC and not remeasured.
Issuance Costs
Issuance costs related to the Notes offering were capitalized and offset against proceeds from the Notes. Issuance costs consist of legal and other costs related to the issuance of the Notes and are amortized to interest expense over the term of the Notes. Total issuance costs capitalized in the year ended December 31, 2021 were approximately $23.6 million, of which none remained unpaid as of December 31, 2021. There were $12.5 million and $16.4 million in unamortized issuance costs related to the Notes as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Foreign Currency
The Company’s foreign entities use their local currency as the functional currency. For these entities, the Company translates net assets into U.S. dollars at period end exchange rates, while revenue and expense accounts are translated at average exchange rates prevailing during the periods being reported. Resulting currency translation adjustments are included in accumulated“Accumulated other comprehensive incomeincome” and foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other,“Other, net. Transaction gains and losses on long-term intra-entity transactions are recorded as a component of other“Other comprehensive income.loss.” Transactions denominated in a currency other than the reporting entity’s functional currency may give rise to transaction gains and losses that impact the Company’s results of operations.
Foreign currency translation loss, net of tax, reported as cumulative translation adjustment through “Other comprehensive loss” was $0.4 million, $4.2 million and $2.3 million respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021.
96


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Unrealized translation gains, net of tax, reported as cumulative translation adjustments through other comprehensive income were $1.7 million as of December 31, 2020. ForeignNet realized and unrealized foreign currency transaction lossesgains (losses) included in other, net“Other, net” were $0.2$1.1 million, $0$(4.9) million and $0 during$(0.2) million, respectively, in the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018, respectively.2021.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The fair value measurement accounting guidance creates a fair value hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used to measure fair value into three categories. A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input significant to the fair value measurement, where Level 1 is the highest and Level 3 is the lowest.
The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets accessible by the reporting entity for identical assets or liabilities. Active markets are those in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-derived valuations in which significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which significant value drivers are unobservable.
The Company’s financial instruments include cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued expenses, for which the carrying amounts approximate fair value due to the short-term maturity of these financial instruments. Based onThe Company’s convertible notes are carried at face value less the borrowing rates currently available to the Company forunamortized debt with similar terms, the carrying value of the Company’s revolving credit facility approximates fair value as well.issuance costs (see Note 7).
The Company had no financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. other than the liability classified share-settled obligation to one of the Company’s executive officers as discussed in Note10 which represents a Level 1 financial instrument.2023 or 2022.
Prior to the IPO, the stock warrant liability was measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs upon issuance and at each reporting date. Inputs used to determine the estimated fair value of the warrant liability as of the valuation date included expected term of the warrants, the risk-free interest rate, volatility, and the fair value of underlying shares. There were no transfers of financial assets or liabilities into or out of Level 1, Level 2 or Level 3 for 2020, 2019 or 2018.
97


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The key assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for the valuation of the preferred stock warrant liability upon re-measurement were as follows:
Year Ended December 31, 2018
Expected term (in years)2.0
Fair value of underlying shares$19.02
Volatility55.0%
Risk-free interest rate2.48%
Dividend yield0
Generally, increases or decreases in the fair value of the underlying convertible preferred stock or common stock would result in a directionally similar impact in the fair value measurement of the associated warrant liability.
The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the preferred and common stock warrant liabilities:
Year Ended December 31, 2019
(in thousands)
Beginning balance$1,918 
Fair value of warrants issued during the period
Change in fair value of warrant liability12,503 
Reclassification of warrant liability to additional paid-in capital in connection with the IPO(14,421)
Ending balance$

The Company remeasured and reclassified the common stock warrant liability to additional paid-in-capital in connection with the IPO. The final re-measurement of the preferred stock warrant was based upon the publicly available stock price on the conversion date. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock were cashless exercised and 0 warrants were outstanding as ofyears ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.2023, 2022 or 2021.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company maintains cash balances at two financial institutions in the United States. The cash balances may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. Accounts are guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or FDIC up to $250,000. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturity dates of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents comprise ofinclude approximately 80% in demand deposits and approximately 20%82% in money market accounts.accounts and approximately 18% in demand deposits.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash includes cash held as collateral for stand-alone letter of credit agreements related to normal business transactions. The agreements require the Company to maintain a specified amount of cash as collateral in a segregated account to support the letters of credit issued thereunder. The Company had $15.4 million in restricted cash as of December 31, 2023, which was comprised of $12.6 million to secure the letter of credit to support the development and leasing of the Company’s Campus Headquarters recorded in “Restricted cash, non-current” and $2.8 million to secure a letter of credit associated with a third party contract manufacturer in Europe recorded in “Restricted cash, current” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. See Note 10.
97


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Accounts Receivable
The Company records accounts receivable at net realizable value. This value includes an appropriate allowance for estimated uncollectible accounts to reflect any anticipated losses on the accounts receivable balances and recorded in allowance for doubtful accounts. Allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on the Company’s history of write-offs, level of past due accounts, and relationships with and economic status of the Company’s distributors or customers.
The Company had 0$1.5 million and $1.4 million allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2020 or 2019.
98


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
2023 and 2022, respectively.
Inventories and Cost of Goods Sold
Inventories are recorded at lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company accounts for inventory using the weighted average cost method. In addition to product cost, inventory costs include expenditures such as direct labor and certain supply and overhead expenses including in-bound shipping and handling costs incurred in bringing the inventory to its existing condition and location. Inventories are comprised primarily of raw materials, direct labor and overhead costs. Weighted average cost method is used to absorb raw materials, direct labor, and overhead into inventory. The Company reviews inventory quantities on hand and records a provision for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on historical and forecasted demand, estimated shelf life of various raw materials and packaging, work in process and finished goods inventory, as well as the age of the inventory, among other factors.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and are depreciated using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:
LandNot amortized
Buildings30 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of lease term or estimated useful life
Furniture and fixtures3 years
Manufacturing equipment(1)
5 to 10 years
Research and development equipment(1)
5 to 10 years
Software and computer equipment3 years
Vehicles5 years
____________
(1) Beginning in the first quarter of 2023, the Company reassessed the estimated useful lives for certain of its large equipment with value over $25,000 from a range of 5 to 10 years to a uniform 10 years. Equipment up to $25,000 in value continue to be estimated to have a useful life of 5 years.
Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the estimated useful life of the asset or the remaining lease term. When assets are sold or retired, the asset and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective account balances and anybalances. Any gain or loss on disposalfrom sale of the asset is included in selling, general, and administrative expenses. Any loss from operations.on accelerated deprecation on planned write-off and disposal of the asset is included in either cost of goods sold, research and development expenses, or selling, general and administrative expenses, depending on the nature of the asset. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are charged directly to expense when incurred. See Note 76.
Change in Accounting for AcquisitionEstimate
TheDuring the first quarter of 2023, the Company followscompleted a reassessment of the guidance in ASC 805, Business Combinations, for determining whether an acquisition meets the definitionuseful lives of a business combination or asset acquisition. The acquired assets may include, but are not limited to land, building, building improvements,its large manufacturing equipment and assembled work force.
For acquisitionsresearch and development equipment, and determined that are accounted for as acquisitions of assets, the Company records the acquired tangible and intangible assets and assumed liabilities, if any, based on each asset’s and liability's relative fair value at the acquisition date to the total purchase price plus capitalized acquisition costs. The method for determining relative fair value varies depending on the type of asset.
The Company has completed one acquisition to date. See Note 5.should
9998


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
increase the estimated useful lives for certain of its equipment from a range of 5 to 10 years to a uniform 10 years. This reassessment was accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and was made on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2023. See Note 6.
Assets Held For Sale
The Company classifies long-lived assets determined to be sold as held for sale in the period in which all specified GAAP criteria are met. The Company initially measures assets classified as held for sale at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Any loss resulting from this measurement is recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met and are recorded in selling, general, and administrative expenses. The estimated fair value are typically based on appraisals or offers from prospective buyers.
In connection with Global Operations Review the Company identified certain manufacturing equipment that were no longer required for its future operations. Upon valuation of these assets by an independent third party, the assets that were determined to be not salable were fully depreciated during the period. The assets that were determined salable were recorded in “Assets held for sale” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Loss recognized during 2023 associated with these assets classified as held for sale was $16.6 million. These assets held for sale are expected to be sold within one year.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets, including property and equipment, are reviewed by management for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be fully recoverable. When events or circumstances indicate that impairment may be present, management evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows received will be less than the carrying amount of the asset. If projected future undiscounted cash flows are less than the carrying value of an asset, then such assets are written down to their fair values. Other than the write off of certain property, plant and equipment in connection with the restructuring efforts disclosed in Note 3, theThe Company concluded that no long-lived assets were impaired during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018.
Deferred Offering Costs
Offering costs, consisting primarily of legal, accounting, printing and filing services, and other direct fees and costs related to the IPO, were capitalized and offset against proceeds from the IPO. Total IPO issuance costs were $4.9 million, of which $2.4 million was incurred and paid as of December 31, 2018 and an additional $2.5 million was incurred and paid in 2019. Total Secondary Offering costs paid in 2019 were approximately $2.2 million, of which approximately $1.1 million was capitalized to reflect the costs associated with the issuance of new shares and offset against proceeds from the Secondary Offering. The remainder of the Secondary Offering costs were associated with the expense of selling existing shares by the selling stockholders and were recorded in SG&A expenses in the statement of operations for 2019. There were 0 unpaid IPO issuance costs or Secondary Offering issuance costs in accounts payable or prepaid IPO issuance costs in prepaid expenses as of December 31, 2020.
Stock Warrant Liability
The Company accounted for freestanding warrants outstanding to purchase shares of its common stock or, prior to its IPO, its convertible preferred stock or common stock, as a liability, as the underlying shares of convertible preferred stock and common stock were contingently redeemable and, therefore, could have obligated the Company to transfer assets at some point in the future. The warrants were recorded at fair value upon issuance and were subject to remeasurement at each balance sheet date. Any change in fair value has been recognized in the statements of operations in total other expense, net.
Prior to the IPO, the Company had outstanding warrants to purchase an aggregate of 60,002 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share, 121,694 shares of its Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.07 per share and 39,073 shares of its Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.68 per share. On May 6, 2019, in connection with the IPO, the warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into warrants exercisable for a total of 160,767 shares of common stock at the same respective exercise price per share. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock were cashless exercised.2021.
Income Taxes
The Company is subject to federal and state income taxes. The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes as set forth in the authoritative guidance for accounting for income taxes. Under this method, the Company recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the respective carrying amounts and tax basis of assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance is established against the portion of deferred tax assets that the Company believes will not be realized on a more likely than not basis.
With respect to uncertain tax positions, the Company recognizes in its financial statements those tax positions determined to be more likely than not of being sustained upon examination, based on the
100


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
technical merits of the positions. The Company’s policy is to recognize, when applicable, interest and penalties on uncertain tax positions as part of income tax expense. See Note 1211.
Leases
The Company leases certain equipment used for research and development and operations under both capitalfinance and operating lease agreements. An asset and a corresponding liability for the finance lease obligations are established for the cost of a finance lease. Finance lease assets are included in property,“Property, plant and equipment, netnet” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
Operating leases include lease arrangements for the Company’s corporate offices, the Campus Lease (see Note 4), the former Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center, manufacturing facilities, warehouses, vehicles and, to a lesser extent, equipment. Operating leases with a term greater than one year are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities at the
99


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
commencement date. Operating lease assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease.
The Company records these balances initially at the present value of future minimum lease payments calculated using the Company’s incremental borrowing rate and expected lease term. The Company estimates the incremental borrowing rate for each operating lease based on prevailing market rates for collateralized debt in a similar economic environment with similar payment terms and maturity dates commensurate with the terms of the lease. Certain adjustments to the operating lease right-of-use assets may be required for items such as initial direct costs paid or incentives received. Certain leases contain variable payments, which are expensed as incurred and not included in the Company’s operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities. These amounts primarily include payments for maintenance, utilities, taxes and insurance on the Company’s corporate, research and development, and manufacturing facilities and warehouse leases and are excluded from the present value of the Company’s lease obligations. Some leases also include early termination options, which can be exercised under specific conditions. The Company includes options to extend the lease term if the options are reasonably certain of being exercised. The Company does not have residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants associated with its leases.
Upon adoption of ASU 2016-02, the Company elected to combine lease and non-lease components on all new or modified leases into a single lease component, for all classes of assets other than the co-manufacturing class of assets, which we recognizethe Company recognizes over the expected term on a straight-line expense basis. The Company elected to separate the lease and non-lease components on all new or modified operating leases for the co-manufacturing class of assets for the purpose of recording operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities. Prior to fiscal 2020, the Company accounted for leases under ASC 840 and did not record operating leases on its consolidated balance sheets. See Note 4.
When the Company purchases property that it was previously leasing under an operating lease, the Company de-recognizes the right-of-use asset and lease liability and recognizes the difference between the purchase price and the carrying amount of the lease liability immediately before the purchase as an adjustment to the carrying value of the asset. The Company allocates the purchase price to the assets acquired based upon their relative values.
Contingencies
The Company is subject to a range of claims, lawsuits, and administrative proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company accrues a liability (which amount includes litigation costs expected to be incurred) and charges operations for such matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated, in accordance with the recognition criteria of the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”)ASC 450, Contingencies. Estimating liabilities and costs associated with these matters require significant judgment based upon the professional knowledge and experience of management and its legal counsel. See Note 1110.
Revenue Recognition
In May 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU)ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASU 2014-09”), which, along with subsequent ASUs, amended the existing accounting standards for revenue recognition (“Topic 606”). This guidance is based on principles that govern the recognition of revenue at an amount an entity expects to be entitled to receive when products are transferred to customers. ASU 2014-09 was effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2019. The majority of the Company’s contracts with customers generally consist of a single performance obligation to transfer promised goods. Based on the Company’s evaluation and review of its contracts with customers, the timing and amount of revenue recognized based on ASU 2014-09 is consistent with the Company’s revenue recognition policy under previous guidance. The Company has therefore concluded that the adoption of ASU 2014-09 did not have a material impact on its financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.
100


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The Company’s revenues are generated through sales of its products to distributors or customers. Revenue is recognized at the point in which the performance obligation under the terms of a contract with the customer have been satisfied and control has transferred. The Company’s performance obligation is typically defined as the accepted purchase order the direct-to-consumer order, or the contract with the customer which requires the Company to deliver the requested products at agreed upon
101


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
prices at the time and location of the customer’s choice. The Company generally does not offer warranties or a right to return on the products it sells except in the instance of a product recall.recall or other limited circumstances.
Revenue is measured as the amount of consideration the Company expects to receive in exchange for fulfilling the performance obligation. Sales and other taxes the Company collects concurrent with the sale of products are excluded from revenue. The Company's normal payment terms vary by the type and location of its customers and the products offered. The time between invoicing and when payment is due is not significant. None of the Company's customer contracts as of December 31, 20202023 contains a significant financing component.
The Company routinely offers sales discounts and promotions through various programs to its customers and consumers. These programs include rebates, temporary on shelfon-shelf price reductions, buy-one-get-one free programs, off invoiceoff-invoice discounts, retailer advertisements, product coupons and other trade activities. Provision for discounts and incentives are recorded in the same period in which the related revenues are recognized. At the end of each accounting period, the Company recognizes a liabilitycontra asset to accounts receivable for estimated sales discounts that have been incurred but not paid which totaled $3.6$6.9 million and $1.6$4.6 million as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, respectively. The offsetting charge is recorded as a reduction of revenues in the same period when the expense is incurred.
The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise would have recognized is one year or less. The incremental cost to obtain contracts was not material.
Presentation of Net Revenues by Channel
Effective January 1, 2020, the Company began presenting net revenues by geography and distribution channel as follows:
Distribution ChannelDescription
U.S. Retail
Net revenues from retail sales to the U.S. market(1)
U.S. FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to the U.S. market
International RetailNet revenues from retail sales to international markets, including Canada
International FoodserviceNet revenues from restaurant and foodservice sales to international markets, including Canada
____________
(1) Includes net revenues from direct-to-consumer sales.

Net revenues from sales to the Canadian market, previously included with net revenues from sales to the U.S. market, have been reclassified to International net revenues. Prior period amounts have been recast to conform to the current period presentation. The foregoing change in presentation had no impact onfollowing table presents the Company’s net revenues results of operations or cash flows.by channel:
Effective January 1, 2020, the Company also eliminated the presentation of net revenues by platform as it is no longer material to an understanding
Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
(in thousands)
U.S.:
Retail$155,240 $234,744 $243,360 
Foodservice50,647 69,289 76,475 
U.S. net revenues205,887 304,033 319,835 
International:
Retail61,723 60,907 81,483 
Foodservice75,766 53,993 63,382 
International net revenues137,489 114,900 144,865 
Net revenues$343,376 $418,933 $464,700 

One distributor accounted for approximately 12% of the Company’s financial results. Previously, the Company presented net revenues by platform for its “ready-to-cook” or fresh platform, and “ready-to-heat” or frozen platform. Gross revenues from sales of products in the Company’s frozen platform were 5.5% of gross revenues in each of 2023 and 2022; two distributors accounted for approximately 12% and 11% of the year ended December 31, 2019, as compared to 16.3% ofCompany’s gross revenues in 2021. No other distributor or customer accounted for more than 10% of the year ended December 31, 2018.Company’s gross revenues in 2023, 2022 or 2021.
102101


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)

The following table presents the Company’s net revenues by channel:
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
(in thousands)
U.S.:
Retail$264,111 $129,383 $49,772 
Foodservice60,763 70,372 20,717 
U.S. net revenues324,874 199,755 70,489 
International:
Retail36,472 15,426 1,007 
Foodservice45,439 82,716 16,438 
International net revenues81,911 98,142 17,445 
Net revenues$406,785 $297,897 $87,934 

One customer accounted for approximately 13% of the Company’s gross revenues in 2020; two distributors accounted for approximately 17% and 16%, respectively, of the Company’s gross revenues in 2019; and three distributors accounted for approximately 32%, 21% and 13%, respectively, of the Company’s gross revenues in 2018. No other distributor or customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s gross revenues in 2020, 2019 or 2018.
Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Earnings (loss) per share (“EPS”) represents net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS represents net income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, inclusive of the dilutive impact of potential common shares outstanding during the period. Such potential common shares include options, unvested restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and contracts classified as assets or liabilities that are required or assumed to be share-settled under the two-class method, warrants and convertible preferred stock.method.
The Company calculates basic and diluted EPS available to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. ThePursuant to ASU 2020-06, the Company considers all seriesapplies the more dilutive of convertible preferred stock issuedthe if-converted method and outstanding prior to the IPO to be participating securities. Under the two-class method the net loss available to common stockholders was not allocated to the convertible preferred stock as the holders of convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding prior to the IPO did not have a contractual obligation to share in losses.its Notes. Computation of EPS for the years ended December 31, 20202021 and 20192020 also excludes adjustments under the two-class method relating to a liability classified, share-settled obligation to an executive officer to deliver a variable number of shares based on a fixed monetary amount because the shares to be delivered are not participating securities as they do not have voting rights and are not entitled to participate in dividends until they are issued.
Nonvested restricted stock awards (referred to as participating securities) are excluded from the dilutive impact of common equivalent shares outstanding in accordance with authoritative guidance under the two-class method. The nonvested restricted stockholders are entitled to participate in dividends declared on common stock as if the shares were fully vested and hence nonvested restricted stock shares are deemed to be participating securities. Under the two-class method, net income, but not net loss, available to nonvested restricted stockholders is excluded from net income available to common
103


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
stockholders for purposes of calculating basic and diluted EPS. Net loss available to common stockholders is not allocated to unvested restricted stock as the holders of unvested restricted stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses. In periods when the Company records net loss, all potential common shares are excluded in the computation of EPS because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive. See Note 1312.
Prepaid Expenses
Prepaid expenses primarily include prepaid rentinsurance and insurance,other prepaid vendor costs, which are expensed in the period to which they relate. Prepaid expenses are included under the caption “Prepaid assets and other assets” in consolidated balance sheets and were $8.3 million, and $14.5 million as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.
Investment in Joint Venture
The Company uses the equity method of accounting to record transactions associated with its joint venture when the Company shares in joint control of the investee. Investment in joint venture is not consolidated but is recorded in “Investment in unconsolidated joint venture” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company recognizes its portion of the investee’s results in “Equity in losses of unconsolidated joint venture” in its consolidated statement of operations. The Company eliminates its proportionate interest in any intra-entity profits or losses in the inventory of the investee at the end of the reporting period and recognizes its portion of the profit and losses when realized by the investee.
Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”) Expenses
SG&A expenses are primarily comprised of selling, marketing expenses and administrative expenses, including personnel and related expenses, share-based compensation, outbound shipping and handling costs, non-manufacturing rentlease expense, depreciation and amortization expense on non-manufacturing and non-research and development assets, charges related to asset write-offs including loss on sale and write-down of fixed assets, consulting fees and other non-production operating expenses. SellingMarketing and marketingselling expenses include advertising costs, share-based compensation awards to brand ambassadors, advertising costs, costs associated with consumer promotions, product donations, product samples and sales aids incurred to acquire new customers, retain existing customers and build brand awareness. Administrative expenses include the expenses related to management, accounting, legal, IT and other office functions. Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs in the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 were $0.3$17.2 million, $0.3$20.6 million and $62,000,$12.1 million, respectively. Non-advertising related components of the Company’s total marketing expenditures primarily include costs associated with consumer promotions, product sampling and sales aids, which are also included in SG&A.
Shipping and Handling Costs
102


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The Company does not bill its distributors or customers shipping and handling fees. The Company’s products are predominantly shipped to its distributors or customers as “FOB Destination,” with control of the products transferred to the customer at the destination. In-bound shipping and handling costs incurred in manufacturing a product are included in inventory and reflected in cost of goods sold when the sale of that product is recognized. Outbound shipping and handling costs including shipping and handling costs related to direct-to-consumer sales, are considered as fulfillment costs and are recorded in SG&A expenses. Outbound shipping and handling costs included in SG&A expenses in 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 were $11.9$10.7 million, $10.9$17.6 million and $6.1$19.1 million, respectively.
Research and Development Expenses
Research and development costs,expenses, which includes enhancements to existing products and new product development, are expensed in the period incurred. Research and development expenses primarily consist of personnel and related expenses for the Company’s research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, and share-based compensation, scale-up expenses and depreciation and amortization expense on research and development assets.assets, and facility lease costs. Research and development expenses in the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, were $31.5$39.5 million, $20.7$62.3 million and $9.6$66.9 million, respectively.
Share-Based Compensation
The Company measures all share-based compensation cost at the grant date, based on the fair values of the awards that are ultimately expected to vest, and recognizes that cost as an expense in its consolidated statements of operations over the requisite service period. The Company estimates the fair value of option awards using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, which requires management to make certain assumptions for estimating the fair value of stock options at the date of grant including the fair value and projected volatility of the underlying common stock and the expected term of the award. The
104


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. Because the Company’s stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options, and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimates, in management’s opinion, the existing models may not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company’s stock options. Although the fair value of stock options is determined using an option valuation model, that value may not be indicative of the fair value observed in a willing buyer/willing seller market transaction.
In addition, the Company estimates the expected impact of forfeited awards and recognizes share-based compensation cost only for those awards ultimately expected to vest. If actual forfeiture rates differ materially from the Company’s estimates, share-based compensation expense could differ significantly from the amounts the Company has recorded in the current period. The Company periodically reviews actual forfeiture experience and will revise its estimates, as necessary. The Company will recognize as compensation cost the cumulative effect of the change in estimated forfeiture rates on current and prior periods in earnings of the period of revision. As a result, if the Company revises its assumptions and estimates, the Company’s share-based compensation expense could change materially in the future. See Note 109.
Employee Benefit Plan
On January 1, 2017 the Company initiated a 401(k) retirement savingsavings plan (“401-K Plan”) for the benefit of eligible employees. Under terms of this plan, eligible employees are able to make contributions of their wages on a tax-deferred basis. The Company has incurred $0.7$2.1 million, $0.2$2.9 million and $0$1.5 million in matching contribution to the 401-K Plan in 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, respectively.
Restructuring Plan
The Company accounts for exit or disposal of activities in accordance with ASC 420, Exit“Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations. The Company defines a business restructuring as an exit or disposal activity that includes but is not limited to a program which is planned and controlled by management and materially changes either the
103


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
scope of a business or the manner in which that business is conducted. Business restructuring charges may include (i) contract termination costs and (ii) other related costs associated with exit or disposal activities.
Contract termination costs include costs to terminate a contract or costs that will continue to be incurred under the contract without benefit to the Company. A liability is recognized and measured at its fair value when the Company either terminates the contract or ceases using the rights conveyed by the contract. See Note 3.
Related-Party Transactions
Seth Goldman
The Company entered into a consulting agreement with Seth Goldman, the Company’s Executive Chair, on March 2, 2016, which was amended and restated on November 15, 2018 and further amended on April 8, 2019. Pursuant to the consulting agreement, the Company paid Mr. Goldman $20,210.33 per month for services rendered under the consulting agreement.
Effective February 27, 2020, Seth Goldman resigned as Executive Chair of the Company.  Upon such resignation, Mr. Goldman continued to serve in his capacity as a Class I director and Chair of the Board of the Company.  In connection with Mr. Goldman’s resignation as Executive Chair, the Company and Mr. Goldman terminated the consulting agreement effective as of February 27, 2020. Total consulting fees paid to Mr. Goldman under the consulting agreement prior to its termination in 2020, 2019 and 2018 were $60,631, $265,548 and $189,583, respectively. In addition, Mr. Goldman was entitled to receive a bonus for service in 2019 in the amount of $121,260, which was paid in the first quarter of 2020.
105


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Bernhard van Lengerich
The Company first entered into an advisor agreement with Food System Strategies, LLC in October 2015. Bernhard van Lengerich. Ph.D., a member of the Company’s Board of Directors, is the Chief Executive Officer of Food System Strategies, LLC. Pursuant to this advisor agreement, the Company paid Food System Strategies, LLC $4,000 for each day Dr. van Lengerich provided services. In February 2016, the Company entered into a new advisor agreement with Food System Strategies, LLC, which superseded the original agreement and provided for a $25,000 monthly retainer and a non-qualified stock option covering 532,590 shares of common stock, which vested in equal monthly installments over three years in consideration of Dr. van Lengerich providing services as the Company’s interim Chief Technical Officer and head of research and development, and the increased time commitment associated with these roles. In December 2016, the advisor agreement was amended to provide for a $10,000 monthly retainer to reflect the fact that Dr. van Lengerich would only be providing advisory services five to six days a month going forward.
Effective December 31, 2019, the Company and Food System Strategies, LLC agreed that the term of the advisor agreement would end. Total advisor fees paid to Food System Strategies, LLC for the services of Mr. van Lengerich in 2019 and 2018 were $120,000 (including amounts paid in 2020) and $140,000, respectively.
Donald Thompson
In 2018, the Company reimbursed Cleveland Avenue, LLC, a venture capital investment company, led by Don Thompson, for certain costs that were incurred by Cleveland Avenue, LLC in connection with Company presentations and the hosting of Company meetings. Cleveland Avenue, LLC received $121,546 in reimbursements for staff time, food, food preparation and facility rental costs. The Company did 0t incur any such costs in 2020 or 2019.
Michael Pucker
Michael A. Pucker, a partner of Latham & Watkins LLP, is a former member of the Company’s board of directors and the spouse of Gigi Pritzker Pucker. Ms. Pucker may be deemed to be a holder of more than 5% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. In the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company made aggregate payments of approximately $11.1 million and $70,695 to Latham & Watkins LLP for legal services. As of December 31, 2020, the Company had billed and unbilled fees for legal services of $1.0 million due to Latham & Watkins LLP.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements
None.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In February 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2016-02, which requires lessees to record most leases on their balance sheets but recognize the expenses on their income statements in a manner similar to ASC 840. ASU 2016-02 requires that a lessee recognize a lease liability for the obligation to make lease payments and a right-of-use asset for the right to use the underlying asset for the lease term.
On January 1, 2020, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02 using the modified retrospective approach, which permits application of this new guidance at the beginning of the period of adoption, with comparative periods continuing to be reported under ASC 840. The Company also elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within ASU 2016-02, which among other things, permits the Company to not reassess under the new standard the Company’s prior conclusions about lease identification, lease classification and initial direct costs. The Company did not elect the use-of-hindsight practical expedient or the practical expedient pertaining to land easements, the latter not being applicable to the Company. As part of this adoption, the Company elected not to record operating right-of-use assets or operating lease liabilities for leases with an initial term of 12 months or less. Payments on those leases will be recognized on a straight-line basis through the Company’s consolidated
106


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
statements of operations over the lease term. The Company elected to separate the lease and non-lease components on all new or modified operating leases for the co-manufacturing class of assets for the purpose of recording operating lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities and to combine lease and non-lease components on all new or modified operating leases into a single lease component for all other classes of assets. See Note 4.
On March 12, 2020,October 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation2023-06 “Disclosure Improvements—Codification Amendments in Response to the SEC’s Disclosure Update and Simplification Initiative” (“ASU 2023-06”), which provides amendments to the Codification in response to the 2018 SEC release No. 33-10532, “Disclosure Update and Simplification.” The amendments modify the disclosure and presentation requirements of a variety of Topics in the Codification and apply to all reporting entities within the scope of the Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting” (“affected Topics. ASU 2020-04”). The amendments in ASU 2020-04 provide temporary optional expedients and exceptions for applying GAAP to contract modifications, hedging relationships and other transactions to ease the potential accounting and financial reporting burden associated with transitioning away from reference rates that are expected to be discontinued, including the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). ASU 2020-042023-06 is effective for companies that are subject to the Company asSEC’s existing disclosure requirements and for entities required to file or furnish financial statements with or to the SEC in preparation for the sale of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022. Theor purpose of issuing securities on the date which the SEC removes the related disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K. Early adoption is prohibited. For all other entities, the amendments are effective two years later. If the SEC has not removed the applicable disclosure from Regulation S-X or Regulation S-K by June 30, 2027, the pending content related to ASU 2023-06 will not become effective for any entity and will be removed from the codification. Adoption of ASU 2020-04 has not had2023-06 is expected to modify the disclosure and presentation requirements only and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
New Accounting Pronouncements
In December 18, 2019,November 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2019-12, “Simplifying2023-07 “Segment Reporting (Topic 280)—Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures” (“ASU 2023-07”), which requires the Accounting for Income Taxes (Topic 740)” (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 eliminates the need fordisclosure of significant segment expenses that are part of an organization to analyze whether the following apply in a given period (1) exceptionentity’s segment measure of profit or loss and regularly provided to the incremental approachchief operating decision maker. In addition, it adds or makes clarifications to other segment-related disclosures, such as clarifying that the disclosure requirements in ASC 280 are required for intra-period tax allocation (2) exceptions to accounting for basis differences when there are ownership changes in foreign investments and (3) exceptions in interim period income tax accounting for year-to-date losses that exceed anticipated losses. ASU 2019-12 also is designed to improve financial statement preparers’ application of income tax-related guidance and simplify GAAP for (1) franchise taxes that are partially based on income, (2) transactionsentities with a governmentsingle reportable segment and that resultan entity may disclose multiple measures of segment profit and loss. The amendments in a step-up in the tax basis of goodwill, (3) separate financial statements of legalASU 2023-07 apply to all public entities that are not subjectrequired to tax, and (4) enacted changesreport segment information in tax laws in interim periods. For public business entities, the amendments inaccordance with Topic 280, Segment Reporting. ASU 2019-12 are2023-07 is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020.2023 and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2024. Early adoption of theis permitted. The amendments is permitted, including adoption in any interim period for public business entities for periods for which financial statements have not yet been issued. An entity that elects to early adopt the amendments in an interim period should reflect any adjustments as of the beginning of the annual period that includes that interim period. Additionally, an entity that elects early adoption must adopt all the amendments in the same period.be adopted retrospectively. ASU 2019-122023-06 is effective for the Company beginning on January 1, 2021.2024 and interim periods beginning January 1, 2025. Adoption of ASU 2019-122023-07 is not expected to result in any material changes tomodify the way the tax provision is prepareddisclosure and presentation requirements only and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
In August 2020,December 2023, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06“ASU 2023-09—Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures” (“ASU 2020-06”2023-09”), Debt—Debt with Conversion which amends the Codification to enhance the transparency and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20)decision usefulness of income tax disclosures. ASU 2023-09 requires additional disaggregation of the reconciliation between the statutory and Derivativeseffective tax rate for an entity and Hedging—Contractsof income taxes paid, both of which are disclosures required by current GAAP. The amendments improve the transparency of income tax disclosures by requiring (1) consistent categories and greater disaggregation of information in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instrumentsthe rate reconciliation and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity ("ASU 2020-06").(2) income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction. The amendments in ASU 2020-06 simplify accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. Consequently, more convertible debt instruments will be reported as a single liability instrument with no separate accounting for embedded conversion features. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions2023-09 apply to all entities that are required for equity contractssubject to qualify forTopic 740, Income Taxes. For public business entities, the derivative scope exception. Also,amendments in ASU 2020-06 requires the application of the if-converted method for calculating diluted earnings per share ("EPS") and the treasury stock method will no longer be available. ASU 2020-06 is2023-09 are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2021, with early2024. Early adoption is permitted. TheASU 2023-09 is effective for the Company will evaluate the impactbeginning January 1, 2025. Adoption of ASU 2020-062023-09 is expected to enhance the usefulness of income tax disclosures and is not expected to have a material impact on the Company'sCompany’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, if applicable.flows.
107104


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Note 3. Restructuring
In May 2017, management approved a plan to terminate the Company’s exclusive supply agreement (the “Agreement”) with one of its co-manufacturers, due to non-performance under the Agreement and on May 23, 2017, the Company notified the co-manufacturer of its decision to terminate the Agreement. In accordanceOn October 18, 2022, the parties to this dispute entered into a confidential written settlement agreement and mutual release, pursuant to which the parties agreed to dismiss with prejudice all claims and cross-claims asserted in the associated cases filed in the Superior Court of the State of California for the County of Los Angeles and the United States District Court for the Central District of California. The terms of the settlement did not have a material impact on Beyond Meat’s financial position or results of operations. No party admitted liability or wrongdoing in connection with the Company’s policy of reviewing long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable, the Company determined that as of May 23, 2017, the date the Company notified the co-manufacturer of its decision to terminate the Agreement, the assets held in possession of the co-manufacturer were no longer recoverable.settlement. In 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, the Company recorded $6.4$(0.6) million, $4.9$17.3 million and $1.5$15.8 million, respectively, in restructuring expenses related to this dispute, which consisted primarily of legal and other expenses. See Note 11 for further information.The credit recorded in 2023 was primarily driven by a reversal of certain accruals. As of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the Company had $0.8 million$0 and $1.1$0.7 million, respectively, in accrued unpaid liabilitiesrestructuring expenses associated with this contract termination.dispute.
Note 4. Leases
See Note 10.
Leases are classified as either finance leases or operating leases based on criteria in ASC 842. The Company’sCompany has operating leases for its corporate offices, the Campus Lease, its former Manhattan Beach Project Innovation Center, its manufacturing facilities, warehouses and vehicles, and to a lesser extent, certain equipment and finance leases. Such leases generally have original lease terms between two2 years and 1112 years, and often include one or more options to renew. Some leases also include early termination options, which can be exercised under specific conditions. The Company includes options to extend the lease term if the options are reasonably certain of being exercised. The Company currently considers its renewal options to be reasonably certain to be exercised. The Company does not have residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants associated with its leases.
On January 1, 2020,14, 2021, the Company adopted ASU 2016-02 usingentered into the modified retrospective approach, which permits application of this new guidance atCampus Lease, a 12-year lease with two 5-year renewal options to house its corporate headquarters, lab and innovation space (the “Campus Headquarters”) in El Segundo, California. Although the beginningCompany is involved in the design of the periodtenant improvements of adoption, with comparative periods continuingthe Campus Headquarters, the Company does not have title or possession of the assets during construction. In addition, the Company does not have the ability to be reported under ASC 840.
Operating lease assets representcontrol the right to use an underlying asset forleased Campus Headquarters until each phase of the lease term, and operating lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease.tenant improvements is complete. The Company calculatescontributed $4.2 million and $55.1 million in payments towards the present value of its operating leases using an estimated incremental borrowing rate, which requires judgment. The Company estimates the incremental borrowing rate for each operating lease based on prevailing market rates for collateralized debt in a similar economic environment with similar payment terms and maturity dates commensurate with the termsconstruction of the lease. Certain leases contain variable payments, which are expensed as incurred and not includedCampus Headquarters in the Company’s operatingyear ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. These payments are initially recorded in “Prepaid lease right-of-use assets and operating lease liabilities. These amounts primarily include payments for maintenance, utilities, taxes, and insurance on the Company’s corporate, research and development, and manufacturing facilities and warehouse leases and are excluded from the present value of the Company’s lease obligations.
Previously designated capital leases under ASC 840 are now considered finance leases under ASC 842. The Company calculates the present value of its finance leases using the interest rate implicitcosts, non-current” in the lease agreement.
Upon adoption of ASU 2016-02, the Company recognized operating lease right-of-use assets of $11.9 million adjusted for $0.3 million previously recorded as deferred rent and $0.2 million previously recorded as prepaid rent on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company also recorded $1.4 million in current operatingsheets and will ultimately be reclassified as a component of a right-of-use asset upon lease liabilitiescommencement for each phase of the lease. On September 15, 2022, the tenant improvements associated with Phase 1-A were completed, and $10.6 million in operating lease liabilities, netthe underlying asset was delivered to the Company. As such, upon commencement of current portion.
As part of this adoption,Phase 1-A, the Company electedrecognized a $64.1 million right-of-use asset, which included the reclassification of $27.7 million of the construction payments previously included in “Prepaid lease costs, non-current,” and a $36.6 million lease liability. On June 1, 2023, the tenant improvements associated with Phase 1-B were completed, and the underlying asset was delivered to not record operatingthe Company. As such, upon commencement of Phase 1-B, the Company recognized a $64.9 million right-of-use asset, which included the reclassification of $29.3 million of the construction payments previously included in “Prepaid lease right-of-use assets or operatingcosts, non-current,” and a $35.6 million lease liabilities for leases with an initial termliability. Therefore, Phase 1-A and Phase 1-B of 12 months or less.the Campus Lease are included in the tables below. The lease on the commercialization center in Commerce, California was terminated on February 14, 2023. The lease on the former corporate headquarters expired on October 31, 2023 and the lease on the Manhattan Beach Innovation Center expired subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2023 on January 31, 2024. See Note 14.
108105


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, on January 14, 2021, the Company entered into a 12-year lease with 2 5-year renewal options to house its corporate headquarters, labLease costs for operating and innovation space in El Segundo, California. See finance leases:
December 31,
(in thousands)Statement of Operations Location20232022
Operating lease cost:
Lease costCost of goods sold$1,625 $1,688 
Lease costResearch and development expenses9,396 3,972 
Lease costSelling, general and administrative expenses2,621 1,430 
Variable lease cost(1)
Cost of goods sold233 204 
Variable lease cost(1)
Research and development expenses119 333 
Variable lease cost(1)
Selling, general and administrative expenses2,742 1,920 
Operating lease cost$16,736 $9,547 
Short- term lease cost:
Short-term lease costCost of goods sold$84 $14 
Short-term lease costResearch and development expenses152 60 
Short-term lease costSelling, general and administrative expenses228 406 
Short-term lease cost464480
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of use assetsCost of goods sold$204 $203 
Amortization of right-of use assetsResearch and development expenses15 
Interest on lease liabilitiesInterest expense21 22 
Variable lease cost(1)
Cost of goods sold10 — 
Finance lease cost$250 $229 
Total lease cost$17,450 $10,256 
Note 14____________.
(in thousands)Statement of Operations LocationYear Ended December 31, 2020
Operating lease cost:
Lease costCost of goods sold$1,570 
Lease costResearch and development expenses621 
Lease costSelling, general and administrative expenses569 
Variable lease cost (1)
Cost of goods sold17 
Operating lease cost$2,777 
Short-term lease costSelling, general and administrative expenses$311 
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of use assetsCost of goods sold$75 
Interest on lease liabilitiesInterest expense13 
Finance lease cost$88 
Total lease cost$3,176 
____________
(1) Variable lease cost primarily consists of common area maintenance, such as cleaning and repairs.

Supplemental balance sheet information as of December 31, 2020 related to leases are as follows:
(in thousands)
Balance Sheet LocationDecember 31, 2020
Assets
Operating leasesOperating lease right-of-use assets$14,570 
Finance leases, netProperty, plant and equipment, net212 
Total lease assets$14,782 
Liabilities
Current:
Operating lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of operating lease liabilities$3,095 
Finance lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of finance lease liabilities71 
Long-term:
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities, net of current portion11,793 
Finance lease liabilitiesFinance lease obligations and other long-term liabilities149 
Total lease liabilities$15,108 
109106


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Supplemental balance sheet information:
December 31,
(in thousands)Balance Sheet Location20232022
Assets
Operating leasesOperating lease right-of-use assets$130,460 $87,595 
Finance leases, netProperty, plant and equipment, net461 688 
Total lease assets$130,921 $88,283 
Liabilities
Current:
Operating lease liabilitiesCurrent portion of operating lease liabilities$3,677 $3,812 
Finance lease liabilitiesAccrued expenses and other current liabilities196 224 
Long-term:
Operating lease liabilitiesOperating lease liabilities, net of current portion75,648 55,854 
Finance lease liabilitiesFinance lease obligations and other long-term liabilities274 469 
Total lease liabilities$79,795 $60,359 

The following is a schedule by year of the maturities of lease liabilities with original terms in excess of one year, as of December 31, 2020:2023:
December 31, 2020
December 31, 2023December 31, 2023
(in thousands)(in thousands)Operating LeasesFinance Leases(in thousands)Operating LeasesFinance Leases
2021$3,455 $80 
20223,290 70 
20232,703 58 
202420241,662 30 
202520251,301 
2026
2027
2028
ThereafterThereafter3,914 
Total undiscounted future minimum lease paymentsTotal undiscounted future minimum lease payments16,325 238 
Less imputed interestLess imputed interest(1,437)(18)
Total discounted future minimum lease paymentsTotal discounted future minimum lease payments$14,888 $220 

Weighted average remaining lease terms and weighted average discount rates were:
December 31, 2020
Operating LeasesFinance Leases
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)6.63.2
Weighted average discount rate2.7 %5.3 %

A schedule of the future minimum rental commitments under the Company’s capital lease agreements and non-cancelable operating lease agreements with an initial or remaining term in excess of one year as of December 31, 2019, in accordance with ASC 840 were as follows:
December 31, 2019
(in thousands)Capital Lease ObligationsOperating Lease
Obligations
2020$86 $1,878 
202180 1,813 
202271 1,817 
202358 1,840 
202430 1,353 
Thereafter5,167 
Total minimum lease payments$13,868 
Total minimum lease payments$325 
Less: imputed interest (4.1% to 15.9%)(34)
Total capital lease obligations$291 
Less: current portion of capital lease obligations(72)
Long-term capital lease obligations$219 
110107


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Weighted average remaining lease terms and weighted average discount rates were:
December 31, 2023
Operating LeasesFinance Leases
Weighted average remaining lease term (years)14.12.6
Weighted average discount rate6.9 %3.7 %

Supplemental cash flow information:
December 31,
(in thousands)20232022
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of operating lease liabilities$9,452 $8,125 
Operating lease right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease liabilities36,400 37,245 

Note 5. Asset Acquisition
On October 30, 2020, the Company acquired certain assets including land, building and improvements, manufacturing equipment, and assembled workforce from one of its former co-manufacturers (the “Seller”). The Company did not assume any liabilities of the Seller. The Company is using this manufacturing facility primarily for the production of its finished goods. Acquisition of these assets is expected to allow the Company to reduce manufacturing and packaging costs through vertical integration and provide opportunities for the Company to test new processes and scale new products more quickly.
The total purchase consideration of $15.5 million was comprised of cash consideration of $14.5 million, subject to adjustment for customary prorations, transfer taxes, escrow holdbacks and other adjustments, and $1.0 million in acquisition-related expenses. As part of this transaction, the Company hired approximately 180 employees who were previously employed by the Seller. The Company accounted for this transaction as an asset acquisition and recorded the acquired tangible and intangible assets based on each asset’s relative fair value at the acquisition date to the total purchase price plus capitalized acquisition costs. Fair value of building and land were determined by a real estate appraisal prepared by an independent real estate appraiser. Fair value of assembled workforce was based on estimated replacement costs that utilize available market information and discount and/or capitalization rates as appropriate.
The following table details the purchase price allocation of the acquired assets based on their relative fair values as of the acquisition date:
(in thousands)
Manufacturing equipment$1,273 
Building9,576 
Land2,774 
Assembled workforce(1)
1,859 
  Total$15,482 
_____________
(1) Assembled workforce is recorded in Other non-current assets, net in the consolidated balance sheet and will be amortized over an estimated useful life of approximately 2.0 years.Inventories

Note 6. Inventories
Major classes of inventory were as follows:
December 31,
(in thousands)20202019
Raw materials and packaging$83,702 $36,884 
Work in process12,887 17,958 
Finished goods25,128 26,754 
Total$121,717 $81,596 
December 31,
(in thousands)20232022
Raw materials and packaging$61,371 $139,509 
Work in process37,329 37,001 
Finished goods31,636 59,186 
Total$130,336 $235,696 
The Company wrote off $10.8$57.4 million, $6.4$22.6 million and $0.8$12.5 million in excess and obsolete inventories and recognized that expense in cost of goods sold in its consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The decrease in inventory in 2023 included $38.0 million in incremental provision for excess and obsolete inventory resulting from the Company’s Global Operations Review.
111108


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. There was no write down of inventory to lower of cost or net realizable value at December 31, 2020 or 2019.
Note 7.6. Property, Plant and Equipment
Property,The Company records property, plant, and equipment are stated at cost and includes finance lease assets are included.in “Property, plant and equipment, net” in its consolidated balance sheets. A summary of property, plant, and equipment as of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, is as follows:
December 31,
December 31,December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)20202019(in thousands)20232022
Manufacturing equipmentManufacturing equipment$62,521 $37,939 
Research and development equipmentResearch and development equipment12,342 8,933 
Leasehold improvementsLeasehold improvements9,277 7,620 
BuildingBuilding12,569 
Finance leasesFinance leases212 1,108 
SoftwareSoftware402 274 
Furniture and fixturesFurniture and fixtures614 433 
VehiclesVehicles377 210 
LandLand3,995 
Assets not yet placed in serviceAssets not yet placed in service46,148 11,666 
Total property, plant and equipmentTotal property, plant and equipment$148,457 $68,183 
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortizationLess: accumulated depreciation and amortization33,158 20,709 
Property, plant and equipment, netProperty, plant and equipment, net$115,299 $47,474 

Depreciation and amortization expense in 2020, 2019,2023, 2022 and 20182021 was $13.3$48.1 million, $8.1$32.6 million and $4.9$21.7 million, respectively. Of the total depreciation and amortization expense in 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018, $10.12021, $44.5 million, $5.7$28.0 million and $3.7$17.7 million, respectively, were recorded in cost of goods sold, $3.1$2.8 million, $2.4$4.0 million and $1.2$3.7 million, respectively, were recorded in research and development expenses, and $0.1$0.8 million, $71,000$0.6 million and $13,000,$0.3 million, respectively, were recorded in SG&A expenses, in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
During the first quarter of 2023, the Company completed a reassessment of the useful lives of its large manufacturing and research and development equipment, and determined that the Company should increase the estimated useful lives for certain of its equipment from a range of 5 to 10 years a uniform 10 years. The timing of this reassessment was based on a combination of factors accumulating over time, including historical useful life information and changes in the Company’s planned use of the equipment, that provided the Company with updated information that allowed it to make a better estimate of the economic lives of such equipment. This reassessment was accounted for as a change in accounting estimate and was made on a prospective basis effective January 1, 2023. This change in accounting estimate decreased depreciation expense in 2023 by $21.0 million, impacting cost of goods sold and research and development expenses by $19.0 million and $2.0 million, respectively, and decreased both basic and diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders by $0.33.
The Company had 0 property, plant$4.5 million and equipment concluded to meet the criteria for assets held for sale in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. For the year ended 2019, the Company had $2.6$5.9 million in property, plant and equipment concluded to meet the criteria for assets held for sale in prepaid expenses and other current assets on the consolidated balance sheets. Amounts previously classified as assets held for sale were sold for amounts that approximated book value for which a note receivable of $4.6 million, net of payments received, was recorded as of December 31, 2020, of which $2.42023 and 2022, respectively. In the year ended December 31, 2023, a $3.8 million isnote receivable that was previously recorded for assets sold was written off as uncollectible. The note receivable was included in prepaid expenses and other current“Other non-current assets, and $2.2 million is includednet” in other non-current assets.the Company’s consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2022.
Note 8.7. Debt
The following is a summary of debt balances as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022:
109


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
December 31,
(in thousands)20232022
0% Convertible senior notes$1,150,000 $1,150,000 
Debt issuance costs(12,458)(16,392)
Total debt outstanding$1,137,542 $1,133,608 
Less: current portion of long-term debt— — 
Long-term debt$1,137,542 $1,133,608 
Convertible Senior Notes
On April 21, 2020,March 5, 2021, the Company issued $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of its 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Convertible Notes”) in a private placement to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On March 12, 2021, the initial purchasers of the Convertible Notes exercised their option to purchase an additional $150.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Company’s 0% Convertible Senior Notes due 2027 (the “Additional Notes”, and together with the Convertible Notes, the “Notes”), and such Additional Notes were issued on March 16, 2021.
The initial conversion price of the Notes is $206.00 per share of common stock, which represents a premium of approximately 47.5% over the closing price of the Company’s common stock on March 2, 2021. The Notes will mature on March 15, 2027, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted. The Notes were issued pursuant to, and are governed by, an indenture, dated as of March 5, 2021 (the “Indenture”), between the Company and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (the Trustee”). The Company used $84.0 million of the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes to fund the cost of entering into capped call transactions, described below. The proceeds from the issuance of the Notes were approximately $1.0 billion, net of capped call transaction costs of $84.0 million and debt issuance costs totaling $23.6 million.
The Notes are senior, unsecured obligations and are (i) equal in right of payment with the Company’s senior, unsecured indebtedness; (ii) senior in right of payment to the Company’s indebtedness that is expressly subordinated to the Notes; (iii) effectively subordinated to the Company’s secured indebtedness, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing that indebtedness; and (iv) structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities, including trade payables, and (to the extent the Company is not a holder thereof) preferred equity, if any, of the Company’s subsidiaries.
The Notes do not bear regular interest, and the principal amount of the Notes do not accrete. However, special interest and additional interest may accrue on the Notes at a rate per annum not exceeding 0.50% (subject to certain exceptions) upon the occurrence of certain events relating to the failure to file certain SEC reports or to remove certain restrictive legends from the Notes.
The initial conversion rate is 4.8544 shares of common stock per $1,000 principal amount of the Notes, which represents an initial conversion price of $206.00 per share of common stock. The conversion rate and conversion price are subject to customary adjustments upon the occurrence of certain events as described in the Indenture.
The holder may convert the Notes during the five consecutive business days immediately after any ten consecutive trading day period, if the trading price per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, as determined following a request by a holder, for each trading day of the measurement period was less than ninety eight percent (98%) of the product of the last report sale price per share of common stock on such trading day and the conversion rate on such trading day.
The holder can convert its Notes during any calendar quarter, commencing after the calendar quarter ending on June 30, 2021, provided the last reported sale price of the common stock for at least 20 trading days is greater than or equal to 130% of the conversion price, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on the last trading day of a calendar quarter.
110


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Before December 15, 2026, noteholders have the right to convert their Notes upon the occurrence of certain events. From and after December 15, 2026, noteholders may convert their Notes at any time at their election until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date. The Company has the right to elect to settle conversions either in cash, shares or in a combination of cash and shares of its common stock. However, upon conversion of any Notes, the conversion value, which will be determined over an “Observation Period” (as defined in the Indenture) consisting of 20 trading days, will be paid in cash up to at least the principal amount of the Notes being converted.
The Notes will be redeemable, in whole or in part, at the Company’s option at any time, and from time to time, on or after March 20, 2024 and on or before the 20th scheduled trading day immediately before the maturity date, at a cash redemption price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid special interest and additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the redemption date, but only if the last reported sale price per share of the Company’s common stock exceeds 130% of the conversion price on (i) each of at least 20 trading days, whether or not consecutive, during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends the related redemption notice; and (ii) the trading day immediately before the date the Company sends such notice. In addition, calling any Note for redemption will constitute a “Make-Whole Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Indenture) with respect to that Note, in which case the conversion rate applicable to the conversion of that Note will be increased in certain circumstances if it is converted after it is called for redemption.
The Company must repay the note principal in cash, but may elect to settle the conversion value either in cash, shares or in a combination of cash and shares of its common stock.
If certain corporate events that constitute a “Fundamental Change” (as defined in the Indenture) occur, then, subject to limited exceptions, noteholders may require the Company to repurchase their Notes at a cash repurchase price equal to the principal amount of the Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid special interest and additional interest, if any, to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date. The definition of Fundamental Change includes certain business combination transactions involving the Company and certain de-listing events with respect to the Company’s common stock.
The Notes have customary provisions relating to the occurrence of “Events of Default” (as defined in the Indenture), which include the following: (i) certain payment defaults on the Notes (which, in the case of a default in the payment of special interest and additional interest on the Notes, are subject to a 30-day cure period); (ii) the Company’s failure to send certain notices under the Indenture within specified periods of time; (iii) the Company’s failure to comply with certain covenants in the Indenture relating to the Company’s ability to consolidate with or merge with or into, or sell, lease or otherwise transfer, in one transaction or a series of transactions, all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole, to another person; (iv) a default by the Company in its other obligations or agreements under the Indenture or the Notes if such default is not cured or waived within 60 days after notice is given in accordance with the Indenture; (v) certain defaults by the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries with respect to indebtedness for borrowed money of at least $100 million; and (vi) certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency and reorganization involving the Company or any of its significant subsidiaries.
In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of the Company’s common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of the Company’s debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Holders of the Company’s common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or other rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Company’s common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Company’s common stock are subject to and may be adversely affected by the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that the Company may designate in the future.
111


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
If an Event of Default involving bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization events with respect to the Company (and not solely with respect to a significant subsidiary of the Company) occurs, then the principal amount of, and any accrued and unpaid special interest and additional interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding will immediately become due and payable without any further action or notice by any person. If any other Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then, the Trustee, by notice to the Company, or noteholders of at least 25% of the aggregate principal amount of Notes then outstanding, may declare the principal amount of, and any accrued and unpaid special interest and additional interest on, all of the Notes then outstanding to become due and payable immediately. However, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may elect, at its option, that the sole remedy for an Event of Default relating to certain failures by the Company to comply with certain reporting covenants in the Indenture consists exclusively of the right of the noteholders to receive special interest on the Notes for up to 365 days at a specified rate per annum not exceeding 0.50% on the principal amount of the Notes.
The total amount of debt issuance costs of $23.6 million was recorded as a reduction to “Convertible senior notes, net” in the consolidated balance sheet and is being amortized as interest expense over the term of the Notes using the effective interest method. In each of the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, the Company recognized $3.9 million in interest expense related to the amortization of the debt issuance costs related to the Notes. The effective interest rate in both of the years ended December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022 was 0.3%.
The following is a summary of the Company’s Notes as of December 31, 2023:
(in thousands)Principal AmountUnamortized Issuance CostsNet Carrying AmountFair Value
AmountLeveling
0% Convertible senior notes due on March 15, 2027$1,150,000 $12,458 $1,137,542 $195,500 Level 2
The Notes are carried at face value less the unamortized debt issuance costs on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 18, 2023, the estimated fair value of the Notes was approximately $195.5 million. The Notes are quoted on the Intercontinental Exchange and are classified as Level 2 financial instruments. The estimated fair value of the Notes was determined based on the actual bid price of the Notes on December 18, 2023, the last business day when the Notes were traded.
As of December 31, 2023, the remaining life of the Notes was approximately 3.2 years.
Capped Call Transactions
On March 2, 2021, in connection with the pricing of the offering of the Convertible Notes, the Company entered into a $150.0capped call transactions (the “Base Capped Call Transactions”) with the option counterparties and used $73.0 million five-year secured revolving credit agreement (“2020 Credit Agreement”) by and amongin net proceeds from the sale of the Convertible Notes to fund the cost of the Base Capped Call Transactions. On March 12, 2021, in connection with the Additional Notes, the Company entered into capped call transactions (the “Additional Capped Call Transactions”) with the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”option counterparties and used $11.0 million of the net proceeds from the sale of the Additional Notes to fund the cost of the Additional Capped Call Transactions. The Base Capped Call Transactions and the Additional Capped Call Transactions (collectively, the “Capped Call Transactions”) cover, subject to customary adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of the Company’s common stock that will initially underlie the Notes, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,are expected generally to reduce potential dilution to the Company’s common stock upon any conversion of Notes and/or offset any cash payments the Company may make in excess of the principal amount of the converted Notes, as the administrative agent (the “Administrative Agent”). JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Silicon Valley Bank acted as joint bookrunners and joint lead arrangers undercase may be, with such reduction and/or offset subject to a cap, based on the 2020 Credit Agreement. The 2020 Credit Agreement includes an accordion feature for up to an additional $200.0 million. Capitalized terms used below but not defined have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the 2020 Credit Agreement.
Concurrently with the effectivenesscap price of the 2020 Credit Agreement, on April 21, 2020,Capped Call Transactions. The cap price of the Company terminatedCapped Call Transactions is $279.32, which represents a premium of 100% over the SVB Credit Facilities (a revolving credit facility and a term loan facility with Silicon Valleylast
112


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Bank) and the Equipment Loan Facility (an equipment loan from Structural Capital), and incurred an aggregatereported sale price of $1.2 million of termination, prepayment, and related fees in connection with such terminations.
Amounts available under the 2020 Credit Agreement are for working capital needs, for general corporate purposes and to refinance certain existing indebtedness, as the Company deems necessary. Borrowings under the 2020 Credit Agreement will bear interest, at the Company’s option, calculated according to an Alternate Base Rate or LIBO Rate, ascommon stock on March 2, 2021. The aggregate $84.0 million paid for the case may be, plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for Alternate Base Rate loans will range from 1.25% to 1.75% per annum, and the applicable margin for LIBO Rate loans will range from 2.25% to 2.75% per annum, in each case, based on the Company’s total leverage ratio at the end of each quarter.
The Company is required to pay an unused commitment fee of 0.375% per annum, which shall accrue at the applicable rate on the daily amount of the undrawn portion of the commitment of each Lender. Letters of credit issued under the 2020 Credit Agreement are subject to customary letter of credit fees. The Company’s obligations under the 2020 Credit Agreement are secured by substantially all of its assets, subject to customary exceptions set forth in the 2020 Credit Agreement. In addition, to the extent the Company forms or acquires any domestic subsidiaries, such domestic subsidiaries will be required to guarantee the Company’s obligations under the 2020 Credit Agreement and provide a security interest over substantially all of their assets.
The 2020 Credit Agreement contains customary representations, warranties and covenants for a transaction of this type, including maintenance of (i) a maximum total leverage ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 and (ii) a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.25 to 1.00, in each case, tested on the last day of each fiscal quarter. The Company is permitted to declare and pay up to $10.0 million per year in dividends on its capital stock (and, subject to meeting certain leverage requirements and minimum liquidity thresholds, additional dividends), provided, among other things, no event of default exists or would result therefrom and the Company is in compliance with certain financial covenants contained in the 2020 Credit Agreement. The 2020 Credit Agreement also provides for customary events of default, including (among others) nonpayment, covenant defaults, breaches of representations or warranties, bankruptcy and insolvency events and a change of control. If an event of default occurs, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the required Lenders, declare the obligations under the 2020 Credit Agreement immediately due and payable and the commitments of the Lenders may be terminated. For certain events of default relating to insolvency, the commitments of the Lenders are automatically terminated and all outstanding obligations become due and payable. The revolving credit facility matures on April 21, 2025.
The Company’s debt balances are detailed below:
December 31,
(in thousands)20202019
Revolving credit facility$25,000 $
Revolving credit line (SVB)6,000 
Term loan facility20,000 
Equipment financing loan5,000 
Debt issuance costs(431)
Total debt outstanding$25,000 $30,569 
Less: current portion of long-term debt25,000 11,000 
Long-term debt$$19,569 

113


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The Company records debt issuance costs on the revolving credit facility in prepaid and other current assets, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2020. Debt issuance costs on the revolving credit line and term loan, net of amortization, wereCapped Call Transactions was recorded as a reduction of carrying value of the debt in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2019. Debt issuance costs, net of amortization, totaled $1.1 million and $0.4 million as of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively. Debt issuance costs are amortized as interest expense over the term of the loan for which amortization of $0.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million was recorded in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.
In the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company incurred $2.1 million, $2.2 million and $0.9 million, respectively, in interest expense related to its bank credit facilities. In the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, the Company recorded $0.2 million, $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, in interest expense related to the Equipment Loan Facility.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding borrowings of $25.0 million and had 0 excess availability under the revolving credit facility. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings at December 31, 2020 was 3.5%. The Company exceeded the maximum permitted total leverage ratio financial covenant in the 2020 Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter and year ended December 31, 2020. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, on February 25, 2021, the Company paid down the outstanding borrowings and had 0 borrowings outstanding under the revolving credit facility. Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, concurrent with the Company’s execution of the campus headquarters lease, as a security deposit, the Company delivered to the landlord a letter of credit under the revolving credit facility in the amount of $12.5 million. See Note 14.
Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement
As of December 31, 2019, the Company had $6.0 million and $20.0 million in borrowings on the revolving credit facility and term loan facility, respectively, with Silicon Valley Bank (collectively, the “SVB Credit Facilities”) and had no availability to borrow under these facilities. Concurrently with the effectiveness of the 2020 Credit Agreement, on April 21, 2020, the Company terminated the SVB Credit Facilities. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants in the SVB Credit Facilities at the time of termination.
Equipment Loan Facility
The Company had $5.0 million in borrowings outstanding as of December 31, 2019 under the equipment loan facility with Structural Capital Investments II, LP, as Lender, and Ocean II, PLC, LLC, as collateral agent and administrative agent (the “Equipment Loan Facility”). Concurrently with the effectiveness of the 2020 Credit Agreement, on April 21, 2020, the Company terminated the Equipment Loan Facility.The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants contained in the Equipment Loan Facility at the time of termination.
Stock Warrant Liability
In connection with its financing arrangements, the Company issued warrants to purchase shares of its convertible preferred stock. For one of the financing arrangements, the Company issued warrants to purchase 121,694 shares of Series B convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $1.07 per share. For a separate financing arrangement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 39,073 shares of Series E convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $3.68 per share. In connection with the Company’s refinancing of its credit facilities with SVB, the Company issued to SVB and its affiliates warrants to purchase an aggregate of 60,002 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $3.00 per share. Upon the closing of the IPO, the warrants exercisable for convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into warrants exercisable for a total of 160,767 shares of common stock at the
114


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
same respective exercise price per share. Subsequent to the closing of the IPO, all outstanding warrants to purchase shares of common stock were cashless exercised and 0 warrants were outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019. See Note 2for further information on the warrant liabilities.APIC.
Note 9.8. Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) and Convertible Preferred StockEquity
Upon the closing of the IPO, all outstanding shares of the Company’s convertible preferred stock automatically converted into 41,562,111 shares of common stock on a 1-for-oneone-for-one basis. On May 6, 2019, the Company filed a Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizing the Company to issue 500,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value per share, and $500,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share, with rights and preferences determined by the Company’s Board of Directors at the time of issuance of such shares.
On August 5, 2019, the Company completed its Secondary Offering of common stock, in which it sold 250,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, the Company had 62,820,35164,624,140 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. As of December 31, 2019,2022, the Company had 61,576,49463,773,982 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.
The Company has not declared or paid any dividends, or authorized or made any distribution upon or with respect to any class or series of its capital stock.
Common Stock
Common stock reserved for future issuance consisted of the following:
December 31,
20232022
Equity incentive compensation awards granted and outstanding5,888,077 4,993,246 
Shares available for grant under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan8,230,500 7,848,832 
Shares available for issuance under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan2,948,715 2,412,585 
Shares reserved for potential issuance under the Notes8,234,230 8,234,230 
Total common stock reserved for future issuance(1)
25,301,522 23,488,893 
_________________
(1) Total common stock reserved for future issuance excludes shares that may be issued pursuant to the ATM Program discussed below.

Shelf Registration Statement
On May 10, 2023, the Company filed an automatically effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (the “Shelf Registration Statement”) with the SEC, which allows the Company to sell, from time to time, and at its discretion, subject to the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and the applicable requirements of the Equity Distribution Agreement (as defined below), shares of its common stock having an aggregate offering price of up to $200.0 million pursuant to an “at the market” offering program (the “ATM Program”). The Company intends to use the net proceeds, if any, from sales of its common stock issued under the ATM Program for general corporate and working capital purposes. The timing of any sales and the number of shares sold, if any, will depend on a variety of factors to be determined by the Company.
The shares will be offered pursuant to an equity distribution agreement (the “Equity Distribution Agreement’) between the Company and Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (“Goldman Sachs”), as sales agent. The Company will pay Goldman Sachs a commission equal to 3.25% of the aggregate gross proceeds of any shares sold through
113


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Goldman Sachs pursuant to the Equity Distribution Agreement . The Company is not obligated to sell any shares under the Equity Distribution Agreement. As of December 31, 2023, no sales had been made under the Equity Distribution Agreement and the ATM Program’s full capacity remained available.
Note 10.9. Share-Based Compensation
On April 11, 2011,In 2019, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan (“2011(the “2011 Plan”), and most recently amended the 2011 Plan on April 10, 2019. The 2011 Plan was amended, restated and re-named the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (“2018 Plan”), which became effective as of April 30, 2019, the day prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with the IPO.. The remaining shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan were added to the shares reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan.
The 2018 Plan provides for the grant of stock options (including incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), performance units, and performance shares to the Company’s employees, directors, and consultants. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2018 Plan was 16,626,87723,060,440 shares of the Company’s common stock. In addition, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2018 Plan will be increased automatically on the first day of each fiscal year beginning with the 2020 fiscal year, by a number equal to the least of: (i) 2,144,521 shares; (ii) 4.0% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the prior fiscal year; or (iii) such number of shares determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of January 1, 2021,2024, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2018 Plan increased to 18,771,39825,204,961 shares.
The 2018 Plan may be amended, suspended or terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors at any time, provided such action does not impair the existing rights of any participant, subject to stockholder approval of any amendment to the 2018 Plan as required by applicable law or listing requirements. Unless sooner terminated by the Company’s Board of Directors, the 2018 Plan will automatically terminate on November 14, 2028.
The following table summarizes the shares available for grant under the 2018 Plan:
Shares Available for Grant
Balance - December 31, 20227,848,832 
Authorized2,144,521 
Granted(2,726,719)
Shares withheld to cover taxes38,679 
Forfeited925,187 
Balance - December 31, 20238,230,500 
As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there were 4,477,120 and 3,999,933 shares, respectively, issuable under stock options outstanding, 1,411,310 and 993,313 shares, respectively, issuable under unvested RSUs outstanding, and 9,048,906 and 8,145,769 shares, respectively, issued for stock option exercises, RSU settlement and restricted stock grants, and 8,230,500 and 7,848,832 shares, respectively, available for grant under the 2018 Plan.
115
114


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The following table summarizes the shares available for grant under the 2018 Plan:
Shares Available for Grant
Balance - December 31, 20193,297,638 
Authorized2,144,521 
Granted(512,945)
Shares withheld to cover taxes16,742 
Forfeited75,314 
Balance - December 31, 20205,021,270 
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were 4,218,278 and 5,170,976 shares, respectively, issuable under stock options outstanding, 275,989 and 149,004 shares, respectively, issuable under unvested RSUs outstanding, 7,127,079 and 5,864,738 shares, respectively, issued for stock option exercises, RSU settlement, and restricted stock grants.
Stock Options
Following are the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes valuation model for options granted during the periods shown below:
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
2023202320222021
Risk-free interest rateRisk-free interest rate1.3%2.3%2.8%Risk-free interest rate4.2%2.3%1.4%
Average expected term (years)Average expected term (years)7.06.15.8Average expected term (years)7.07.0
Expected volatilityExpected volatility55.0%55.0%55.0%Expected volatility55.2%55.0%55.7%
Dividend yieldDividend yield000Dividend yield
Risk-Free Interest Rate: The yield on actively traded non-inflation indexed US Treasury notes with the same maturity as the expected term of the underlying options was used as the average risk-free interest rate.
Expected Term: As the Company does not have sufficient historical experience for determining the expected term of the stock option awards granted, the Company’s expected term is based on the simplified method, generally calculated as the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term.
Expected Volatility: As the Company has only been a public entity since May 2, 2019, there is not a substantive share price history to calculate volatility and, as such, the Company has elected to use an approximationaverage based on the volatility of other comparable public companies, which compete directly with the Company, along with the Company’s own volatility over the expected term of the options.
Dividend Yield: The Company has not issued regular dividends on common shares in the past nor does the Company expect to issue dividends in the future.
Forfeiture Rate: The Company estimates the forfeiture rate at the time of grant based on past awards canceled, the number of awards granted, and vesting terms and adjusted, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The cumulative effect on current and prior periods of a change in the estimated number of awards likely to vest is recognized in compensation cost in the period of the change.
116


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The 2018 Plan generally provides that the Board of Directors may set the vesting schedule applicable to grants approved under the 2018 Plan. The Company has not granted equity awards with performance-based vesting conditions.
Option grants to new and continuing employees in 20202023 and 2022, and to new employees in 2021, generally vest 25% of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and thereafter ratably vesting monthly over the remaining three-year period, subject to continued employment through the vesting date. Option grants to continuing employees in 20202021 generally vest monthly over a 48-month period, subject to continued employment through the vesting date. Option grants to certain continuing employees in 2019 generally2021 vest 25% of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and thereafter ratably vesting monthlyevery six months over the remaining three-year period,two years, subject to continued employment through the vesting date. The stockAn option grant to one executive officer on August 1, 2019 vests monthlyin 2021 vested over a 48-month period. The stock option grant to another executive officer on October 31, 2019 begins vesting on the second anniversary ofthree months from the vesting commencement date and vests monthly thereafter over a 24-month period. Options granted in the year ended December 31, 2018 and prior have a variety of different vesting schedules and have a contractual life of 10 years.date.
115


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The following table summarizes the Company’s stock option activity during the period from December 31, 20172020 through December 31, 2020:2023:
Number
of
Stock
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in thousands)(1)
Outstanding at December 31, 20174,207,029 $0.88 7.2$8,936 
Granted2,136,012 $6.49 $— 
Exercised(1,139,962)$1.20 $5,722 
Cancelled/Forfeited(82,786)$2.03 $— 
Outstanding at December 31, 20185,120,293 $3.13 7.3$81,371 
Granted1,571,925 $39.01 $— 
Exercised(1,429,756)$1.87 $121,591 
Cancelled/Forfeited(91,486)$9.33 $— 
Outstanding at December 31, 20195,170,976 $14.28 7.5$329,879 
Granted268,193 $99.74 $— 
Exercised(1,163,374)$7.75 $132,935 
Cancelled/Forfeited(57,517)$37.14 $— 
Outstanding at December 31, 20204,218,278 $21.20 6.6$443,595 
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 20202,634,631 $9.74 5.7$305,890 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 20203,869,597 $18.26 6.5$417,857 
Number
of
Stock
Options
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (in thousands)(1)
Outstanding at December 31, 20204,218,278 $21.2 6.6$443,595 
Granted475,520 $91.42 $— 
Exercised(485,016)$16.76 $51,901 
Canceled/Forfeited(252,418)$70.41 $— 
Outstanding at December 31, 20213,956,364 $27.04 5.9$180,302 
Granted841,630 $38.93 $— 
Exercised(223,175)$7.28 $7,026 
Canceled/Forfeited(574,886)$62.29 $— 
Outstanding at December 31, 20223,999,933 $25.58 5.3$20,712 
Granted1,234,905 $15.89 $— 
Exercised(216,144)$0.79 $3,646 
Canceled/Forfeited(541,574)$34.34 $— 
Outstanding at December 31, 20234,477,120 $23.04 FN 9.35.4FN 9.3$12,915 
Vested and exercisable at December 31, 20233,113,971 $23.25 3.9$12,477 
Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 20234,228,365 $23.37 5.2$12,656 
__________
(1) Aggregate intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the value of common stock on the transaction date and the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares issuable under the stock option. Aggregate intrinsic value of shares outstanding at the beginning and end of the reporting period is calculated as the difference between the value of common stock on the beginning and end dates, respectively, and the exercise price multiplied by the number of shares outstanding.

During the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, the Company recorded in aggregate $13.1$10.8 million, $6.3$14.5 million and $1.5$13.3 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense related to
117


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
options. The share-based compensation expense is included in cost of goods sold, research and development expenses and SG&A expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, there was $16.4$13.8 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested stock option awards which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 2.01.3 years.
Restricted Stock Units
RSU grants to new employees in 2020the year ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 20192021 generally vest 25% of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and thereafter ratably vestingvest quarterly over the remaining three years of the award, subject to continued employment through the vesting date.
RSU grants to certain continuing employees in the year ended December 31, 2023 vest: (i) 25% of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and thereafter vest quarterly over the remaining three years of the award; (ii) 25% of the total award each quarter over four quarters; or (iii) 50% of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and thereafter vest quarterly over the remaining four quarters of the award, each subject to continued employment through the vesting date.
116


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
RSU grants to certain continuing employees in the year ended December 31, 2022 vest 50% of the total award on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date, and thereafter vest quarterly over the remaining four quarters of the award, subject to continued employment through the vesting date. RSU grants to certain continuing employees in the year ended December 31, 2022 vest 25% of the total award each quarter over four quarters, subject to continued employment through the vesting date. An RSU grant to one executive officer in the year ended December 31, 2022 vested 100% over three months from the vesting commencement date. RSU grants to two executive officers in the year ended December 31, 2022 vest quarterly over four and eight quarters, respectively, subject to continued employment through the vesting date.
RSU grants in 2020the year ended December 31, 2021 include fully vested RSUs granted to an executive officer issued in settlement of the obligation discussed in Note 10 below under Share-Settled Obligation.Obligation. RSU grants to continuing employees in 2020 and 2019the year ended December 31, 2021 generally vest quarterly over 16 quarters, subject to continued employment through the vesting date. In the year ended December 31, 2021, one RSU grant granted to continuing employees vests every 6 months over a two-year period, subject to continued employment through the vesting date.
Annual RSU grants to non-employee directors on the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board”) in 20202023, 2022 and 2021 vest monthly over 12 months,a one-year period and RSU grants to new directors on the Board vest monthly over a three-year period, each subject to continued service through the vesting date. RSU grants to consultants and non-employee brand ambassadors in 20202023, 2022 and 2021 have a variety of different vesting schedules.
The following table summarizes the Company’s RSU activity from January 1, 2019December 31, 2020 through December 31, 2020:2023:
Number of UnitsNumber of UnitsWeighted
Average
Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit
Number of UnitsWeighted
Average
Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit
Unvested at January 1, 2019$
Unvested at December 31, 2020
Unvested at December 31, 2020
Unvested at December 31, 2020
GrantedGranted173,196 $126.29 
VestedVested(23,552)$84.84 
Cancelled/Forfeited(640)$
Unvested at December 31, 2019149,004 $132.73 
Canceled/Forfeited
Unvested at December 31, 2021
GrantedGranted244,752 $109.61 
VestedVested(99,970)$127.71 
Cancelled/Forfeited(17,797)$
Unvested at December 31, 2020275,989 $114.99 
Canceled/Forfeited
Unvested at December 31, 2022
Granted
Vested
Canceled/Forfeited
Unvested at December 31, 2023
During the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, the Company recorded in aggregate $9.8$18.3 million, $3.7$19.4 million and $0,$12.6 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense related to RSUs. The share-based compensation expense is included in cost of goods sold, research and development expense and SG&A expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, there was $14.9$17.5 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested RSUs which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average vesting period of 1.81.3 years.
117


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Share-Settled Obligation
Share-based compensation expense in 2020 and 20192021 includes $3.0$1.5 million, and $1.0 million, respectively, for a liability classified, share-settled obligation to an executive officer related to a sign-on award pursuant to the terms of the executive officer’s offer letter with the Company.letter. The share-based compensation expense related to this share-settled obligation is included in SG&A expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Financing activities in the statement of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2020 includes a $3.0 million noncash reclassification ofThere was no share-based compensation expense related to the share-settled obligation from other current liabilities to additional paid-in capital.
118


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
in 2023 or 2022.
The Company iswas obligated to deliver a variable number of shares based on a fixed monetary amount on the first annual anniversary of the executive officer’s commencement date and on each quarterly anniversary thereafter through the second annual anniversary. The liability classified award iswas considered unearned until the requirements for issuance of the shares are met and is included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities in each of the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 in the amount of $1.0 million. As of December 31, 2020, there was $2.5 million in unrecognized compensation expense related to this share-settled obligation which is expected to be recognized over 0.7 years.were met.
In the fourth quarter of 2020, the first annual award2021, two quarterly tranches related to this obligation waswere earned, and the Company delivered to thisthe executive officer 23,66620,872 fully vested RSUs with a settlement date fair value of $3.0$2.5 million. The executive officer separated from the Company effective August 27, 2021. As a result, the fourth quarterly tranche was unearned and canceled. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022, there was no accrued unrecognized compensation expense related to this share-settled obligation in “Accrued expenses and other current liabilities” in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Financing activities in the statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 include $0, $0 and $2.5 million, respectively, non-cash reclassification of the share-settled obligation from “Other current liabilities” to “Additional paid-in capital.”
Restricted Stock to Nonemployees
In 2020,2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company issued no restricted stock. In April 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of 99,433 shares of restricted stock with a fair value of $20.02 per share and a purchase price of $0.01 per share to nonemployees serving as the Company’s brand ambassadors. The Company has the right to repurchase the unvested shares upon a voluntary or involuntary termination of a brand ambassador’s service; however, as shares vest monthly over 24 months, they are being released from the repurchase option and all such shares will be released from the repurchase option by May 18, 2021.
In October 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the issuance of 135,791 shares of restricted stock with a fair value of $17.03 per share and a purchase price of $0.02 per share to nonemployees serving as the Company’s brand ambassadors. The Company had the right to repurchase the unvested shares upon a voluntary or involuntary termination of a brand ambassador’s service; however, as shares vested monthly over 12 to 24 months, they were released from the repurchase option and all such shares were released from the repurchase option by November 1, 2020.
The following table summarizes the Company’s restricted stock activity:
Number
of Shares of
Restricted Stock
Number
of Shares of
Restricted Stock
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
Unvested at December 31, 2020
Granted
Vested/Released
Canceled/Forfeited
Unvested at December 31, 2021
Number
of Shares of
Restricted Stock
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (Years)
Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Per Share
Unvested at December 31, 2017$
Granted135,791 $17.03 
Vested/Released(35,664)$17.03 
Cancelled/Forfeited$
Unvested at December 31, 2018100,127 1.6$17.03 
Granted99,433 $20.02 
Vested/Released(87,239)$19.21 
Cancelled/Forfeited(23,333)$
Unvested at December 31, 201988,988 1.2$19.49 
Granted$
Vested/Released(76,804)$19.97 
Cancelled/Forfeited$
Unvested at December 31, 202012,184 0.3$20.02 
119


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
As ofDuring the years ended December 31, 2020, 12,184 shares of restricted stock had been purchased by nonemployee brand ambassadors which remained subject to vesting requirements2023, 2022 and repurchase pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements.
During 2020, 2019 and 2018,2021, the Company recorded in aggregate $1.4 million, $1.8 million,$0, $0 and $0.7$0.2 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense related to restricted stock issued to nonemployee brand ambassadors, which is included in SG&A expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations.
As of December 31, 2020,2023, there was $0.2 million$0 in unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested restricted stock, which is expected to be recognized over 0.3 years.stock.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On November 15, 2018, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted its 2018 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“2018 ESPP”), which was subsequently approved by the Company’s stockholders and became effective on April 30, 2019, the day immediately prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement filed in connection with the IPO. The 2018 ESPP is intended to qualify as an “employee stock purchase plan” within the meaning of Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) for U.S. employees. In addition, the 2018 ESPP authorizes grants of purchase rights that do not comply with Section 423 of the Code under a separate non-423
118


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
component for non-U.S. employees and certain non-U.S. service providers. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the Company has reserved 1,340,3252,948,715 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2018 ESPP. In addition, the number of shares reserved for issuance under the 2018 ESPP will be increased automatically on the first day of each fiscal year for a period of up to ten years, starting with the 2020 fiscal year, by a number equal to the least of: (i) 536,130 shares; (ii) 1.0% of the shares of common stock outstanding on the last day of the prior fiscal year; or (iii) such lesser number of shares determined by the Company’s Board of Directors. As of January 1, 2021,2024, the maximum aggregate number of shares that may be issued under the 2018 ESPP increased to 1,876,4553,484,845 shares. The 2018 ESPP is expected to be implemented through a series of offerings under which participants are granted purchase rights to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock on specified dates during such offerings. The administrator has not yet approved an offering under the 2018 ESPP.
Note 11.10. Commitments and Contingencies
Leases
On March 16, 2020, the Company amended an operating lease for its manufacturing facility in Columbia, Missouri, to extend the lease term for two years to June 30, 2022.
Effective May 22, 2020, the Company amended an operating lease for one of its leased manufacturing facilities to include land adjacent to the facility upon which the landlord will construct a parking lot.
Effective May 26, 2020, the Company entered into an agreement, assignment and assumption of lease and first amendment to lease pursuant to which the Company assumed an operating lease under which the Company is leasing certain real property and a building consisting of approximately 142,317 square feet in Columbia, Missouri, for a term expiring on April 30, 2023 with 0 renewal options. See Note 4.
Subsequent to the year ended December 31, 2020, onOn January 14, 2021, the Company entered into 12-year leasethe Campus Lease with 2 renewal options,HC Hornet Way, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”), to house the Company’s corporate headquarters, lab and innovation spaceCampus Headquarters.
Under the terms of the Campus Lease, the Company will lease an aggregate of approximately 282,000 rentable square feet in a portion of a building located in El Segundo, California. See Note 14.California, to be built out by the Landlord and delivered to the Company in multiple phases. As of December 31, 2023, the Company has recognized a right-of-use asset and lease liability for Phase 1-A and Phase 1-B in its consolidated balance sheet. Aggregate payments towards base rent over the initial lease term associated with the remaining phases not yet delivered to the Company are approximately $79.4 million.
120


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NotesConcurrent with the Company’s execution of the Campus Lease, as a security deposit, the Company delivered to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
the Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $12.5 million which amount will decrease to: (i) $6.3 million on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date (as defined in the Campus Lease); (ii) $3.1 million on the eighth (8th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date; and (iii) $0 in the event the Company receives certain credit ratings; provided the Company is not then in default of its obligations under the Campus Lease. The letter of credit is secured by a $12.6 million deposit reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as “Restricted cash” as of December 31, 2023 and 2022.
China Investment and Lease Agreement
On September 22, 2020, the Company and its subsidiary, BYND JX, entered into an investment agreement with the Administrative Committee (the “JX Committee”) of the Jiaxing Economic & Technological Development Zone (the “JXEDZ”) pursuant to which, among other things, BYND JX has agreed to make certain investments in the JXEDZ in two phases of development, and the Company has agreed to guarantee certain repayment obligations of BYND JX under such agreement. In the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company received $0, $0 and $1.1 million in subsidies from the JXEDZ Finance Bureau.
During Phase 1, the Company has agreed to invest $10.0 million as the registered capital of BYND JX in the JXEDZ through an intercompany investment in BYND JXJX. and BYND JX has agreed to lease a facility in the JXEDZ in return for certain subsidies, rewards and other preferential rights granted by the JX Committee and its affiliates.a minimum of two years. In connection with such agreement, BYND JX entered into a factory leasing contract on September 11, 2020 with an affiliate of the JX Committee, pursuant to which BYND JX has agreed to lease and renovate a facility in the JXEDZ and lease it for a minimum of two (2) years. Renovations inIn the leased facility commenced atyear ended December 31, 2022, the end of 2020 with trial production expected inlease was amended to extend the firstterm for an additional five years without rent escalation. In the fourth quarter of 2021, BYND JX leased an approximately 12,000 square foot facility in Shanghai, China, for a period of eight years, which is used as a local research and full-scale end-to-end production expected bydevelopment facility to support the endlocal manufacturing operations. As of December 31, 2023, the second quarterCompany had invested $22.0 million as the registered capital of 2021.BYND JX and advanced $20.0 million to BYND JX.
119


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
In the event that the Company and BYND JX determine, in their sole discretion, to proceed with the Phase 2 development in the JXEDZ, BYND JX has agreed in the first stage of Phase 2 to invest $30.0increase its registered capital to $40.0 million and to acquire the land use right to a state-owned land plot in the JXEDZ to conduct development and construction of a new production facility. Following the first stage of Phase 2, the Company and BYND JX may determine, in their sole discretion, to permit BYND JX to invest an additional $10.0 million to obtain a second state-owned land plot in the JXEDZ in order to construct an additional facility thereon. Each
The Planet Partnership
On January 25, 2021, the Company entered into TPP, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., to develop, produce and market innovative snack and beverage products made from plant-based protein. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, the Company recognized its share of the land use rights acquired during Phasenet losses in TPP in the amount of $3.9 million, $18.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company contributed its share of the investment in TPP, $11.0 million, which was increased to $24.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2022. In 2023, the Company contributed an additional $3.3 million as its share of additional investment in TPP. See Note 2 (if any) will be valid and Note 13.
In 2023, the Company continued the process of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky and assumed distribution responsibilities for fifty (50) years.Beyond Meat Jerky in the fourth quarter of 2023. As part of its Global Operations Review, the Company made the decision to discontinue the Beyond Meat Jerky product line. See Note 14.
Purchase Commitments
On January 10, 2020,July 1, 2023, the Company and Roquette Frères (“Roquette”) entered into a multi-year salessecond amendment (the “Second Amendment”) to the Company’s existing pea protein supply agreement pursuantdated January 10, 2020, as amended by the first amendment dated August 3, 2022 (the “First Amendment”). Pursuant to which Roquette will providethe Second Amendment, the terms of the agreement and existing purchase commitments set forth in the First Amendment were revised and extended through December 31, 2025. Pursuant to the Second Amendment, the purchase commitment was revised such that the Company with plant-based protein. The agreement expires on December 31, 2022; however it can be terminated after 18 months under certain circumstances. This agreement increases the amount of plant-based protein to be supplied by Roquette in each of 2020, 2021 and 2022 compared to the amount supplied 2019. The plant-based protein sourced under the supply agreement is secured on a purchase order basis regularly, per specified minimum monthly and semi-annual quantities, throughout the term. The Company is not required to purchase plant based protein in amounts in excess of such specified minimum quantities; however the Company has the option to increase such minimum quantities for delivery in each of 2021 and 2022. The total annual amount purchased each year by the Company must be at least the minimum amount specified in the agreement, which totals in the aggregate $154.1 million over the term of the agreement. The Company also has the right to be indemnified by Roquette in certain circumstances.
As of December 31, 2020, the Company had committed to purchase pea protein inventory totaling $141.9 million, approximately $83.4$10.9 million in 20212024 and $58.5$17.1 million in 2022. In addition, as of December 31, 2020,2025.
On April 6, 2022, the Company had approximately $19.5entered into a co-manufacturing agreement (“Agreement”) with a co-manufacturer to manufacture various products for the Company. The Agreement included a minimum order quantity commitment per month and an aggregate quantity over a five-year term. On November 21, 2023, the Company terminated the Agreement because the co-manufacturer failed to meet its obligations under the Agreement and recorded $4.4 million in purchase order commitments for capital expenditures primarily to purchase machinery and equipment. Payments for these purchases will be due within twelve months.termination-related charges.
Litigation
Don Lee FarmsIn connection with the matters described below, the Company has accrued for loss contingencies where it believes that losses are probable and estimable. No loss contingency is recorded for matters where such losses are either not probable or reasonably estimable (or both). Although it is reasonably possible that actual losses could be in excess of the Company’s accrual, the Company is unable to estimate a reasonably possible loss or range of loss in excess of its accrual, due to various reasons, including, among others, that: (i) the proceedings are in early stages or no claims have been asserted, (ii) specific damages have not been sought in all of these matters, (iii) damages, if asserted, are considered unsupported and/or exaggerated, (iv) there is uncertainty as to the outcome of pending appeals, motions or settlements, (v) there are significant factual issues to be resolved, and/or (vi) there are novel legal issues or unsettled legal theories presented. It is not possible to predict the ultimate outcome of all pending legal proceedings, and some of the matters discussed below seek or may seek potentially large and/or indeterminate amounts. Any such loss or excess loss could have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations or cash flows or on the Company’s financial condition.
120


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
In addition to the matters described below, the Company is involved in various other legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Based on the facts currently available, the Company does not believe that the disposition of such other matters that are pending or asserted will have a material effect on its financial statements.
Aliments BVeggie, Inc.
In November 2023, Aliments BVeggie, Inc. (“BVeggie”) filed and served legal proceedings against the Company before the Superior Court of Quebec’s District of Montreal. BVeggie alleges, among other things that: (i) in 2019, the Company and BVeggie entered into a co-manufacturing agreement, by which BVeggie would produce and deliver products for the benefit of the Company, in exchange for a tolling fee to be paid per pound of product produced and delivered to the Company; (ii) the Company would have made false and misleading statements regarding the volume of purchase orders it would provide BVeggie; (iii) BVeggie invested significant sums to adapt its facilities for the intended production; (iv) the Company fell short of its undertakings and promises; and (v) in March 2023, the Company illegally terminated the business relationship. BVeggie intends to claim damages in the total amount of 129,841,920 CAD, in compensation for its investments, lost profits and the repairs needed to be made to its facility post-termination of the business relationship and removal of the Company’s equipment. The case is at a preliminary stage. The Company intends to vigorously defend against these claims. The Company has filed a motion for declinatory exception set to be heard in April 2024, alleging that these claims should be debated before an arbitration panel in California.
Saskatchewan Healthcare Employees’ Pension Plan v. Beyond Meat, Inc. et al.
On May 25, 2017, Don Lee Farms,11, 2023, a divisionclass action complaint was filed against the Company and certain current and former officers and directors in the United States District Court for the Central District of Goodman Food Products,California, captioned Retail Wholesale Department Store Union Local 338 Retirement Fund v. Beyond Meat, Inc., et al., Case No. 2:23-cv-03602. On July 26, 2023, the Court granted Saskatchewan Healthcare Employees’ Pension Plan’s motion to be appointed lead plaintiff and for its counsel to be appointed lead counsel. On August 9, 2023, the case was recaptioned as Saskatchewan Healthcare Employees’ Pension Plan v. Beyond Meat, Inc., et al., Case No. 2:23-cv-03602 (“SHEPP Action”). On October 9, 2023, the plaintiffs filed a consolidated class action complaint. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the Company and the individual defendants made false and misleading statements or omissions regarding the Company’s ability to manufacture its products at scale and to its partners’ specifications. The complaint seeks an order certifying the class; awarding compensatory damages, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ and expert fees; and granting other unspecified equitable or injunctive relief. The complaint alleges causes of action under Sections 10(b), 20(a), and 20A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) on behalf of a putative class of investors who purchased the Company’s common stock between May 5, 2020, and October 13, 2022, inclusive. On December 8, 2023, the Company and the individual defendants filed a motion to dismiss the consolidated class action complaint. On February 6, 2024, the plaintiffs filed their answering brief. Per the terms of the parties’ stipulation, the defendants’ reply brief is due on or before March 22, 2024. The Company intends to vigorously defend against these claims.
Stockholder Derivative Litigation Actions
On July 21, 2023, a derivative shareholder action was filed against certain current and former officers and directors of the Company in the SuperiorUnited States District Court offor the StateCentral District of California, for the County of Los Angeles assertingcaptioned Gervat v. Brown, et al., Case No. 2:23-cv-05954 (“Gervat Action”). The complaint asserts claims for breach of contract, misappropriationfiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and gross mismanagement. It also asserts violations of trade secrets, unfair competition underSection 14(a) of the Exchange Act against a subset of defendants and seeks contribution for violations of Sections10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act from the individual defendants named in the SHEPP Action. The Company is named as a nominal defendant only. On July 27, 2023, a second derivative shareholder action was filed in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, captioned Brink v. Brown, et al., Case No. 2:23-cv-06110 (“Brink Action”), alleging substantially the same causes of action and facts as alleged in the Gervat Action. On
121


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
August 15, 2023, the Gervat and Brink Actions were consolidated into a single matter, with the complaint in the Gervat Action being the operative one, and such consolidated case was captioned In Re Beyond Meat, Inc. Stockholder Derivative Litigation, Case No. 2:23-cv-05954 (“Consolidated Derivative Action”). The Consolidated Derivative Action is stayed pending resolution of the defendants’ motion to dismiss in the SHEPP Action. On August 4, 2023, a third derivative shareholder action was filed in the Superior Court of the State of California Businessfor the County of Los Angeles, captioned Moore v. Nelson, et al., Case No. 23STCV18587, alleging claims and Professions Code, money owedcauses of action substantially similar to those alleged in the Consolidated Derivative Action (“Moore Action”). On January 23, 2024, the plaintiff dismissed the complaint without prejudice. On December 8, 2023, a fourth derivative action was filed in the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, captioned Gilardy v. Brown, et al., Case No. 1:23-cv-01415 (“Gilardy Action”). The Gilardy Action alleges claims and due, declaratory reliefcauses of action substantially similar to those alleged in the Consolidated Derivative Action and Moore Action. The Gilardy Action is stayed pending resolution of the defendants’ motion to dismiss in the SHEPP Action.
Litigation Pursuant to Section 220 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”)
On November 17, 2023, purported stockholder Christina Brown (“Brown”) issued a books and records demand pursuant to Section 220 of the DGCL seeking documents, including board minutes and materials generally related to the same issues as those raised in the SHEPP Action and related derivative actions. On December 12, 2023, Brown filed a complaint in Delaware Chancery Court naming the Company as defendant and seeking such documents pursuant to Section 220, captioned Brown v. Beyond Meat, Case No. 2023-1262 (Del. Ch.) (“Brown 220 Litigation”). On January 12, 2024, the Brown 220 Litigation was stayed for 90 days, pursuant to a stipulation between the parties.
Consumer Class Actions Regarding Protein Claims
From May 31, 2022 through January 13, 2023, multiple putative class action lawsuits were filed against the Company in various federal and state courts alleging that the labeling and marketing of certain of the Company’s products is false and/or misleading under federal and/or various states’ laws. Specifically, each of these lawsuits allege one or more of the following theories of liability: (i) that the labels and related marketing of the challenged products misstate the quantitative amount of protein that is provided by each serving of the product; (ii) that the labels and related marketing of the challenged products misstate the percent daily value of protein that is provided by each serving of the product; and (iii) that the Company has represented that the challenged products are “all-natural,” “organic,” or contain no “synthetic” ingredients when they in fact contain methylcellulose, an allegedly synthetic ingredient. The named plaintiffs of each complaint seek to represent classes of nationwide and/or state-specific consumers, and seek on behalf of the putative classes damages, restitution, and injunctive relief, each arising outamong other relief. Additional complaints asserting these theories of liability are possible. Some lawsuits previously filed were voluntarily withdrawn or dismissed without prejudice, though they may be refiled.
On November 14, 2022, the Company filed a motion with the Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to transfer and consolidate all pending class actions. No party opposed the motion, and the Panel held oral argument on the motion on January 26, 2023. The Panel granted the motion on February 1, 2023, consolidating the pending class action lawsuits and transferring them to Judge Sara Ellis in the Northern District of Illinois for pre-trial proceedings.
On March 3, 2023, the court held the initial status conference. The court granted plaintiffs’ motion to appoint interim class counsel and set a briefing schedule on the Company’s decisionanticipated motion to terminate an exclusive supply agreement between the Company and Don Lee Farms. The Company denied all of these claims and filed counterclaims on July 27, 2017, alleging breach of contract, unfair competition under the California Business and Professions Code and conversion. In October 2018, the former co-manufacturerdismiss. On May 3, 2023, plaintiffs filed an amended complaint that added 1consolidated complaint. The Company’s motion to dismiss was filed on June 5, 2023, and plaintiffs filed a brief in opposition on July 7, 2023. The Company’s reply in support of the Company’s current contract manufacturers as a defendant, principally for claims arising frommotion to dismiss was filed on July 21, 2023.
On February 22, 2024, the current contract manufacturer’s alleged use of the former co-manufacturer’s alleged trade secrets,court issued an order granting in part and for replacing the former co-manufacturer as one of the Company’s current co-manufacturers. The current contract manufacturer filed an answer denying all of Don Lee Farms’ claims and a cross-complaint against Beyond Meat asserting claims of total and partial equitable indemnity, contribution, and repayment. On March 11, 2019, Don Lee Farms filed a second amended complaint to add claims of fraud and negligent misrepresentation against the Company. On May 30, 2019, the judge denieddismissing in part the Company’s motion to dismissdismiss. The parties have until March 5, 2024, to submit a joint status report, including a date by which the fraud and negligent misrepresentation claims, allowing the claimsplaintiffs intend to proceed. On June 19, 2019, the Company filedfile an answer denying Don Lee Farms' claims.
On January 24, 2020, a writ judge granted Don Lee Farms a right to attach in the amount of $628,689 on the grounds that Don Lee Farms had established a “probable validity” of its claim that the Company owes it money for a small batch of unpaid invoices.  This determination was not made by the trial judge.  The trial judge has yet to determine the legitimacy or merits of Don Lee Farms’ claims.
On January 27, 2020, Don Lee Farms filed a third amended complaint, to add 3 individual defendants, all of whom are current or former employees ofif applicable, a proposed briefing schedule if the Company, including Mark Nelson, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, to Don Lee Farms’ existing fraud claims alleging that those individuals were involved in the alleged fraudulent misrepresentations. On June 23, 2020, the judge denied Beyond Meat and the individual defendants’ motion to dismiss the fraud and negligent misrepresentation claims, allowing the claims to proceed. On July 6, 2020, the Company and the individual defendants filed an answer denying all of Don Lee Farms’ claims, including denying all allegations of fraud and negligent misrepresentation.
On August 11, 2020, the Company filed an amended cross-complaint against Don Lee Farms, its parent Goodman Food Products, Inc. and its owners and employees, Donald, Daniel, and Brandon Goodman. Among other claims, the amended cross-complaint alleges that Don Lee Farms defrauded Beyond Meat, misappropriated its trade secrets, and infringed its trademarks.
On January 28, 2021, Don Lee Farms filed a motion for summary adjudication on its breach of contract and money owed claims and on Beyond Meat’s breach of contract claims. The trial judge has yet to determine the merits of this motion, and the hearing is currently scheduled for April 16, 2021. On February 18, 2021, Don Lee Farms and Donald, Daniel and Brandon Goodman filed a motion for summary adjudication on Beyond Meat’s fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and conversion claims. The trial judge has yet to determine the merits of these motions, and the hearing is currently scheduled for May 7, 2021.
On February 16, 2021, the Court entered an order consolidating this action with an action that Don Lee Farms filed against CLW Foods, LLC, a current Beyond Meat contract manufacturer. On February 22, 2021, CLW Foods, LLC requested a continuance of the trial date.
The previous trial date, June 14, 2021, was continued. Trial is currently set for September 27, 2021.
Don Lee Farms is seeking from Beyond Meat, the individual defendants, and the current contract manufacturer unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, declaratory and injunctive relief, including the prohibition of Beyond Meat’s use or disclosure of the alleged trade secrets, and attorneys’ fees and costs. The Company is seeking from Don Lee Farms monetary damages, restitution of monies paid to Don Lee Farms, injunctive relief, including the prohibition of Don Lee Farms’ use or disclosure of Beyond Meat’s trade secrets and the prohibition of Don Lee Farms’ infringing use of Beyond Meat’s trademarks,
122


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Company intends to file a motion to dismiss, and attorneys’ feesa proposed discovery schedule. The Company’s deadline to respond to the operative complaint is March 6, 2024. A telephonic status conference is set for March 12, 2024.
The active lawsuits are:
Roberts v. Beyond Meat, Inc., No. 1:22-cv-02861 (N.D. Ill.) (filed May 31, 2022)
Cascio v. Beyond Meat, Inc., No. 1:22-cv-04018 (E.D.N.Y.) (filed July 8, 2022)
Miller v. Beyond Meat, Inc., No. 1:22-cv-06336 (S.D.N.Y.) (filed July 26, 2022)
Garcia v. Beyond Meat, Inc., No. 4:22-cv-00297 (S.D. Iowa) (filed September 9, 2022)
Borovoy v. Beyond Meat, Inc., No. 1:22-cv-06302 (N.D. Ill.) (filed September 30, 2022 in DuPage Co., Ill.; removed on Nov. 10, 2022)
Zakinov v Beyond Meat, Inc., No. 4:23-cv-00144 (S.D. Tex.) (filed January 13, 2023)
The Company intends to vigorously defend against all remaining claims asserted in the complaints.
Interbev
In October 2020, Interbev, a French trade association for the livestock and costs. The currentmeat industry sent a cease-and-desist letter to one of the Company’s contract manufacturermanufacturers alleging that the use of “meat” and meat-related terms is seeking indemnity, contribution, or repaymentmisleading the French consumer. Despite the Company’s best efforts to reach a settlement, including a formal settlement proposal from the Company in March 2021, the association no longer responded. Instead, on March 13, 2022, the Company was served a summons by Interbev to appear before the Commercial Court of any or all damages that the current contract manufacturer may be found liable to Don Lee Farms, and attorneys’ fees and costs.
Paris. The Company believes it was justified in terminating the supply agreement with Don Lee Farms,summons alleges that the Company did not misappropriate Don Lee Farms’ alleged trade secrets,misleads the French consumer with references to e.g. “plant based meat,” “plant based burger” and related descriptive names, and alleges that the Company is not liable fordenigrating meat and meat products. The relief sought by Interbev includes (i) changing the fraud or negligent misrepresentation allegedpresentation of Beyond Meat products to avoid any potential confusion with meat products, (ii) publication of the judgment of the court in the third amended complaint, that Don Lee Farms is liable formedia, and (iii) damages of EUR 200,000. On October 12, 2022, the conduct allegedCompany submitted its brief in defense.
On February 1, 2023, the Company’s amended cross-complaint, andFrench trade association submitted updated pleadings to the Commercial Court. The association maintains its position that the Company is not liablemisleading the consumer, and additionally alleges that it is engaging in unlawful comparative advertising of its products with respect to meat and meat products. The relief sought is unchanged. On May 24, 2023, the Company submitted its defense, strongly disputing these claims. In September 2023, the Company submitted a request to stay proceedings in the commercial litigation proceedings, pending the decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union (“CJEU”) in the administrative litigation case against the French Decree prohibiting meat names. On September 27, 2023, Interbev obtained an extension to submit a response to the current contract manufacturerCompany. On October 25, 2023, Interbev submitted its response opposing the Company’s request to stay proceedings and asking that the written procedure of the case be closed. The Company responded on November 22, 2023, and Interbev submitted an additional reply on January 16, 2024. On January 31, 2024, the commercial court set March 20, 2024, as the date for any indemnity, contribution, or repayment, including for any damages or attorneys’ fees and costs. Conversely, as allegeda hearing on the decision to stay proceedings. The commercial litigation is expected to take at least another 12 months in the Company’s amended cross-complaint,first instance, and at least 18 to 24 months if the stay is granted. If the Court rules against the Company, believes Don Lee Farms misappropriatedit could disrupt the Company’s trade secrets, defrauded the Company, and ultimately has infringed the Company’s trademarks.
ability to market in France. The Company is currently in the process of litigating this matter and intends to vigorously defend itselfagainst these claims.
On April 21, 2023, Interbev filed two actions before the European Union Intellectual Property Office to cancel the Company’s EU trademark registration for the Caped Steer logo. Interbev is seeking cancellation of the trademark, alleging that the trademark is invalid because it allegedly misleads the public about the nature and characteristics of the products offered under the mark. Interbev is also seeking cancellation on the basis of lack of genuine use, despite the fact that the mark is within the five-year grace period where it cannot be challenged for lack of use. On July 7, 2023, the Company submitted its current and former employees against theresponses to these actions, strongly disputing these claims and to prosecute the Company’s own claims. The Company cannot assure you that Don Lee Farms or the current contract manufacturer will not prevail in all or some of their claims against the Company or the individual defendants, or that the Company will prevail in some or all ofdefending its claims against Don Lee Farms. For example, if Don Lee Farms succeeds in the lawsuit, the Company could be required to pay damages, including but not limited to contract damages reasonably calculated at what the Company would have paid Don Lee Farms to produce the Company’s products through 2019, the enduse of the contract term, and Don Lee Farms could also claim some ownership in the intellectual property associated with the production of certainCaped Steer logo. Interbev’s response regarding misleading use of the Company’s products or in the products themselves, and thus claim a stake in the value the Company has derived and will derive from the use of that intellectual property after the Company terminated its supply agreement with Don Lee Farms. Based on the Company’s current knowledge, the Company has determined that the amount of any material loss or range of any losses that is reasonably possible to result from this lawsuit is not estimable.
Securities Related Litigation
On January 30, 2020, Larry Tran, a purported shareholder of Beyond Meat, filed a putative securities class action lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against Beyond Meat and two of the Company’s executive officers, the Company’s President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and is premised on allegedly false or misleading statements, and alleged non-disclosure of material facts, related to the Company’s public disclosures regarding the Company’s ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms during the proposed class period of May 2, 2019 to January 27, 2020. The Court appointed a lead plaintiff and lead counsel on May 18, 2020, and a First Amended Complaint (“FAC”)mark was filed on July 1, 2020. The FAC names the same defendants, proposes the same class period, and similarly asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act premised on allegedly false or misleading statements, and alleged non-disclosure of material facts, related to the Company’s public disclosures regarding the Company’s ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms. The Company filed a motion to dismiss on behalf of all defendants on July 31, 2020. On October 8, 2020, the Court entered an opinion and order granting defendants’ motion to dismiss with leave to amend. Plaintiffs did not file an amended complaint by the deadline set by the Court. As a result, on October 27, 2020, the Court entered an order dismissing the action with prejudice, except for the class allegations of absent putative class members, which were dismissed without prejudice. The dismissal is final,September 14, 2023, and the appeal period has now expired.
On March 16, 2020, Eric Weiner, a purported shareholder of Beyond Meat, filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, putativelyCompany responded on behalf of the Company, against two of the Company’s executive officers, the Company’s President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson, and each ofNovember 17, 2023.
123


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Interbev’s response regarding the invalidity of the mark was filed in October 2023, and the Company responded on January 12, 2024.
Decree prohibiting meat names
On June 29, 2022, France adopted a Decree implementing a prohibition of June 2020 on the use of denominations used for foodstuffs of animal origin to describe, market or promote foodstuffs containing plant proteins (“Contested Decree”). The Contested Decree prohibited the use of meat names (such as “sausage” or “meatballs”) for plant-based products, from its date of entry into force on October 1, 2022. On July 27, 2022, the French High Administrative Court issued a temporary and partial suspension of the execution of the Contested Decree, in response to a motion filed by a French trade association. While the Court has not yet handed down a final decision on the merits, the suspension indicates that it has serious doubts as to the substantive lawfulness of the Contested Decree. However, the abrogation of the Contested Decree has made the procedure before the High Administrative Court without object.

The Company does not believe that the Contested Decree complied with the laws of the European Union (EU), and in particular the principle of free movement of goods, nor with French rules requiring laws to be clear and accessible. On October 21, 2022, the Company filed a request for annulment of the Contested Decree before the French High Administrative Court. On November 16, 2022, the Company filed a voluntary intervention in the French trade association’s own application for annulment, to ensure that both the Company’s directors, including one former director, who signedvoice and strong EU law arguments were heard. On January 23, 2023, the Company’s initial public offering registration statement.  The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 21D ofFrench Ministry for the Exchange Act, claims of breaches of fiduciary duty as directors and/or officers of Beyond Meat, and claims of unjust enrichment and waste of corporate assets, all relatingEconomy responded to the Company’s ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms, related actions taken by Beyond Meatrequest for annulment and intervention. The Ministry’s response made clear that it would enforce the Contested Decree as a blanket ban on the use of all “meaty” names for plant-based products in France. On April 20, 2023, a number of plant-based companies voluntarily filed interventions in support of the Company’s case.
On July 12, 2023, the French High Administrative Court issued an intermediate judgment in the proceedings against the French meaty names ban. The Court held that there were a number of difficulties interpreting EU law, which will be decisive for the resolution of the case. For that reason, the French High Administrative Court referred the case to the CJEU, which is the highest court in the EU and can issue a legally binding interpretation of EU law valid in all 27 EU member states, including France. The French High Administrative Court is bound to follow judgments of the CJEU. The procedure before the CJEU started on August 22, 2023, and the named individuals duringCompany filed its submission on October 31, 2023. On January 15, 2024, the CJEU closed the written procedure. The period of May 2, 2019 to March 16, 2020,request an oral hearing closed on February 5, 2024, and the securities case brought againstCJEU must now decide whether an oral hearing is necessary in these proceedings. The entire procedure is now without object, as France repealed the Company. 
On March 18, 2020, Kimberly Brink and Melvyn Klein, purported shareholdersContested Decree. The judgment of Beyond Meat, filedthe CJEU would have been determinative as to whether the Contested Decree’s ban on meat names for plant-based foods was lawful, or not, under EU law. The judgment of the CJEU would have also set a shareholder derivative lawsuit inprecedent on the United States District Courtnaming of plant-based foods for all other EU member states, which would have significantly disrupted or facilitated the Central District of California, putatively on behalfoperations of the Company against twoand the entire plant-based protein industry in France and across the EU.
On August 23, 2023, France published a proposal for a new decree replacing the Contested Decree (“New Decree”). The New Decree has removed some of the Company’sContested Decree’s most open-ended language, but essentially maintains the prohibition on meaty names for plant-based proteins. The New Decree was subject to administrative review procedure by the European Commission (the EU’s executive officers, the Company’s President and CEO, Ethan Brown,body) and the Company’s Chief Financial OfficerEU member states other than France. The six-months standstill period under that procedure ended on February 23, 2024. The Company supported plant-based protein trade associations against the New Decree. On February 26, 2024, the New Decree was adopted. It will enter into force on May 27, 2024. The New Decree abrogates the Contested Decree and Treasurer, Mark Nelson, and each ofmakes the Company’s directors, including one former director, who signedcurrent proceedings before the Company’s initial public offering registration statement. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act, claims of breaches of fiduciary duty as directors and/or officers of Beyond Meat, and claims of unjust enrichment and waste of corporate assets, all relating to the Company’s ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms, related actions taken by Beyond MeatCJEU and the named individuals duringpending proceedings before the period of May 2, 2019French High Administrative Court without object. Thus, the Company or the plant-based protein trade associations may need to March 18, 2020,initiate new proceedings before the French High Administrative Court and the securities case broughtCJEU against the Company.
On April 1, 2020,New Decree. The Company maintains its position that the United States District Court for the Central District of California entered an order consolidating the Weiner actionContested Decree was, and the Brink action for all purposes and designated the consolidated case In re: Beyond Meat, Inc. Derivative Litigation. On April 13, 2020, the Court entered an order appointing co-lead counsel for the consolidated derivative action. On June 23, 2020, the Court entered an order approving a Joint Stipulation Regarding Stay of Actions. Under the terms of the stay approval order, all proceedings in the consolidated derivative case are stayed until (1) the securities class action is dismissed, with prejudice, and all appeals related thereto have been exhausted; or (2) any motion to dismiss the securities class action is denied in whole or in part. The Company believes the claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend all claims asserted. The Company is unable to estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit.
On May 27, 2020, Kevin Chew, a purported shareholder of Beyond Meat, filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court of the District of Delaware, putatively on behalf of the Company, against two of the Company’s executive officers, the Company’s President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson, and each of the Company’s directors, including one former director, who signed the Company’s initial public offering registration statement. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 10(b) and 21D of the Exchange Act and claims of breaches of fiduciary duty, relating to the Company’s ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms, related actions taken by Beyond Meat and the named individuals during the period of May 2, 2019 to May 27, 2020. On June 16, 2020, the Court entered an order staying all proceedings in the derivative action until (1) the securities class action is dismissed, with prejudice, and all appeals related thereto have been exhausted; or (2) any motion to dismiss the securities class action is denied in whole or in part. On June 17, 2020, the Court entered an order administratively closing the derivative case based on the stay order. The Company believes the claims are without merit and intends to vigorously defend all claims asserted. The Company is unable to estimate potential losses, if any, related to this lawsuit.
On June 17, 2020, James Janolek, a purported shareholder of Beyond Meat, filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the United States District Court of the District of Delaware, putatively on behalf of the Company, against two of the Company’s executive officers, the Company’s President and CEO, Ethan Brown, and the Company’s Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer, Mark Nelson, and each of the Company’s directors, including one former director, who signed the Company’s initial public offering registration statement. The lawsuit asserts claims under Sections 14(a) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act, claims of breaches of fiduciary duty as directors and/or officers of Beyond Meat, and claims of unjust enrichment and waste of corporate assets, all relating to the Company’s ongoing litigation with Don Lee Farms, related actions taken by Beyond Meat and the named individuals during the period of May 2, 2019New
124


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Decree is illegal under French and EU law. It will continue to June 17, 2020. On July 10, 2020, the Court entered an order staying all proceedings in the derivative action until (1) the securities class action is dismissed, with prejudice, and all appeals related thereto have been exhausted; or (2) any motion to dismiss the securities class action is denied in whole or in part. On July 10, 2020, the Court entered an order administratively closing the derivative case baseddefend against prohibitions on the stay order. On November 9, 2020, Plaintiff filed a Notice of Voluntary Dismissal without prejudice and without costs or attorney fees to either party.meaty names, among others through plant-based protein trade associations.
The Company is involved in various other legal proceedings, claims, and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. Based on the facts currently available, the Company does not believe that the disposition of such matters that are pending or asserted will have a material effect on its financial statements.

Note 12.11. Income Taxes
A reconciliation of loss before income taxes for domestic and foreign locations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021 is as follows:
(in thousands)Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
United States$(305,035)$(290,765)$(155,810)
Foreign(29,202)(56,392)(23,258)
Loss before income taxes$(334,237)$(347,157)$(179,068)
The provision for income taxes was as follows:
(in thousands)Year Ended December 31,
Current:202020192018
Federal$$$
State72 
$72 $$
Deferred:
Federal$$$
State
$$$
Provision for income tax$72 $$

(in thousands)Year Ended December 31,
Current:202320222021
Federal$— $— $— 
State32 60 
Foreign— — — 
$$32 $60 
Deferred:
Federal$— $— $— 
State— — — 
Foreign— — — 
$— $— $— 
Provision for income tax$$32 $60 
The Company has provided a 100% valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets. ProvisionThe provision for income taxes in 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 20182021 is primarily for taxes payable to the states.
125


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
A reconciliation of income tax expense from continuing operations to the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to the net loss from continuing operations is summarized as follows:
125


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202020192018
U.S. income tax at federal statutory rate$(11,063)$(2,611)$(6,276)
State income tax, net of federal benefits(1,962)(2,550)(1,072)
Foreign rate differential(54)
Stock warrant liability2,626 
Share-based compensation(21,007)(21,236)(615)
Research and development credits(10)(8)(6)
Return to provision and other29 
Change in tax rates2,989 73 668 
Other529 (98)363 
Change in valuation allowance30,650 23,813 6,910 
Provision for income tax$72 $$

Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)202320222021
U.S. income tax at federal statutory rate$(70,190)$(72,902)$(38,229)
State income tax, net of federal benefits(7,670)(8,841)(4,991)
Foreign rate differential(1,315)(2,536)(985)
Share-based compensation3,639 1,479 (4,932)
Research and development credits(6)(5)(20)
Change in tax rates166 204 (719)
Other431 (2,807)771 
Change in valuation allowance74,950 85,440 49,165 
Provision for income tax$$32 $60 
Significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2020,2023, and 20192022 are shown below. A valuation allowance has been recorded to offset the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, as the realization of such assets does not meet the more-likely-than-not threshold.
December 31,
(in thousands)20202019
Deferred Tax Assets:
Net operating loss (NOL)$78,464 $50,663 
Intangibles1,495 1,252 
Share-based compensation3,295 2,704 
Interest311 
Inventory reserve2,262 1,509 
Other2,024 204 
Total gross deferred tax assets87,851 56,332 
Deferred Tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment1,773 904 
Other
Total gross deferred tax liabilities1,773 904 
Valuation allowance86,078 55,428 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)$$

December 31,
(in thousands)20232022
Deferred Tax Assets:
Net operating loss (NOL)$259,544 $198,358 
Operating lease liability31,227 20,659 
Intangibles10,113 7,189 
Share-based compensation10,540 8,746 
Inventory provision11,221 3,757 
Other11,796 11,087 
Total gross deferred tax assets334,441 249,796 
Deferred Tax liabilities:
Operating lease right-of-use assets30,480 20,497 
Property, plant and equipment4,740 4,805 
Total gross deferred tax liabilities35,220 25,302 
Valuation allowance299,221 224,494 
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)$— $— 
As of December 31, 2020,2023 and 2019,2022, management assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and evaluated the need for an amount of a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets on a jurisdictional basis. This evaluation utilizes the framework contained in ASC 740, Income“Income Taxes, pursuant to which management analyzed all positive and negative evidence available at the balance sheet date to determine whether all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Under this guidance, a valuation allowance must be established for deferred tax assets when it is more likely than not (a probability level of more than 50%) that they will not be realized.
126


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
In concluding on the evaluation, management placed significant emphasis on guidance in ASC 740, which states that “a cumulative loss in recent years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to
126


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
overcome.” Based upon available evidence, it was concluded on a more-likely-than-not basis that certain deferred tax assets were not realizable as of December 31, 2020.2023. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $86.1$299.2 million has been recorded to offset these deferred tax assets. The change in valuation allowance for the year ended December 31, 2020 from 20192023 and 2022, was an increase of $30.7$74.7 million.
As of December 31, 2019, the Company has accumulated federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $209.5 million and $143.8 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020,2023, the Company has accumulated federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $344.2$983.6 million, $92.5$413.3 million and $1.3$104.0 million, respectively. Approximately $252.4respectively, of which approximately $891.9 million of the federal net operating losses and $63.4 million of the state net operating losses do not expire and the remaining federal, state and foreign tax loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2031, 20322031 and 2025 respectively, unless previously utilized. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had accumulated federal, state and foreign net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $744.5 million, $314.2 million and $84.1 million, respectively.
Pursuant to Internal Revenue Code (IRC) Sections 382 and 383, annual use of the Company's net operating loss (NOLs) and research and development credit carryforwards may be limited in the event a cumulative change in ownership of more than 50% occurs within a three-year period. The Company has completed a section 382 analysis through December 31, 2019October 1, 2022 and concluded ownership changes occurred in 2011, 2013 and 2015. However, these ownership changes are not expected to result in a material limitation on future use of the Company’s NOLs and credit carryforwards generated prior to these ownership changes pursuant. Changes may have occurred in 20202023 and may occur in the future that could limit the Company's ability to utilize tax attributes. Any adjustment to the Company's tax attributes as a result of such ownership changes will result in a corresponding decrease to the valuation allowance recorded against the Company's deferred tax assets.
The following table summarizes the activity related to the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning and end of the years ended December 31, 20202023 and 2019:2022:
Year Ended December 31,
20202019
Year Ended December 31,Year Ended December 31,
(in thousands)(in thousands)20232022
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the yearGross unrecognized tax benefits at the beginning of the year$3,336 $1,846 
Increases related to current year positionsIncreases related to current year positions2,063 1,695 
Increases/Decreases related to prior year positionsIncreases/Decreases related to prior year positions(205)
Expiration of unrecognized tax benefits
Gross unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the yearGross unrecognized tax benefits at the end of the year$5,399 $3,336 

As of December 31, 20202023 and 2019,2022, the Company had $4.9$10.7 million and $3.1$9.4 million, respectively, of unrecognized tax benefits from research and development tax credits, none of which, if recognized, would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.
The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 20192023, 2022 and 2018,2021, interest and penalties recognized were insignificant. The Company does not expect any significant increases or decreases to its unrecognized tax benefits within the next 12 months.
The Company files U.S. federal, state and stateforeign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statute of limitations. The Company’s tax years from 2011 (inception) are subject to examination by the United StatesUS federal, state and stateforeign tax authorities due to the carry forward of unutilized net operating losses and research and development credits.tax attributes.
With respect to the income of its foreign subsidiaries, Thethe Company takesasserts the position that the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries are permanently invested in that jurisdiction. As a result,
127


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
no additional income taxes have been provided on the possible repatriation of these earnings to the parent company. The Company does not have any unremitted earnings as of December 31, 2020.2023.
127


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act subjects a U.S. shareholder to tax on Global Intangible Low-taxes Income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. Pursuant to the FASB Staff Q&A, Topic 740 No.5. Accounting for Global Intangible Low-taxed Income, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or to provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred as period expense only. The Company has elected to account for GILTI in the year the tax is incurred.
Deferred income taxes have not been provided for undistributed earnings of the Company’s consolidated foreign subsidiaries because of the Company's intent to reinvest such earnings indefinitely in active foreign operations. At December 31, 2023, the Company had $0 in unremitted earnings that were permanently reinvested related to its consolidated foreign subsidiaries.
Note 13.12. Net Loss Per Share Available to Common Stockholders (“EPS”)
The Company calculates basic and diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders in conformity with the two-class method required for companies with participating securities. Pursuant to ASU 2020-06, the Company applies the more dilutive of the if-converted method and the two-class method to its Notes. See Note 2.
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Numerator:
Net loss available to common stockholders$(338,144)$(366,137)$(182,105)
Undistributed net income available to unvested restricted stockholders— — — 
Net loss available to common stockholders—basic$(338,144)$(366,137)$(182,105)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic64,300,099 63,622,432 63,172,368 
Dilutive effect of shares issuable under stock options— — — 
Dilutive effect of RSUs— — — 
Dilutive effect of share-settled obligation— — — 
Dilutive effect of Notes, if converted(1)
— — — 
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted64,300,099 63,622,432 63,172,368 
Net loss per share available to common stockholders—basic$(5.26)$(5.75)$(2.88)
Computation______________
(1) As the Company recorded a net loss in the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, inclusion of EPS forshares from the conversion premium or spread would be anti-dilutive. The Company had $1.2 billion and Notes outstanding during the year ended December 31, 20202023, 2022 and 2019 excludes the dilutive effect of 4,218,278 and 5,170,976 shares issuable under stock options, respectively, and 275,989 and 149,004 RSUs, respectively, because the Company incurred a net loss and their inclusion would have been antidilutive. Computation of EPS for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 also excludes adjustments under the two-class method relating to a liability classified, share-settled obligation to an executive officer to deliver a variable number of shares based on a fixed monetary amount because the shares to be delivered are not participating securities as they do not have voting rights and are not entitled to participate in dividends until they are issued. Computation of EPS for the year ended December 31, 2018 excludes the dilutive effect of 5,120,293 shares issuable under stock options because the Company incurred a net loss and their inclusion would have been antidilutive.
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Numerator:
Net loss available to common stockholders$(52,752)$(12,443)$(29,886)
Denominator:
Weighted average common shares outstanding—basic62,290,445 42,274,777 6,287,172 
Dilutive effect of stock equivalents resulting from stock options, RSUs, common stock warrants, preferred stock warrants and convertible preferred stock (as converted)
Weighted average common shares outstanding—diluted62,290,445 42,274,777 6,287,172 
Net loss per share available to common stockholders—basic and diluted$(0.85)$(0.29)$(4.75)
2021.

The following outstanding shares of common stock equivalents were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share available to common stockholders for the periods presented because the impact of including them would have been antidilutive:
Year Ended December 31,
202020192018
Options to purchase common stock4,218,278 5,170,976 
Restricted stock units275,989 149,004 
Convertible preferred stock (as converted)39,953,983 
Preferred stock warrants160,767 
Total4,494,267 5,319,980 40,114,750 

Year Ended December 31,
202320222021
Options to purchase common stock4,477,120 3,999,933 FN 12, PY3,956,364 
Restricted stock units1,411,310 993,313 FN 12, PY608,175 
Total5,888,430 4,993,246 4,564,539 
128


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Note 13. Related Party Transactions
TPP
In connection with the Company’s investment in TPP, a joint venture with PepsiCo, Inc., the Company sold certain products directly to the joint venture. In the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company also entered into an agreement for a nonrefundable up-front fee associated with its manufacturing and supply agreement with TPP. As part of renegotiating certain contracts and changing operating activities related to Beyond Meat Jerky, in the first quarter of 2023, the Company recognized in full the remaining balance of this fee. See Note 10.
Net revenues earned from TPP included in U.S. retail channel net revenues were $5.3 million, $33.5 million and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Accounts receivable from TPP were $0 and $0.4 million at December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. Unrecognized revenues associated with the up-front fee charged to TPP were $0 million and $2.0 million and included in "Accrued expenses and other current liabilities" in the Company's consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2023 and December 31, 2022, respectively.
Donald Thompson
In 2022, the Company entered into a Master Services Agreement with CA Consulting LLC, a restaurant, food tech and beverage consulting firm, led by Don Thompson, one of the former directors on the Company’s Board of Directors who served until the end of his term in May 2021, for strategic consulting services rendered by CA Consulting LLC. In 2021, the Company accrued $1.0 million in payment towards these consulting services and paid it in 2022. The Company did not incur any such costs in 2023 or 2022.
Note 14. Subsequent EventsEvent
El Segundo Campus LeaseTermination of Purchase Agreement
On January 14, 2021,Given the Company’s intention to reduce its overall operating expenses and cash expenditures, on February 2, 2024, the Company terminated the agreement to purchase a property in Enschede, the Netherlands and the security deposit was returned to the Company. The Company entered into a Lease (the “Lease”)lease agreement with HC Hornet Way, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Landlord”), to house the Company’s headquarters offices, lab and innovation space (the “Headquarters”) in El Segundo, California. The initial termsubsequent purchaser of the Lease is twelve (12) years, with two (2) renewal options, eachproperty to lease the approximately 114,000 square foot property for aan initial period of five (5) years.
Under the terms of the Lease, the Company will leaseyears with an aggregateoption to renew for an additional five years at a first year annual rent of approximately 281,110 rentable square feet in a portion of a building located at 888 Douglas Street, El Segundo, California (the “Premises”), to be built out by Landlord and delivered to the Company in three phases (each, a “Phase”) over a 26-month period.
Aggregate payments towards base rent for the Premises over the term of the lease will be approximately $159.3 million. The Company will recognize the lease assets and liabilities for each Phase when the Landlord makes the underlying asset for each Phase available to the Company. Concurrent with the Company’s execution of the Lease, as a security deposit, the Company delivered to the Landlord a letter of credit in the amount of $12.5€1.0 million.
Joint Venture with PepsiCo
On January 26, 2021 PepsiCo, Inc. and the Company announced the formation of The PLANeT Partnership, LLC, a newly created joint venture established to develop, produce and market innovative snack and beverage products made from plant-based protein.
129


BEYOND MEAT, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (continued)
Note 15. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)
The following table presents selected unaudited quarterly financial data for each full quarterly period of 2020 and 2019:
(in thousands)Mar. 30,
2019
Jun. 29,
2019
Sep. 28,
2019
Dec. 31,
2019
Mar. 30,
2020
Jun. 27,
2020
Sep. 26,
2020
Dec. 31,
2020
Net revenues$40,206 $67,251 $91,961 $98,479 $97,074 $113,338 $94,436 $101,937 
Cost of goods sold29,435 44,510 59,178 65,018 59,383 79,687 68,908 76,532 
Gross profit10,771 22,741 32,783 33,461 37,691 33,651 25,528 25,405 
Gross margin26.8 %33.8 %35.6 %34.0 %38.8 %29.7 %27.0 %24.9 %
Research and development expenses4,498 4,212 5,951 5,989 6,194 6,016 8,278 11,047 
Selling, general and administrative expenses11,177 15,515 20,944 27,090 27,315 34,292 33,560 38,488 
Restructuring expenses394 847 2,319 1,309 2,373 1,509 2,146 402 
Total operating expenses16,069 20,574 29,214 34,388 35,882 41,817 43,984 49,937 
(Loss) income from operations(5,298)2,167 3,569 (927)1,809 (8,166)(18,456)(24,532)
Other (expense) income:
Interest expense(733)(741)(855)(742)(705)(569)(689)(613)
Remeasurement of warrant liability(759)(11,744)
Other, net141 898 1,385 1,205 710 (1,454)(85)70 
Total other (expense) income, net(1,351)(11,587)530 463 (2,023)(774)(543)
(Loss) income before taxes(6,649)(9,420)4,099 (464)1,814 (10,189)(19,230)(25,075)
Income tax expense (benefit)21 (12)(1)16 55 
Net (loss) income$(6,649)$(9,441)$4,099 $(452)$1,815 $(10,205)$(19,285)$(25,077)
Net (loss) income per share available to common stockholders:
  Basic$(0.95)$(0.24)$0.07 $(0.01)$0.03 $(0.16)$(0.31)$(0.40)
  Diluted$(0.95)$(0.24)$0.06 $(0.01)$0.03 $(0.16)$(0.31)$(0.40)
______________
(1)The sum of quarterly amounts, including per share amounts, may not equal amounts reported for year-to-date periods. This is due to the effects of rounding and changes in the number of weighted-average shares outstanding for each period.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
None.
130129


ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and our principal financial officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Based on that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to provide reasonable assurance that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act). Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.
Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Based on our evaluation under the framework set forth in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013), our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2020.2023.
The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 20202023 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report which is included below.
Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The attestation report of the independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is included below under the heading “Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 20202023 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls and Procedures
Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control
131


systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our Company have been detected.

132130



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of Beyond Meat, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Beyond Meat, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2020,2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2020,2023, of the Company and our report dated March 1, 2021,2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.


/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Los Angeles, California
March 1, 2021

2024
133131



ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
None.During the quarter ended December 31, 2023, no director or officer of the Company adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.
Not applicable.
134132


PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.2023.
Our board of directors has adopted a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and other executive and senior financial officers. The full text of our code of business conduct and ethics is posted on the investor relations page on our website which is located at https://investors.beyondmeat.com/investor-relations. We will post any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics other than technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments, or waivers of its requirements, on our website or in a Form 8-K filed with the SEC.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.2023.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.2023.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.2023.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTINGACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.2023.
135133


PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS,EXHIBIT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a)(1) Financial Statements
See Index to Financial Statements in Item 8 of this report.
(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the information is not required under the related instructions or is not applicable or because the information required is already included in the financial statements or the notes to those financial statements.
(a)(3) EXHIBITS
The documents set forth below are filed herewith or incorporated herein by reference to the location indicated.
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionIncorporated by ReferenceFiled Herewith
FormDateNumber
3.110-Q6/12/20193.1
3.210-Q6/12/20193.2
4.1S-1/A3/27/20194.1
4.2S-111/16/20184.2
4.310-K3/19/20204.3
10.1S-111/16/201810.1
10.2S-111/16/201810.2
10.310-K3/19/202010.3
10.410-K3/19/202010.4
10.5S-111/16/201810.3
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionIncorporated by ReferenceFiled Herewith
FormDateNumber
3.110-Q6/12/20193.1
3.28-K2/13/20243.1
4.1S-1/A3/27/20194.1
4.2S-111/16/20184.2
4.310-K3/1/20234.3
4.48-K3/5/20214.1
4.58-K3/5/20214.1
10.1S-111/16/201810.1
10.210-Q8/12/202110.1
10.310-Q5/12/202210.2
134


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionIncorporated by ReferenceFiled Herewith
FormDateNumber
10.410-Q5/12/202210.3
10.510-Q8/11/202210.1
10.610-Q8/11/202210.2
10.710-Q11/10/202210.1
10.8X
10.9S-111/16/201810.2
10.1010-K3/19/202010.3
10.1110-K3/19/202010.4
10.1210-Q5/12/202210.1
10.13S-111/16/201810.3
10.1410-Q8/11/202010.2
135


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionIncorporated by ReferenceFiled Herewith
FormDateNumber
10.158-K1/15/202110.1
10.16S-1/A4/15/201910.10
10.178-K1/15/202010.1
10.1810-Q8/11/202210.3
10.1910-Q8/9/202310.1
10.20S-1/A1/9/201910.11
10.21S-1/A4/15/201910.12
10.22S-1/A1/9/201910.13
10.2310-Q7/29/201910.1
10.2410-Q11/9/202310.1
10.25S-1/A1/9/201910.14
10.26S-111/16/201810.15
10.27S-111/16/201810.16
10.28S-1/A1/9/201910.20
10.298-K5/20/201910.1
10.308-K3/05/202110.1
10.318-K3/16/202110.1
10.32X
10.338-K11/16/202210.1X
10.34X
136


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionIncorporated by ReferenceFiled Herewith
FormDateNumber
10.610-Q8/11/202010.2
10.7S-1/A4/15/201910.22
10.88-K1/15/202110.1
10.9S-111/16/201810.4
10.10S-111/16/201810.5
10.11S-111/16/201810.6
10.12S-111/16/201810.7
10.13S-111/16/201810.8
10.14S-111/16/201810.9
10.158-K4/23/202010.1
10.16S-1/A4/15/201910.1
10.178-K1/15/202010.1
10.18S-1/A4/15/201910.21
10.1910-Q11/12/201910.1
10.20S-1/A1/9/201910.11
EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionIncorporated by ReferenceFiled Herewith
FormDateNumber
10.35X
10.36X
14.110-K3/1/202314.1
19.1X
21.1X
23.1X
31.1X
31.2X
32.1**X
32.2**X
97.1X
101The following financial statements from the Company's Yearly Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023 formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss,(iv) Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit), (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and including detailed tags.X
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)X
 _________________
* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** This certification is deemed furnished, and not filed, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Beyond Meat, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
137


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionIncorporated by ReferenceFiled Herewith
FormDateNumber
10.21S-1/A4/15/201910.12
10.22S-1/A1/9/201910.13
10.2310-Q7/29/201910.1
10.2410-Q7/29/201910.2
10.25S-1/A1/9/201910.14
10.26S-111/16/201810.15
10.27S-111/16/201810.16
10.28S-111/16/201810.17
10.29S-1/A4/15/201910.19
10.30S-1/A1/9/201910.20
10.31S-1/A3/27/201910.23
10.328-K5/20/201910.1
10.338-K9/19/201910.1
10.348-K/A3/5/202010.2
10.3510-K3/19/202010.31
10.36X
21.1X
23.1X
31.1X
138


EXHIBIT INDEX
Exhibit No.Exhibit DescriptionIncorporated by ReferenceFiled Herewith
FormDateNumber
31.2X
32.1**X
32.2**X
101The following financial statements from the Company's Yearly Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss (iv) Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit), (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and including detailed tags.X
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)
X
 _________________
* Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
** This certification is deemed furnished, and not filed, with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Beyond Meat, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
+Certain portions of this document that constitute confidential information have been redacted in accordance with Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)Item601(b)(10).
_________________



139138


ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY.
None.

140139


SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
BEYOND MEAT, INC.
Date:March 1, 20212024By:/s/ Ethan Brown
Name:Ethan Brown
Title:President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Know all persons by these presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Ethan Brown and Lubi Kutua, and each of them, as such person’s true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in such person’s name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this annual report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto each said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as such person might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them or their or such person’s substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons, on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities andindicated below on the dates indicated:March 1, 2024:
SignatureTitleDate
/s/ Ethan BrownPresident, Chief Executive Officer, and Director (Principal Executive Officer)March 1, 2021
Ethan Brown
/s/ Mark J. NelsonLubi Kutua
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (Principal
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
March 1, 2021
Mark J. NelsonLubi Kutua
/s/ Seth GoldmanChairmanChair of the BoardMarch 1, 2021
Seth Goldman
/s/ Diane CarhartSally GrimesDirectorMarch 1, 2021
Diane CarhartSally Grimes
/s/ Colleen JayDirector
Colleen Jay
/s/ Raymond J. LaneDirectorMarch 1, 2021
Raymond J. Lane
/s/ Bernhard van LengerichC. James KochDirectorMarch 1, 2021
Bernhard van Lengerich, Ph.D.C. James Koch
140


/s/ Muktesh PantDirector
Muktesh Pant
/s/ Ned SegalDirectorMarch 1, 2021
Ned Segal
/s/ Christopher Isaac StoneDirectorMarch 1, 2021
Christopher Isaac Stone
/s/ Donald ThompsonDirectorMarch 1, 2021
Donald Thompson
/s/ Kathy N. WallerDirectorMarch 1, 2021
Kathy N. Waller

141